Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
  
FORM 10-Q
 
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017
 
of
IMAGE0A05.JPG
ATLANTICUS HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
a Georgia Corporation
IRS Employer Identification No. 58-2336689
SEC File Number 0-53717
 
Five Concourse Parkway, Suite 300
Atlanta, Georgia 30328
(770) 828-2000
 
Atlanticus’ common stock, no par value per share, is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
Atlanticus is not a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Atlanticus (1) is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Act, (2) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of the Act during the preceding 12 months and (3) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Atlanticus has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.

Atlanticus is a smaller reporting company and is not a shell company or an emerging growth company.

As of May 8, 2017 , 13,984,151 shares of common stock, no par value, of Atlanticus were outstanding. This excludes 1,459,233 loaned shares to be returned.





Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Page
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1.
Financial Statements (Unaudited)
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Equity
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Item 2.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Item 3.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Item 4.
Controls and Procedures
 
Part II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1.
Legal Proceedings
 
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
 
Item 2.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
Item 3.
Defaults Upon Senior Securities
 
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosure
 
Item 5.
Other Information
 
Item 6.
Exhibits
 
 
Signatures
 


 



i

Table of Contents

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
March 31,
2017
 
December 31,
2016
Assets
 
 
 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
$
78,309

 
$
76,052

Restricted cash and cash equivalents
16,234

 
16,589

Loans and fees receivable:
 

 
 

Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
13,591

 
15,648

Loans and fees receivable, gross
297,768

 
290,697

Allowances for uncollectible loans and fees receivable
(39,541
)
 
(43,275
)
Deferred revenue
(25,233
)
 
(23,639
)
Net loans and fees receivable
246,585

 
239,431

Rental merchandise, net of depreciation

 
27

Property at cost, net of depreciation
3,568

 
3,829

Investment in equity-method investee
5,993

 
6,725

Deposits
305

 
505

Prepaid expenses and other assets
20,129

 
19,389

Total assets
$
371,123

 
$
362,547

Liabilities
 

 
 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
91,027

 
$
86,768

Notes payable, at face value, net
144,808

 
141,166

Notes payable to related parties
40,000

 
40,000

Notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
11,131

 
12,276

Convertible senior notes
60,937

 
60,791

Income tax liability
16,207

 
15,769

Total liabilities
364,110

 
356,770

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)


 


Equity
 

 
 

Common stock, no par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized: 15,398,384 shares issued and outstanding (including 1,459,233 loaned shares to be returned) at March 31, 2017; and 15,348,086 shares issued and outstanding (including 1,459,233 loaned shares to be returned) at December 31, 2016

 

Additional paid-in capital
212,155

 
211,646

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

Retained deficit
(205,131
)
 
(205,859
)
Total shareholders’ equity
7,024

 
5,787

Noncontrolling interests
(11
)
 
(10
)
Total equity
7,013

 
5,777

Total liabilities and equity
$
371,123

 
$
362,547


 
See accompanying notes.

1

Table of Contents

Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Interest income:
 
 
 
Consumer loans, including past due fees
$
25,859

 
$
18,148

Other
101

 
92

Total interest income
25,960

 
18,240

Interest expense
(5,817
)
 
(4,644
)
Net interest income before fees and related income on earning assets and provision for losses on loans and fees receivable
20,143

 
13,596

Fees and related income on earning assets
2,801

 
7,887

Net recovery of charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value
7,851

 
4,911

Provision for losses on loans and fees receivable recorded at net realizable value
(10,653
)
 
(4,731
)
Net interest income, fees and related income on earning assets
20,142

 
21,663

Other operating income:
 
 
 
Servicing income
1,089

 
1,447

Other income
109

 
70

Equity in income of equity-method investee
334

 
1,002

Total other operating income
1,532

 
2,519

Other operating expense:
 
 
 
Salaries and benefits
5,532

 
5,732

Card and loan servicing
7,385

 
8,988

Marketing and solicitation
1,532

 
855

Depreciation
310

 
4,156

Other
5,570

 
(299
)
Total other operating expense
20,329

 
19,432

Income before income taxes
1,345

 
4,750

Income tax expense
(618
)
 
(198
)
Net income
727

 
4,552

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
1

 
1

Net income attributable to controlling interests
$
728

 
$
4,553

Net income attributable to controlling interests per common share—basic
$
0.05

 
$
0.33

Net income attributable to controlling interests per common share—diluted
$
0.05

 
$
0.33


 
See accompanying notes.

2

Table of Contents

Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Net income
$
727

 
$
4,552

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

Reclassifications of foreign currency translation adjustment to consolidated statements of operations

 
300

Income tax expense related to other comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income
727

 
4,852

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
1

 
1

Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests
$
728

 
$
4,853


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
See accompanying notes.

3

Table of Contents

Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Equity
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares Issued
 
Amount
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Retained Deficit
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2016
15,348,086

 
$

 
$
211,646

 
$

 
$
(205,859
)
 
$
(10
)
 
$
5,777

Compensatory stock issuances, net of forfeitures
57,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation costs

 

 
527

 

 

 

 
527

Redemption and retirement of shares
(6,702
)
 

 
(18
)
 

 

 

 
(18
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 
728

 
(1
)
 
727

Balance at March 31, 2017
15,398,384

 
$

 
$
212,155

 
$

 
$
(205,131
)
 
$
(11
)
 
$
7,013



See accompanying notes.

4

Table of Contents

Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
727

 
$
4,552

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

Depreciation of rental merchandise
27

 
3,379

Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
283

 
777

Losses upon charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value
1,093

 
1,682

Provision for losses on loans and fees receivable
10,653

 
4,731

Interest expense from accretion of discount on convertible senior notes
132

 
127

Income from accretion of discount associated with receivables purchases
(12,263
)
 
(9,610
)
Unrealized gain on loans and fees receivable and underlying notes payable held at fair value
(1,269
)
 
(3,063
)
Income from equity-method investments
(334
)
 
(1,002
)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
 

 
 

(Increase) decrease in uncollected fees on earning assets
(983
)
 
76

Increase (decrease) in income tax liability
438

 
(64
)
Decrease in deposits
200

 
205

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
3,576

 
6,403

Additions to rental merchandise

 
(546
)
Other
117

 
1,123

Net cash provided by operating activities
2,397

 
8,770

Investing activities
 

 
 

Decrease in restricted cash
361

 
2,352

Proceeds from equity-method investee
1,066

 
1,600

Investments in earning assets
(99,045
)
 
(77,041
)
Proceeds from earning assets
93,961

 
73,704

Purchases and development of property, net of disposals
(22
)
 
(40
)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(3,679
)
 
575

Financing activities
 

 
 

Noncontrolling interests contributions, net

 
4

Purchase and retirement of outstanding stock
(18
)
 
(371
)
Proceeds from borrowings
64,761

 
26,345

Repayment of borrowings
(61,248
)
 
(37,249
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
3,495

 
(11,271
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
44

 
(252
)
Net increase (decrease) in unrestricted cash
2,257

 
(2,178
)
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
76,052

 
51,033

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
78,309

 
$
48,855

Supplemental cash flow information
 

 
 

Cash paid for interest
$
6,698

 
$
5,894

Net cash income tax payments
$
180

 
$
262

Supplemental non-cash information
 

 
 

Issuance of stock options and restricted stock
$
1,005

 
$
1,549

See accompanying notes.

5

Table of Contents

Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
March 31, 2017 and 2016
 
1.
Description of Our Business
 
Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) and those entities we control. We are primarily focused on providing financial technology and related services. Through our subsidiaries, we provide technology and other support services to lenders who offer an array of financial products and services to consumers who may have been declined under traditional financing options. In most cases, we invest in the receivables originated by lenders who utilize our technology platform and other related services. As discussed further below, we reflect our business lines within two reportable segments:  Credit and Other Investments; and Auto Finance. See also Note 3, “Segment Reporting,” for further details.

Within our Credit and Other Investments segment, we facilitate consumer finance programs offered by our bank partners to originate consumer loans through multiple channels, including retail point-of-sale, direct mail solicitation, on-line and partnerships. In the retail credit (the “point-of-sale” operations) channel, we partner with retailers and service providers in various industries across the United States (“U.S.”) to enable them to provide credit to their customers for the purchase of goods and services. These services of our lending partners, are often extended to consumers who may have been declined under traditional financing options. We specialize in supporting this “second look” credit service in various industries across the U.S. Additionally, we support lenders who market general purpose personal loans and credit cards directly to consumers (collectively, the “direct-to-consumer” operations) through additional channels enabling them to reach consumers through a diverse origination platform which includes direct mail, Internet-based marketing and through partnerships. Using our infrastructure and technology platform, we also provide loan servicing activities, including risk management and customer service outsourcing for third parties.
Beyond these activities within our Credit and Other Investments segment, we continue to service portfolios of credit card receivables. One of our portfolios of credit card receivables is encumbered by non-recourse structured financing, and for this portfolio our principal remaining economic interest is the servicing compensation we receive as an offset against our servicing costs given that the likely future collections on the portfolio are insufficient to allow for full repayment of the financing.

Additionally, we report within our Credit and Other Investments segment the income earned from an investment in an equity-method investee that holds credit card receivables for which we are the servicer.

Lastly, we report within our Credit and Other Investments segment gains associated with investments previously made in consumer finance technology platforms. These include investments in companies engaged in mobile technologies, marketplace lending and other financial technologies. These investments are carried at the lower of cost or market valuation as of March 31, 2017 . Some of these investees have raised capital at valuations substantially in excess of our associated book value. However, none of these companies are publicly-traded, there are no material pending liquidity events, and ascribing value to these investments at this time would be speculative.

Within our Auto Finance segment, our CAR subsidiary operations principally purchase and service loans secured by automobiles from or for, and also provide floor plan financing for, a pre-qualified network of independent automotive dealers and automotive finance companies in the buy-here, pay-here, used car business. We purchase auto loans at a discount and with dealer retentions or holdbacks that provide risk protection. Also within our Auto Finance segment, we are providing certain installment lending products in addition to our traditional loans secured by automobiles.

2.
Significant Accounting Policies and Consolidated Financial Statement Components
 
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies we follow in preparing our consolidated financial statements, as well as a description of significant components of our consolidated financial statements.
 
Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of our consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting

6

Table of Contents

period. We base these estimates on information available to us as of the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Certain estimates, such as credit losses, payment rates, costs of funds, discount rates and the yields earned on credit card receivables, significantly affect the reported amount of credit card receivables that we report at fair value and our notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value; these estimates likewise affect the changes in these amounts reflected within our fees and related income on earning assets line item on our consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, estimates of future credit losses have a significant effect on loans and fees receivable, net, as shown on our consolidated balance sheets, as well as on the provision for losses on loans and fees receivable within our consolidated statements of operations.
 
We have eliminated all significant intercompany balances and transactions for financial reporting purposes.

Loans and Fees Receivable
 
Our loans and fees receivable include loans and fees receivable, at fair value and loans and fees receivable, gross.

As of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , the weighted average remaining accretion period for the $25.2 million and $23.6 million , respectively, of deferred revenue reflected in the consolidated balance sheets was 11 months and 11 months , respectively.
A roll-forward (in millions) of our allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable by class of receivable is as follows: 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Credit Cards

Auto Finance

Other Unsecured Lending Products

Total
Allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable:

 

 

 

 
Balance at beginning of period

$
(1.4
)

$
(2.1
)

$
(39.8
)

$
(43.3
)
Provision for loan losses

(0.4
)

(0.4
)

(9.9
)

(10.7
)
Charge offs

0.4


0.8


14.6


15.8

Recoveries

(0.4
)

(0.3
)

(0.6
)

(1.3
)
Balance at end of period

$
(1.8
)

$
(2.0
)

$
(35.7
)

$
(39.5
)
As of March 31, 2017
 
Credit Cards
 
Auto Finance
 
Other Unsecured Lending Products
 
Total
Allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period individually evaluated for impairment
 
$

 
$
(0.3
)
 
$
(0.3
)
 
$
(0.6
)
Balance at end of period collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(1.7
)
 
$
(35.4
)
 
$
(38.9
)
Loans and fees receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans and fees receivable, gross
 
$
14.5

 
$
72.6

 
$
210.7

 
$
297.8

Loans and fees receivable individually evaluated for impairment
 
$

 
$
0.4

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.7

Loans and fees receivable collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
14.5

 
$
72.2

 
$
210.4

 
$
297.1



7

Table of Contents

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

Credit Cards

Auto Finance

Other Unsecured Lending Products

Total
Allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable:

 

 

 

 
Balance at beginning of period

$
(1.2
)

$
(1.7
)

$
(18.6
)

$
(21.5
)
Provision for loan losses

0.2


(0.6
)

(4.3
)

(4.7
)
Charge offs

0.4


0.8


6.6


7.8

Recoveries

(0.7
)

(0.3
)

(0.5
)

(1.5
)
Balance at end of period

$
(1.3
)

$
(1.8
)

$
(16.8
)

$
(19.9
)

As of December 31, 2016
 
Credit Cards
 
Auto Finance
 
Other Unsecured Lending Products
 
Total
Allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period individually evaluated for impairment
 
$

 
$
(0.3
)
 
$
(0.3
)
 
$
(0.6
)
Balance at end of period collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
(1.4
)
 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(39.5
)
 
$
(42.7
)
Loans and fees receivable:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans and fees receivable, gross
 
$
11.0

 
$
77.1

 
$
202.6

 
$
290.7

Loans and fees receivable individually evaluated for impairment
 
$

 
$
0.7

 
$
0.3

 
$
1.0

Loans and fees receivable collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
11.0

 
$
76.4

 
$
202.3

 
$
289.7

    
An aging of our delinquent loans and fees receivable, gross (in millions) by class of receivable as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is as follows:
Balance at March 31, 2017
 
Credit Cards
 
Auto Finance
 
Other Unsecured Lending Products
 
Total
30-59 days past due
 
$
0.3

 
$
4.4

 
$
7.0

 
$
11.7

60-89 days past due
 
0.3

 
1.6

 
6.0

 
7.9

90 or more days past due
 
0.5

 
1.6

 
11.9

 
14.0

Delinquent loans and fees receivable, gross
 
1.1

 
7.6

 
24.9

 
33.6

Current loans and fees receivable, gross
 
13.4

 
65.0

 
185.8

 
264.2

Total loans and fees receivable, gross
 
$
14.5

 
$
72.6

 
$
210.7

 
$
297.8

Balance of loans 90 or more days past due and still accruing interest and fees
 
$

 
$
1.1

 
$

 
$
1.1



8

Table of Contents

Balance at December 31, 2016
Credit Cards
 
Auto Finance
 
Other Unsecured Lending Products
 
Total
30-59 days past due
$
0.2

 
$
7.0

 
$
8.2

 
$
15.4

60-89 days past due
0.2

 
2.4

 
6.7

 
9.3

90 or more days past due
0.4

 
1.9

 
11.4

 
13.7

Delinquent loans and fees receivable, gross
0.8

 
11.3

 
26.3

 
38.4

Current loans and fees receivable, gross
10.2

 
65.8

 
176.3

 
252.3

Total loans and fees receivable, gross
$
11.0

 
$
77.1

 
$
202.6

 
$
290.7

Balance of loans 90 or more days past due and still accruing interest and fees
$

 
$
1.5

 
$

 
$
1.5


Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
    
Accounts payable and accrued expenses reflect both the billed and unbilled amounts owed at the end of a period for services rendered. Also included within accounts payable and accrued expenses are amounts ultimately owed to consumers associated with reimbursements in respect of one of our portfolios.

Income Taxes

W e experienced an effective income tax expense rate of 45.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 , compared to an effective income tax expense rate of 4.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 .  Our effective income tax expense rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is above the statutory rate principally due to interest that we accrued on unpaid federal tax liabilities.  Our effective income tax expense rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 is below the statutory rate principally due to income during that period of our U.K. subsidiary that was not subject to tax in the U.S. and the U.K. tax on which was fully offset by the release of U.K. valuation allowances in that period.
 
                We report potential accrued interest and penalties related to both our accrued liabilities for uncertain tax positions and unpaid tax liabilities, as well as any net payments of income tax-related interest and penalties, within our income tax benefit or expense line item on our consolidated statements of operations. We likewise report the reversal of such accrued interest and penalties within the income tax benefit or expense line item to the extent that we resolve our liabilities for uncertain tax positions or unpaid tax liabilities in a manner favorable to our accruals therefor.  During both the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we included $0.2 million of net income tax-related interest and penalties within those periods’ respective income tax expense line items.
 
               In December 2014, we reached a settlement with the IRS concerning the tax treatment of net operating losses that we incurred in 2007 and 2008 and carried back to obtain refunds of federal income taxes paid in earlier years dating back to 2003. Our net unpaid income tax assessment associated with that settlement was $7.3 million at March 31, 2017 ; this amount excludes unpaid interest and penalties on the tax assessment, the accruals for which aggregated $3.6 million at March 31, 2017 .  An IRS examination team denied amended return claims we filed that would have eliminated the $7.3 million assessment (and corresponding interest and penalties), and we filed a protest with IRS Appeals. Pending the resolution of this matter, and as is customary in such cases, the IRS filed a lien in respect of the $7.3 million assessment described herein. To the extent we are unsuccessful in resolving this matter with IRS Appeals to our satisfaction, we plan to litigate this matter.














9

Table of Contents

Fees and Related Income on Earning Assets

The components (in thousands) of our fees and related income on earning assets are as follows:
 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Fees on credit products
$
1,096

 
$
799

Changes in fair value of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value
563

 
1,898

Changes in fair value of notes payable associated with structured financings recorded at fair value
706

 
1,165

Rental revenue
148

 
4,214

Other
288

 
(189
)
Total fees and related income on earning assets
$
2,801

 
$
7,887


The above changes in the fair value of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value category exclude the impact of charge offs associated with these receivables which are separately stated in Net recovery of charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value on our consolidated statements of operations.  See Note 6, “Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities,” for further discussion of these receivables and their effects on our consolidated statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The guidance requires an assessment of credit losses based on expected rather than incurred losses. This generally will result in the recognition of allowances for losses earlier than under current accounting guidance for trade and other receivables, held to maturity debt securities and other instruments. The standard will be adopted on a prospective basis with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. While we are continuing to evaluate the effect that ASU 2016-13 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, this standard is expected to result in an increase to our allowance for loan losses given the change to expected losses for the estimated life of the financial asset. The extent of the increase will depend on the asset quality of the portfolio, and economic conditions and forecasts at adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting. The ASU eliminates the requirement that when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively, as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The ASU requires that the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee should be combined with the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and the equity method of accounting should be adopted as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. No retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The ASU also requires that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings, the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The ASU was effective January 1, 2017. The impact of adoption of this authoritative guidance did not result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which would require lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for most leases, changing certain aspects of current lessor accounting, among other things. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2016-02 will result in the Company recognizing a right-of-use asset and lease liability on the consolidated balance sheet based on the present value of remaining operating lease payments. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements due to the limited lease activity we are involved in.
        
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” ASU 2014-09 establishes a principles-based model under which revenue from a contract is allocated to the distinct performance obligations within the contract and recognized in income as each performance obligation is satisfied. Additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract is also required. In

10

Table of Contents

August 2015, the FASB delayed the effective date by one year and the guidance will now be effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. We do not plan to early adopt the guidance. The scope of ASU 2014-09 excludes interest and fee income on loans and as a result, the majority of our revenue will not be affected; however, our review is ongoing. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
    
Subsequent Events
 
We evaluate subsequent events that occur after our consolidated balance sheet date but before our consolidated financial statements are issued. There are two types of subsequent events:  (1) recognized, or those that provide additional evidence with respect to conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements; and (2) nonrecognized, or those that provide evidence with respect to conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose subsequent to that date.  We have evaluated subsequent events occurring after March 31, 2017 , and based on our evaluation we did not identify any recognized or nonrecognized subsequent events that would have required further adjustments to our consolidated financial statements.

3.
Segment Reporting
 
We operate primarily within one industry consisting of two reportable segments by which we manage our business. Our two reportable segments are:  Credit and Other Investments, and Auto Finance.

As of both March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , we did not have a material amount of long-lived assets located outside of the U.S., and only a negligible portion of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 were generated outside of the U.S.

We measure the profitability of our reportable segments based on their income after allocation of specific costs and corporate overhead; however, our segment results do not reflect any charges for internal capital allocations among our segments. Overhead costs are allocated based on headcounts and other applicable measures to better align costs with the associated revenues.

Summary operating segment information (in thousands) is as follows:
Three months ended March 31, 2017
 
Credit and Other Investments
 
Auto Finance
 
Total
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans, including past due fees
 
$
18,830

 
$
7,029

 
$
25,859

Other
 
101

 

 
101

Total interest income
 
18,931

 
7,029

 
25,960

Interest expense
 
(5,594
)
 
(223
)
 
(5,817
)
Net interest income before fees and related income on earning assets and provision for losses on loans and fees receivable
 
$
13,337

 
$
6,806

 
$
20,143

Fees and related income on earning assets
 
$
2,779

 
$
22

 
$
2,801

Servicing income
 
$
857

 
$
232

 
$
1,089

Depreciation of rental merchandise
 
$
(27
)
 
$

 
$
(27
)
Equity in income of equity-method investee
 
$
334

 
$

 
$
334

(Loss) income before income taxes
 
$
(387
)
 
$
1,732

 
$
1,345

Income tax expense
 
$
(33
)
 
$
(585
)
 
$
(618
)
Total assets
 
$
306,721

 
$
64,402

 
$
371,123


11

Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, 2016
 
Credit and Other Investments
 
Auto Finance
 
Total
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans, including past due fees
 
$
11,185

 
$
6,963

 
$
18,148

Other
 
92

 

 
92

Total interest income
 
11,277

 
6,963

 
18,240

Interest expense
 
(4,337
)
 
(307
)
 
(4,644
)
Net interest income before fees and related income on earning assets and provision for losses on loans and fees receivable
 
$
6,940

 
$
6,656

 
$
13,596

Fees and related income on earning assets
 
$
7,829

 
$
58

 
$
7,887

Servicing income
 
$
1,192

 
$
255

 
$
1,447

Depreciation of rental merchandise
 
$
(3,379
)
 
$

 
$
(3,379
)
Equity in income of equity-method investee
 
$
1,002

 
$

 
$
1,002

Income before income taxes
 
$
3,326

 
$
1,424

 
$
4,750

Income tax benefit (expense)
 
$
317

 
$
(515
)
 
$
(198
)
Total assets
 
$
210,211

 
$
69,104

 
$
279,315


4.
Shareholders’ Equity

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 , we repurchased and contemporaneously retired 6,702 and 122,981 shares of our common stock at an aggregate cost of $18,000 and $371,000 , respectively, pursuant to both open market and private purchases and the return of stock by holders of equity incentive awards to pay tax withholding obligations.

We had 1,459,233 loaned shares outstanding at March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , which were originally lent in connection with our November 2005 issuance of convertible senior notes. We retire lent shares as they are returned to us.

5.
Investment in Equity-Method Investee
 
Our equity-method investment outstanding at March 31, 2017 consists of our 66.7% interest in a joint venture formed to purchase a credit card receivable portfolio.

In the following tables, we summarize (in thousands) balance sheet and results of operations data for our equity-method investee:
 
As of
 
March 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
$
8,556

 
$
9,650

Total assets
$
9,024

 
$
10,291

Total liabilities
$
34

 
$
204

Members’ capital
$
8,990

 
$
10,087


 
Three months ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Net interest income, fees and related income on earning assets
$
504

 
$
1,512

Net income
$
397

 
$
1,360

Net income attributable to our equity investment in investee
$
334

 
$
1,002

         




12

Table of Contents

6.
Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

Valuations and Techniques for Assets
 
Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The table below summarizes (in thousands) by fair value hierarchy the March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 fair values and carrying amounts of (1) our assets that are required to be carried at fair value in our consolidated financial statements and (2) our assets not carried at fair value, but for which fair value disclosures are required:
Assets – As of March 31, 2017 (1)
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Carrying Amount of Assets
Loans and fees receivable, net for which it is practicable to estimate fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
252,346

 
$
232,994

Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
13,591

 
$
13,591


Assets – As of December 31, 2016 (1)
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Carrying Amount of Assets
Loans and fees receivable, net for which it is practicable to estimate fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
248,171

 
$
223,783

Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
15,648

 
$
15,648

  
(1)
For cash, deposits and other short-term investments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

For those asset classes above that are required to be carried at fair value in our consolidated financial statements, gains and losses associated with fair value changes are detailed on our fees and related income on earning assets table within Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies and Consolidated Financial Statement Components.”

For Level 3 assets carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs, the following table presents (in thousands) a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
Loans and Fees Receivable, at
Fair Value
 
2017
 
2016
Balance at January 1,
$
15,648

 
$
26,706

Total gains—realized/unrealized:
 
 


Net revaluations of loans and fees receivable, at fair value
563

 
1,898

Settlements
(2,626
)
 
(4,803
)
Impact of foreign currency translation
6

 
(65
)
Balance at March 31,
$
13,591

 
$
23,736

  
The unrealized gains and losses for assets within the Level 3 category presented in the tables above include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Impacts related to foreign currency translation are included as a component of other operating expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Net Revaluation of Loans and Fees Receivable. We record the net revaluation of loans and fees receivable (including those pledged as collateral) in the fees and related income on earning assets category in our consolidated statements of operations, specifically as changes in fair value of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value.


13

Table of Contents

For Level 3 assets carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs, the following table presents (in thousands) quantitative information about the valuation techniques and the inputs used in the fair value measurement as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 :
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value at March 31, 2017
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
 
$
13,591

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Gross yield
 
16.3% to 25.8% (23.9%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Principal payment rate
 
1.2% to 3.1% (2.3%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Expected credit loss rate
 
9.2% to 13.9% (11.6%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Servicing rate
 
8.8% to 9.9% (9.0%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
5.8% to 13.7% (12.6%)

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2016
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Range (Weighted Average)
Loans and fees receivable, at fair value
 
$
15,648

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Gross yield
 
24.2% to 35.8% (26.1%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Principal payment rate
 
2.2% to 3.5% (2.4%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Expected credit loss rate
 
11.8% to 18.0% (12.9%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Servicing rate
 
8.6% to 9.6% (8.8%)
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
5.8% to 13.6% (12.5%)




14

Table of Contents

Valuations and Techniques for Liabilities
 
Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the liability. The table below summarizes (in thousands) by fair value hierarchy the March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 fair values and carrying amounts of (1) our liabilities that are required to be carried at fair value in our consolidated financial statements and (2) our liabilities not carried at fair value, but for which fair value disclosures are required:
Liabilities – As of March 31, 2017
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Carrying Amount of Liabilities
Liabilities not carried at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving credit facilities
 
$

 
$

 
$
90,716

 
$
90,716

Amortizing debt facilities
 
$

 
$

 
$
54,873

 
$
54,873

Senior secured term loan
 
$

 
$

 
$
40,000

 
$
40,000

5.875% convertible senior notes
 
$

 
$
42,816

 
$

 
$
60,937

Liabilities carried at fair value
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
11,131

 
$
11,131


Liabilities - As of December 31, 2016
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
 Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Carrying Amount of Liabilities
Liabilities not carried at fair value
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Revolving credit facilities
 
$

 
$

 
$
83,399

 
$
83,399

Amortizing debt facilities
 
$

 
$

 
$
58,190

 
$
58,190

Senior secured term loan
 
$

 
$

 
$
40,000

 
$
40,000

5.875% convertible senior notes
 
$

 
$
40,609

 
$

 
$
60,791

Liabilities carried at fair value
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
 
$

 
$

 
$
12,276

 
$
12,276


For our material Level 3 liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs, the following table presents (in thousands) a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 .
 
Notes Payable Associated with
Structured Financings, at Fair Value
 
2017
 
2016
Beginning balance, January 1
$
12,276

 
$
20,970

Total (gains) losses—realized/unrealized:
 

 
 

Net revaluations of notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
(706
)
 
(1,165
)
Repayments on outstanding notes payable, net
(439
)
 
(1,736
)
Ending balance, March 31
$
11,131

 
$
18,069


The unrealized gains and losses for liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the table above include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. We provide below a brief description of the valuation techniques used for Level 3 liabilities.


15


Net Revaluation of Notes Payable Associated with Structured Financings, at Fair Value. We record the net revaluations of notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value, in the changes in fair value of notes payable associated with structured financings line item within the fees and related income on earning assets category of our consolidated statements of operations.

For material Level 3 liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs, the following table presents (in thousands) quantitative information about the valuation techniques and the inputs used in the fair value measurement as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 :
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value at March 31, 2017 (in Thousands)
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Weighted Average
Notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
 
$
11,131

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Gross yield
 
25.0
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Principal payment rate
 
2.3
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Expected credit loss rate
 
11.7
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
13.7
%

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2016 (in Thousands)
 
Valuation Technique
 
Unobservable Input
 
Weighted Average
Notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value
 
$
12,276

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Gross yield
 
24.6
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Principal payment rate
 
2.2
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Expected credit loss rate
 
11.8
%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount rate
 
13.6
%

Other Relevant Data
 
Other relevant data (in thousands) as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 concerning certain assets and liabilities we carry at fair value are as follows:
As of March 31, 2017
 
Loans and Fees
Receivable at
Fair Value
 
Loans and Fees Receivable Pledged as Collateral under Structured Financings at Fair Value
Aggregate unpaid principal balance within loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value
 
$
5,664

 
$
14,866

Aggregate fair value of loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value
 
$
2,598

 
$
10,993

Aggregate fair value of receivables carried at fair value that are 90 days or more past due (which also coincides with finance charge and fee non-accrual policies)
 
$
7

 
$
23

Aggregate excess of balance of unpaid principal receivables within loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value and are 90 days or more past due (which also coincides with finance charge and fee non-accrual policies) over the fair value of such loans and fees receivable
 
$
158

 
$
528

 

16


As of December 31, 2016
 
Loans and Fees
Receivable at
Fair Value
 
Loans and Fees
Receivable Pledged as Collateral under Structured Financings at Fair Value
Aggregate unpaid principal balance within loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value
 
$
6,251

 
$
16,614

Aggregate fair value of loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value
 
$
3,484

 
$
12,164

Aggregate fair value of receivables carried at fair value that are 90 days or more past due (which also coincides with finance charge and fee non-accrual policies)
 
$
6

 
$
22

Aggregate excess of balance of unpaid principal receivables within loans and fees receivable that are reported at fair value and are 90 days or more past due (which also coincides with finance charge and fee non-accrual policies) over the fair value of such loans and fees receivable
 
$
204

 
$
562


Notes Payable
 
Notes Payable Associated with Structured Financings, at Fair Value as of March 31, 2017
 
Notes Payable Associated with Structured Financings, at Fair Value as of December 31, 2016
Aggregate unpaid principal balance of notes payable
 
$
101,596

 
$
102,035

Aggregate fair value of notes payable
 
$
11,131

 
$
12,276


7.
Notes Payable
 
Notes Payable Associated with Structured Financings, at Fair Value
 
Scheduled (in millions) in the table below are (1) the carrying amount of our structured financing note secured by certain credit card receivables and reported at fair value as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , (2) the outstanding face amount of our structured financing note secured by certain credit card receivables and reported at fair value as of March 31, 2017 , and (3) the carrying amount of the credit card receivables and restricted cash that provide the exclusive means of repayment for the note (i.e., lenders have recourse only to the specific credit card receivables and restricted cash underlying each respective facility and cannot look to our general credit for repayment) as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 .
 
Carrying Amounts at Fair Value as of
 
March 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
Amortizing securitization facility issued out of our upper-tier portfolio master trust (stated maturity of December 2021), outstanding face amount of $101.6 million as of March 31, 2017 ($102.0 million as of December 31, 2016) bearing interest at a weighted average 6.2% interest rate at March 31, 2017 (6.1% at December 31, 2016), which is secured by credit card receivables and restricted cash aggregating $11.1 million as of March 31, 2017 ($12.3 million as of December 31, 2016) in carrying amount
$
11.1

 
$
12.3

 
Contractual payment allocations within this credit card receivables structured financing provide for a priority distribution of cash flows to us to service the credit card receivables, a distribution of cash flows to pay interest and principal due on the notes, and a distribution of all excess cash flows (if any) to us. The structured financing facility in the above table is amortizing down along with collections of the underlying receivables and there are no provisions within the debt agreement that allow for acceleration or bullet repayment of the facility prior to its scheduled expiration date. The aggregate carrying amount of the credit card receivables and restricted cash that provide security for the $11.1 million in fair value of the structured financing note in the above table is $11.1 million , which means that we have no aggregate exposure to pre-tax equity loss associated with the above structured financing arrangement at March 31, 2017 .
 

17


Beyond our role as servicer of the underlying assets within the credit cards receivables structured financing, we have provided no other financial or other support to the structures, and we have no explicit or implicit arrangements that could require us to provide financial support to the structures.

Notes Payable, at Face Value and Notes Payable to Related Parties
 
Other notes payable outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 that are secured by the financial and operating assets of either the borrower, another of our subsidiaries or both, include the following, scheduled (in millions); except as otherwise noted, the assets of our holding company (Atlanticus Holdings Corporation) are subject to creditor claims under these scheduled facilities:
 
As of
 
March 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
Revolving credit facilities at a weighted average interest rate equal to 5.6% at March 31, 2017 (4.8% at December 31, 2016) secured by the financial and operating assets of CAR and/or certain receivables and restricted cash with a combined aggregate carrying amount of $136.1 million as of December 31, 2017 ($127.9 million at December 31, 2016)
 
 
 
Revolving credit facility, not to exceed $20.0 million (expiring December 31, 2019) (1) (2)
19.7

 
19.5

Revolving credit facility, not to exceed $40.0 million (expiring November 1, 2018) (3)
27.6


29.2

Revolving credit facility, not to exceed $35.0 million (expiring October 29, 2017) (1) (2)
34.8

 
34.7

Revolving credit facility, not to exceed $90.0 million (expiring February 8, 2022) (1) (4)
10.0

 

Amortizing facilities at a weighted average interest rate equal to 5.6% at March 31, 2017 (5.4% at December 31, 2016) secured by certain receivables and restricted cash with a combined aggregate carrying amount of $67.9 million as of March 31, 2017 ($69.9 million as of December 31, 2016)
 
 
 
Amortizing debt facility (expiring March 31, 2018) (1) (2) (5)
14.6

 
14.6

Amortizing debt facility (expiring July 15, 2017) (1) (2) (5)
8.7


20.4

Amortizing debt facility (expiring June 30, 2018) (1) (2) (5)
16.7

 

Amortizing debt facility (expiring August 17, 2018) (1) (2)
4.0

 
6.0

Amortizing debt facility (expiring August 24, 2018) (1) (2)
5.9

 
9.7

Amortizing debt facility (expiring September 1, 2017) (1) (2)
5.0

 
7.5

Other facilities
 
 
 
Senior secured term loan from related parties (expiring November 22, 2017) that is secured by certain assets of the Company with an annual interest rate equal to 9.0% (4)
40.0

 
40.0

Total notes payable before unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts
187.0

 
181.6

Unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts
2.2

 
0.4

Total notes payable outstanding, net
$
184.8

 
$
181.2

 
(1)
Loans are subject to certain affirmative covenants tied to default rates and other performance metrics the failure of which could result in required early repayment of the remaining unamortized balances of the notes.
(2)
These notes reflect modifications to either extend the maturity date, increase the loaned amount or both.
(3)
Loan is subject to certain affirmative covenants, including a coverage ratio, a leverage ratio and a collateral performance test, the failure of which could result in required early repayment of all or a portion of the outstanding balance by our CAR Auto Finance operations.
(4)
See below for additional information.
(5)
Loans are comprised of three tranches with the same lender. Terms and conditions are substantially identical with the exception of maturity date as indicated in the table above.

18


    
On November 26, 2014, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Dove Ventures, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Dove”). The agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility in an amount of up to $40.0 million at any time outstanding. The Loan and Security Agreement is fully drawn with $40.0 million outstanding as of March 31, 2017 . In November 2016, the agreement was amended to extend the maturity date of the term loan to November 22, 2017 . All other terms remain unchanged.

Our obligations under the agreement are guaranteed by certain subsidiary guarantors and secured by a pledge of certain assets of ours and the subsidiary guarantors. The loans bear interest at the rate of 9.0% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The principal amount of these loans is payable in a single installment on November 22, 2017 (as amended). The agreement includes customary affirmative and negative covenants, as well as customary representations, warranties and events of default. Subject to certain conditions, we can prepay the principal amounts of these loans without premium or penalty.

Dove is a limited liability company owned by three trusts. David G. Hanna is the sole shareholder and the President of the corporation that serves as the sole trustee of one of the trusts, and David G. Hanna and members of his immediate family are the beneficiaries of this trust. Frank J. Hanna, III is the sole shareholder and the President of the corporation that serves as the sole trustee of the other two trusts, and Frank J. Hanna, III and members of his immediate family are the beneficiaries of these other two trusts.

On February 9, 2017, we (through a wholly owned subsidiary) established a program under which we sell certain receivables to a consolidated trust in exchange for notes issued by the trust. The notes are secured by the receivables and other assets of the trust. Simultaneously with the establishment of the program, the trust issued a series of variable funding notes and sold an aggregate amount of up to $90.0 million (of which $10.0 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2017) to an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a facility that can be drawn upon to the extent of outstanding eligible receivables.
The facility matures on February 8, 2022 and is subject to certain affirmative covenants and collateral performance tests, the failure of which could result in required early repayment of all or a portion of the outstanding balance of notes. The facility also may be prepaid subject to payment of a prepayment fee.
 
8.
Convertible Senior Notes
 
In November 2005, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.875% convertible senior notes due November 30, 2035 (“ 5.875% convertible senior notes”). The 5.875% convertible senior notes are unsecured, subordinate to existing and future secured obligations and structurally subordinate to existing and future claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors. These notes (net of repurchases since the issuance dates) are reflected within convertible senior notes on our consolidated balance sheets.   No put rights exist under our 5.875% convertible senior notes.  

In 2016 we repurchased $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 5.875% convertible senior notes for $2.3 million plus accrued interest from unrelated third parties. The purchase resulted in a gain of $1.2 million (net of the notes’ applicable share of deferred costs, which were written off in connection with the repurchases). Upon acquisition, the notes were retired.

The following summarizes (in thousands) components of our consolidated balance sheets associated with our convertible senior notes:
 
As of
 
March 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
Face amount of 5.875% convertible senior notes
$
88,280


$
88,280

Discount
(27,343
)

(27,489
)
Net carrying value
$
60,937


$
60,791

Carrying amount of equity component included in additional paid-in capital
$
108,714


$
108,714

Excess of instruments’ if-converted values over face principal amounts
$


$


9.
Commitments and Contingencies
 
General

19


 
Under finance products available in the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer channels, consumers have the ability to borrow up to the maximum credit limit assigned to each individual’s account.  Unfunded commitments under these products aggregated $281.0 million at March 31, 2017 . We have never experienced a situation in which all borrowers have exercised their entire available line of credit at any given point in time, nor do we anticipate this will ever occur in the future.  Moreover, there would be a concurrent increase in assets should there be any exercise of these lines of credit.  We also have the effective right to reduce or cancel these available lines of credit at any time.
 
Additionally our CAR operations provide floor-plan financing for a pre-qualified network of independent automotive dealers and automotive finance companies in the buy-here, pay-here used car business.  The financings allow dealers and finance companies to borrow up to the maximum pre-approved credit limit allowed in order to finance ongoing inventory needs.  These loans are secured by the underlying auto inventory and, in certain cases where we have other lending products outstanding with the dealer, are secured by the collateral under those lending arrangements as well, including any outstanding dealer reserves. As of March 31, 2017 , CAR had unfunded outstanding floor-plan financing commitments totaling $8.5 million .  Each draw against unused commitments is reviewed for conformity to pre-established guidelines.
 
Under agreements with third-party originating and other financial institutions we have pledged security (collateral) related to their issuance of consumer credit and purchases thereunder, of which $9.0 million remains pledged as of March 31, 2017 to support various ongoing contractual obligations. 

Under agreements with third-party originating and other financial institutions, we have agreed to indemnify the financial institutions for certain liabilities associated with the services we provide on behalf of the financial institutions—such indemnification obligations generally being limited to instances in which we either (a) have been afforded the opportunity to defend against any potentially indemnifiable claims or (b) have reached agreement with the financial institutions regarding settlement of potentially indemnifiable claims. As of March 31, 2017 , we have assessed the likelihood of any potential payments related to the aforementioned contingencies as remote. We will accrue liabilities related to these contingencies in any future period if and in which we assess the likelihood of an estimable payment as probable.

Total System Services, Inc. provides certain services to Atlanticus Services Corporation in both the U.S. and the U.K. as a system of record provider under agreements that extend through October 2022 and September 2017, respectively. If Atlanticus Services Corporation were to terminate its U.S. or U.K. relationship with Total System Services, Inc. prior to the contractual termination period, it would incur significant penalties ( $1.2 million and $0.7 million as of March 31, 2017 , respectively).

We also are subject to certain minimum payments under cancelable and non-cancelable lease arrangements. For further information regarding these commitments, see Note 8, “Leases” to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Litigation
 
We are involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to the conduct of our business, none of which are expected to be material to us.
 
10.
Net Income Attributable to Controlling Interests Per Common Share
 
The following table sets forth the computations of net income per common share (in thousands, except per share data): 

20


 
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Numerator:
 
 
 
Net income attributable to controlling interests
$
728

 
$
4,553

Denominator:
 

 
 

Basic (including unvested share-based payment awards) (1)
13,944

 
13,898

Effect of dilutive stock compensation arrangements (2)
33

 
75

Diluted (including unvested share-based payment awards) (1)
13,977

 
13,973

Net income attributable to controlling interests per common share—basic
$
0.05

 
$
0.33

Net income attributable to controlling interests per common share—diluted
$
0.05

 
$
0.33


(1)
Shares related to unvested share-based payment awards included in our basic and diluted share counts were 345,385 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 , compared to 222,550 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 .
(2)
The effect of dilutive stock compensation arrangements is shown only for informational purposes where we are in a net loss position.  In such situations, the effect of including outstanding options and restricted stock would be anti-dilutive, and they are thus excluded from all loss period calculations.
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 , there were no shares potentially issuable and thus includible in the diluted net income attributable to controlling interests per common share calculations pursuant to our 5.875% convertible senior notes. However, in future reporting periods during which our closing stock price is above the $24.61 conversion price for the 5.875% convertible senior notes, and depending on the closing stock price at conversion, the maximum potential dilution under the conversion provisions of such notes is 3.6 million shares, which could be included in diluted share counts in net income per common share calculations. See Note 8, “Convertible Senior Notes,” for a further discussion of these convertible securities.

11.
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We currently have two stock-based compensation plans, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”).  As of March 31, 2017 , 22,397 shares remained available for issuance under the ESPP and 1,270,635 shares remained available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

Exercises and vestings under our stock-based compensation plans resulted in $0 in income tax-related charges to additional paid-in capital during the three months ended March 31, 2017 with $37,000 in such charges for the three months ended March 31, 2016 .

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 , we granted 57,000 and 122,667 shares of restricted stock (net of any forfeitures), respectively, with aggregate grant date fair values of $0.2 million and $0.4 million , respectively. We incurred expenses of $0.5 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 , respectively, related to restricted stock, restricted stock unit and stock option awards. When we grant restricted stock, we defer the grant date value of the restricted stock and amortize that value (net of the value of anticipated forfeitures) as compensation expense with an offsetting entry to the additional paid-in capital component of our consolidated shareholders’ equity. Our restricted stock awards typically vest over a range of 12 to 60 months (or other term as specified in the grant) and are amortized to salaries and benefits expense ratably over applicable vesting periods. As of March 31, 2017 , our unamortized deferred compensation costs associated with non-vested restricted stock awards were $0.4 million with a weighted-average remaining amortization period of 0.6 years .

Stock Options
 

21


We had expense of $309 thousand and $117 thousand related to stock option-related compensation costs during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 , respectively. When applicable, we recognize stock option-related compensation expense for any awards with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. Information related to options outstanding is as follows:
 
March 31, 2017
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted-
Average of Remaining
Contractual Life (in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
1,411,667

 
$
3.09

 
 
 
 

Issued
1,000,000

 
$
2.78

 

 
 
Exercised

 
$

 

 


Cancelled/Forfeited
(2,000
)
 
$
3.04

 

 


Outstanding at March 31, 2017
2,409,667

 
$
2.96

 
4.0
 
$
53,603

Exercisable at March 31, 2017
692,039

 
$
2.77

 
2.7
 
$
53,603


We had $1.3 million and $1.3 million of unamortized deferred compensation costs associated with non-vested stock options as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

ITEM 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
      The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included therein and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, where certain terms (including trust, subsidiary and other entity names and financial, operating and statistical measures) have been defined.
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes forward-looking statements. We base these forward-looking statements on our current plans, expectations and beliefs about future events. There are risks, including the factors discussed in “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A and elsewhere in this Report, that our actual experience will differ materially from these expectations.  For more information, see “Forward Looking Information” below.

In this Report, except as the context suggests otherwise, the words “Company,” “Atlanticus Holdings Corporation,” “Atlanticus,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” and “us” refer to Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries and predecessors.

OVERVIEW
 
We utilize proprietary analytics and a flexible technology platform to enable financial institutions to provide various credit and related financial services and products to or associated with the financially underserved consumer credit market. Currently, within our Credit and Other Investments segment, we are applying the experiences gained and infrastructure built from servicing over $25 billion in consumer loans over our 21 -year operating history to support lenders who originate a range of consumer loan products. These products include retail credit, personal loans, and credit cards marketed through multiple channels, including retail point-of-sale, direct mail solicitation, Internet-based marketing and partnerships with third parties. In the point-of-sale channel, we partner with retailers and service providers in various industries across the U.S. to allow them to provide credit to their customers for the purchase of a variety of goods and services including consumer electronics, furniture, elective medical procedures, educational services and home-improvements. Our flexible technology platform allows our lending partners to integrate our paperless process and instant decision-making platform with the technology infrastructure of participating retailers and service providers. These services of our lending partners are often extended to consumers who may have been declined under traditional financing options. We specialize in supporting this “second-look” credit service. Additionally, we support lenders who market general purpose personal loans and credit cards directly to consumers through additional channels, which enables them to reach consumers through a diverse origination platform that includes direct mail, Internet-based marketing and our retail partnerships. Our technology platform and proprietary analytics enable lenders to make instant credit decisions utilizing hundreds of inputs from multiple sources and thereby offer credit to consumers overlooked by traditional providers of credit. By offering a range of products through a multitude of channels, we enable lenders to provide the right type of credit, whenever and wherever the consumer has a need. In most cases, we invest in the receivables originated by lenders who utilize our technology platform and other related services.

22

Table of Contents


Using our infrastructure and technology platform, we also provide loan servicing, including risk management and customer service outsourcing, for third parties. Also through our Credit and Other Investments segment, we engage in testing and limited investment in consumer finance technology platforms as we seek to capitalize on our expertise and infrastructure.

Beyond these activities within our Credit and Other Investments segment, we invest in and service portfolios of credit card receivables. One of our portfolios of credit card receivables is encumbered by non-recourse structured financing, and for this portfolio our principal remaining economic interest is the servicing compensation we receive as an offset against our servicing costs given that the likely future collections on the portfolio are insufficient to allow for full repayment of the financing.
Additionally, we report within our Credit and Other Investments segment the income earned from an investment in an equity-method investee that holds credit card receivables for which we are the servicer.

Lastly, we report within our Credit and Other Investments segment gains associated with investments previously made in consumer finance technology platforms. These include investments in companies engaged in mobile technologies, marketplace lending and other financial technologies. These investments are carried at the lower of cost or market valuation. Some of these investees have raised capital at valuations in excess of our associated book value. However, none of these companies are publicly-traded, there are no material pending liquidity events, and ascribing value to these investments at this time would be speculative.
 
The recurring cash flows we receive within our Credit and Other Investments segment principally include those associated with (1) point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables, (2) servicing compensation and (3) credit card receivables portfolios that are unencumbered or where we own a portion of the underlying structured financing facility.

We historically financed most of our investments in the credit card receivables originated through our platform through the asset-backed securitization markets. These markets deteriorated significantly in 2008, and the level of “advance rates,” or leverage against credit card receivable assets, in the current asset-backed securitization markets is below pre-2008 levels. We do believe, however, that point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables are generating, and will continue to generate, attractive returns on assets, thereby facilitating debt financing under terms and conditions (including advance rates and pricing) that will support attractive returns on equity, and we continue to pursue growth in this area.

Within our Auto Finance segment, our CAR subsidiary operations principally purchase and/or service loans secured by automobiles from or for, and also provide floor plan financing for, a pre-qualified network of independent automotive dealers and automotive finance companies in the buy-here, pay-here, used car business. We purchase auto loans at a discount and with dealer retentions or holdbacks that provide risk protection. Also within our Auto Finance segment, we are providing certain installment lending products in addition to our traditional loans secured by automobiles.
We closely monitor and manage our expenses based on current product offerings (and in recent years have significantly reduced our overhead infrastructure which was built to accommodate higher managed receivables levels and a much greater number of accounts serviced). As such, we are maintaining our infrastructure and incurring increased overhead and other costs in order to expand point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer finance and credit solutions and new product offerings that we believe have the potential to grow into our existing infrastructure and allow for long-term shareholder returns.

Subject to the availability of capital at attractive terms and pricing, we plan to continue to evaluate and pursue a variety of activities, including:  (1) investments in additional financial assets associated with point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer finance and credit activities as well as the acquisition of interests in receivables portfolios; (2) investments in other assets or businesses that are not necessarily financial services assets or businesses; and (3) the repurchase of our convertible senior notes and other debt or our outstanding common stock.


23

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
 
 
 
 
Income
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
Increases (Decreases)
(In Thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
from 2016 to 2017
Total interest income
$
25,960

 
$
18,240

 
$
7,720

Interest expense
(5,817
)
 
(4,644
)
 
(1,173
)
Fees and related income on earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Fees on credit products
1,096

 
799

 
297

Changes in fair value of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value
563

 
1,898

 
(1,335
)
Changes in fair value of notes payable associated with structured financings recorded at fair value
706

 
1,165

 
(459
)
Rental revenue
148

 
4,214

 
(4,066
)
Other
288

 
(189
)
 
477

Other operating income:
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing income
1,089

 
1,447

 
(358
)
Other income
109

 
70

 
39

Equity in income equity-method investee
334

 
1,002

 
(668
)
Total
$
24,476

 
$
24,002

 
$
474

Net recovery of losses upon charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value
(7,851
)
 
(4,911
)
 
2,940

Provision for losses on loans and fees receivable recorded at net realizable value
10,653

 
4,731

 
(5,922
)
Other operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and benefits
5,532

 
5,732

 
200

Card and loan servicing
7,385

 
8,988

 
1,603

Marketing and solicitation
1,532

 
855

 
(677
)
Depreciation, primarily related to rental merchandise
310

 
4,156

 
3,846

Other
5,570

 
(299
)
 
(5,869
)
Net income
727

 
4,552

 
(3,825
)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
1

 
1

 

Net income attributable to controlling interests
728

 
4,553

 
(3,825
)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 , Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016
 
Total interest income. Total interest income consists primarily of finance charges and late fees earned on point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables, credit card and auto finance receivables. Period-over-period results reflect continued growth in our auto finance receivables, but primarily relate to growth in point-of-sale finance and direct-to-consumer products, the receivables of which increased from $115.0 million as of March 31, 2016 to $225.2 million as of March 31, 2017 . These increases were offset, however, by continued net liquidations of our historical credit card receivable portfolios over the past year. We are currently experiencing continued growth in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables and our CAR receivables—growth which we expect to result in net period over period growth in our total interest income for these operations throughout 2017. Future periods’ growth is also dependent on the addition of new retail partners to expand the reach of point-of-sale operations as well as growth within existing partnerships and continued growth within the direct-to-consumer receivables. Despite anticipated increases in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables, continued net liquidations of our historical credit card receivables will continue to offset some of the expected increases and could result in overall net declines in interest income period over period if our investments in new receivable originations decline.
 

24

Table of Contents

Interest expense. Variations in interest expense are due to our debt facilities being repaid commensurate with net liquidations of the underlying credit card, auto finance and installment loan receivables that serve as collateral for the facilities offset by new borrowings associated with growth in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables and CAR operations as evidenced within Note 7, “Notes Payable,” to our consolidated financial statements. We anticipate additional debt financing over the next few quarters as we continue to grow, and as such, we expect our quarterly interest expense to be above that experienced in the prior periods for these operations.
 
Fees and related income on earning assets.   The significant factors affecting our differing levels of fees and related income on earning assets include:

    declines in rental revenue as we significantly reduced rent-to-own operations in the fourth quarter of 2015 and for which we discontinued new acquisitions in 2016. We do not expect future revenues associated with this product offering as existing rent-to-own contracts have effectively concluded with no new acquisitions expected;
reductions in fees on receivables, associated with general net declines in historical credit card receivables, offset slightly by new acquisitions of credit card receivables under our direct-to-consumer product offerings; and
the effects of changes in the fair values of credit card receivables recorded at fair value and notes payable associated with structured financings recorded at fair value as described below.

We expect a diminishing level of fee income for 2017 absent significant new credit card receivable acquisitions. Additionally, for credit card accounts for which we use fair value accounting, we expect our change in fair value of credit card receivables recorded at fair value and our change in fair value of notes payable associated with structured financings recorded at fair value amounts to gradually diminish (absent significant changes in the assumptions used to determine these fair values) in the future. These amounts, however, are subject to potentially high levels of volatility if we experience changes in the quality of our credit card receivables or if there are significant changes in market valuation factors (e.g., interest rates and spreads) in the future. Such volatility will be muted somewhat, however, by the offsetting nature of the receivables and underlying debt being recorded at fair value and with the expected reductions in the face amounts of such outstanding receivables and debt as we experience further credit card receivables liquidations and associated debt amortizing repayments. Further, as discussed above, we do not expect meaningful levels of rental revenue in 2017 as existing rent-to-own contracts have effectively concluded with no new acquisitions expected. Offsetting declines in fees on credit products is the aforementioned growth we are currently experiencing associated with point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer finance receivables and which we expect to continue throughout 2017. We do not expect that growth levels impacting our fees and related income on earning assets will be sufficient to offset overall declines in this category of revenue (primarily related to the decline in expected rental revenues) for 2017.

Servicing income.  We earn servicing income by servicing loan portfolios for third parties (including our equity-method investee). Unless and/or until we grow the number of contractual servicing relationships we have with third parties or our current relationships grow their loan portfolios, we will not experience significant growth and income within this category, and we currently expect to experience limited growth in this category of revenue relative to revenue earned in prior periods.
 
Other income .  Historically included within our other income category are ancillary and interchange revenues, which are now relatively insignificant for us due to credit card account closures and net credit card receivables portfolio liquidations. Absent portfolio acquisitions or continued growth with new credit card offerings and related receivables, we do not expect significant ancillary and interchange revenues in the future. Also included within our other income category are certain reimbursements we receive in respect of one of our portfolios.

Equity in income of equity-method investee.   Because our equity-method investee uses the fair value option to account for its financial assets and liabilities, changes in fair value estimates can cause some volatility in the earnings of this investee. Because of continued liquidations in the credit card receivables portfolio of our equity-method investee, absent additional investments in our existing or in new equity-method investees in the future, we expect gradually declining effects from our equity-method investment on our operating results.
 
Net recovery of losses upon charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value. This account reflects charge offs (net of recoveries) of the face amount of credit card receivables we record at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. We have experienced a general trending decline in, and we expect future trending declines in, these charge offs as we continue to liquidate our historical credit card receivables. Additionally, net recovery in both periods reflects the effects of reimbursements received in respect of one of our portfolios. In the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, these reimbursements exceeded the charge-offs experienced within the portfolio during the periods presented as the reimbursements are not directly associated with the timing of actual charge offs. The timing of these reimbursements cannot be reliably determined and as such we may not continue to experience similar positive impacts in future quarters.

25

Table of Contents


Provision for losses on loans and fees receivable recorded at net realizable value.   Our provision for losses on loans and fees receivable recorded at net realizable value covers, with respect to such receivables, changes in estimates regarding our aggregate loss exposures on (1) principal receivable balances, (2) finance charges and late fees receivable underlying income amounts included within our total interest income category, and (3) other fees receivable. We have experienced a period-over-period increase in this category between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 primarily reflecting the effects of volume associated with point-of-sale, direct-to-consumer and credit card finance receivables (i.e., growth of new product receivables and their subsequent maturation), rather than specific credit quality changes or deterioration which also impacted our provision for losses on loans and fees receivable recorded at net realizable value to a lesser degree. See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies and Consolidated Financial Statement Components,” to our consolidated financial statements and the discussions of our Credit and Other Investments and Auto Finance segments for further credit quality statistics and analysis.

Total other operating expense. Total other operating expense variances for the three months ended March 31, 2017 , relative to the three months ended March 31, 2016 , reflect the following:
 
slight reductions in card and loan servicing expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2017 when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2016 based on lower acquisitions of our rent-to-own products as well as continued net liquidations in our historical credit card portfolios, the receivables of which declined from $44.3 million outstanding to $28.7 million outstanding at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 , respectively. Further, as our relative level and mix of receivables have changed we have been better able to negotiate certain third party fixed costs as existing contracts expired. These declines have been offset by expenses related to growth in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer products, the receivables of which grew from $115.0 million outstanding to $225.2 million outstanding at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017 , respectively;
decreases in depreciation primarily associated with declines in acquisitions under our rent-to-own program which declined to $27 thousand from $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively; and
increases in other expenses due to the reversal of a £3.4 million ( $5.0 million ) reserve in the three months ended March 31, 2016 . This reserve related to a review in the U.K. by HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) associated with filings by one of our U.K. subsidiaries to reclaim VAT that it paid on its inputs and that it believed were and are eligible to be reclaimed. In February of 2016, we received correspondence from HMRC stating that it (1) had chosen to discontinue its review of our U.K. subsidiary’s VAT filings with no changes to the returns as filed by our U.K. subsidiary, and (2) would pay VAT refund claims made by our U.K. subsidiary that had been suspended during the HMRC review. We subsequently received substantially all of such refunds, and as such we reversed the £3.4 million ( $5.0 million ) of VAT review-related liabilities in the first quarter of 2016.

Offsetting these declines are:

increases in marketing and solicitation costs for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as brand marketing expanded throughout 2016 and in the first quarter of 2017, as well as volume related increases in costs attributable to the growth in our retail point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer portfolios. We expect that increased origination and brand marketing support will result in overall increases in year over year costs during 2017 although the frequency and timing of marketing efforts could result in reductions in quarter over quarter marketing costs; and
general increases in other expenses related to receivables acquisition, risk management costs and third party costs associated with ongoing information technology upgrades.

Certain operating costs are variable based on the levels of accounts and receivables we service (both for our own account and for others) and the pace and breadth of our growth in receivables. However, a number of our operating costs are fixed and until recently have comprised a larger percentage of our total costs based on the ongoing contraction of our historical credit card receivables. This trend is gradually reversing, however, as we continue to grow our earning assets (including loans and fees receivable) based principally on growth of point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables and to a lesser extent, growth within our CAR operations. This is evidenced by the growth we experienced in our managed receivables levels with no effective growth in our card and loan servicing expenses (and overall expenses) as we were able to better utilize our fixed costs to grow our asset base. We continue to perform extensive reviews of all areas of our businesses for cost savings opportunities to better align our costs with our portfolio of managed receivables.
 
Notwithstanding our cost-control efforts and focus, we expect increased levels of expenditures associated with anticipated growth in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer personal loan and credit card related operations. These expenses will primarily relate to the variable costs of marketing efforts associated with new receivable acquisitions. While we have greater control over our variable expenses, it is difficult (as explained above) for us to appreciably reduce our fixed and other costs associated with an infrastructure (particularly within our Credit and Other Investments segment) that was built to support

26

Table of Contents

levels of managed receivables that are significantly higher than both our current levels and the levels that we expect to see in the near future. At this point, our Credit and Other Investments segment cash inflows are sufficient to cover its direct variable costs and a portion, but not all, of its share of overhead costs (including, for example, corporate-level executive and administrative costs and our convertible senior notes interest costs). As such, if we are unable to contain overhead costs or expand revenue-earning activities to levels commensurate with such costs, then, depending upon the earnings generated from our Auto Finance segment and our liquidating credit card portfolios, we may experience continuing pressure on our ability to achieve consistent profitability.
 
Noncontrolling interests.   We reflect the ownership interests of noncontrolling holders of equity in our majority-owned subsidiaries as noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of operations. Unless we enter into significant new majority-owned subsidiary ventures with noncontrolling interest holders in the future, we expect to have negligible noncontrolling interests in our majority-owned subsidiaries and negligible allocations of income or loss to noncontrolling interest holders in future quarters.
 
Income Taxes. We experienced an effective income tax expense rate of 45.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 , compared to an effective income tax expense rate of 4.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 .  Our effective income tax expense rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is above the statutory rate principally due to interest that we accrued on unpaid federal tax liabilities. Our effective income tax expense rate for the three months ended March 31, 2016 is below the statutory rate principally due to income during that period of our U.K. subsidiary that was not subject to tax in the U.S. and the U.K. tax on which was fully offset by the release of the U.K. valuation allowances in that period.

We report potential accrued interest and penalties related to both our accrued liabilities for uncertain tax positions and unpaid tax liabilities, as well as any net payments of income tax-related interest and penalties, within our income tax benefit or expense line item on our consolidated statements of operations. We likewise report the reversal of such accrued interest and penalties within the income tax benefit or expense line item to the extent that we resolve our liabilities for uncertain tax positions or unpaid tax liabilities in a manner favorable to our accruals therefor.  During both the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we included $0.2 million of net income tax-related interest and penalties within those periods’ respective income tax expense line items.

In December 2014, we reached a settlement with the IRS concerning the tax treatment of net operating losses that we incurred in 2007 and 2008 and carried back to obtain refunds of federal income taxes paid in earlier years dating back to 2003. Our net unpaid income tax assessment associated with that settlement was $7.3 million at March 31, 2017 ; this amount excludes unpaid interest and penalties on the tax assessment, the accruals for which aggregated $3.6 million at March 31, 2017 . An IRS examination team denied amended return claims we filed that would have eliminated the $7.3 million assessment (and corresponding interest and penalties), and we filed a protest with IRS Appeals. Pending the resolution of this matter, and as is customary in such cases, the IRS filed a lien in respect of the $7.3 million assessment described herein. To the extent we are unsuccessful in resolving this matter with IRS Appeals to our satisfaction, we plan to litigate this matter.

Credit and Other Investments Segment

     Our Credit and Other Investments segment includes our activities relating to our servicing of and our investments in the point-of-sale, direct-to-consumer personal finance and credit card operations, our various credit card receivables portfolios, as well as other product testing and investments that generally utilize much of the same infrastructure. The types of revenues we earn from our investments in receivables portfolios and services primarily include finance charges, fees and the accretion of discounts associated with the point-of-sale receivables.


27

Table of Contents

We record (i) the finance charges, discount accretion and late fees assessed on our Credit and Other Investments segment receivables in the interest income - consumer loans, including past due fees category on our consolidated statements of operations, (ii) the rental revenue, over-limit, annual, activation, monthly maintenance, returned-check, cash advance and other fees in the fees and related income on earning assets category on our consolidated statements of operations, and (iii) the charge offs (and recoveries thereof) within our provision for losses on loans and fees receivable on our consolidated statements of operations (for all credit product receivables other than those for which we have elected the fair value option) and within losses upon charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value on our consolidated statements of operations (for all of our other receivables for which we have elected the fair value option). Additionally, we show the effects of fair value changes for those credit card receivables for which we have elected the fair value option as a component of fees and related income on earning assets in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
We historically have invested in receivables portfolios through subsidiary entities. If we control through direct ownership or exert a controlling interest in the entity, we consolidate it and reflect its operations as noted above. If we exert significant influence but do not control the entity, we record our share of its net operating results in the equity in income of equity-method investee category on our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Managed Receivables
 
We make various references within our discussion of the Credit and Other Investments segment to our managed receivables. In calculating managed receivables data, we include within managed receivables those receivables we manage for our consolidated subsidiaries, but we exclude from managed receivables any noncontrolling interest holders’ shares of the receivables. Additionally, we include within managed receivables only our economic share of the receivables that we manage for our equity-method investee.
 
Financial, operating and statistical data based on aggregate managed receivables are important to any evaluation of the performance of our credit portfolios, including our risk management, servicing and collection activities and our valuing of purchased receivables.  In allocating our resources and managing our business, management relies heavily upon financial data and results prepared on this “managed basis.” Analysts, investors and others also consider it important that we provide selected financial, operating and statistical data on a managed basis because this allows a comparison of us to others within the specialty finance industry. Moreover, our management, analysts, investors and others believe it is critical that they understand the credit performance of the entire portfolio of our managed receivables because it reveals information concerning the quality of loan originations and the related credit risks inherent within the portfolios.

Reconciliation of the managed receivables data to our GAAP financial statements requires: (1) an understanding that our managed receivables data are based on billings and actual charge offs as they occur, without regard to any changes in our allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable or any changes in the fair value of loans and fees receivable and their associated structured financing notes; (2) inclusion of our economic share of (or equity interest in) the receivables we manage for our equity-method investee; (3) removal of any noncontrolling interest holders’ shares of the managed receivables underlying our GAAP consolidated results; (4) treatment of the transaction in which our 50%-owned equity-method investee acquired our structured financing trust notes (a) as a deemed sale of the trust receivables at their face amount, (b) followed by the 50%-owned equity-method investee’s deemed repurchase of such receivables for consideration equal to the discounted purchase price that it paid for the notes, and (c) as though the difference between the deemed face amount and the deemed discounted repurchase price of the receivables is to be treated as credit quality discount to be accreted into managed earnings as a reduction of net charge offs over the remaining life of the receivables; and (5) the exclusion from our managed receivables data of certain reimbursements received in respect of one of our portfolios which resulted in pre-tax income benefits within our total interest income, fees and related income on earning assets, losses upon charge off of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value, net of recoveries, other income, servicing income, and equity in income of equity-method investee line items on our consolidated statements of operations totaling approximately $8.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, $10.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016, $2.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, $7.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2016, $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, $10.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2015, $11.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, and $10.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015. This last category of reconciling items above is excluded because it does not bear on our performance in managing our credit card portfolios, including our risk management, servicing and collection activities and our valuing of purchased receivables; moreover, it is difficult to determine the future effects of any such reimbursements that may be received.

28

Table of Contents

 
Asset quality. Our delinquency and charge-off data at any point in time reflect the credit performance of our managed receivables. The average age of the accounts underlying our receivables, the timing of portfolio purchases, the success of our collection and recovery efforts and general economic conditions all affect our delinquency and charge-off rates. The average age of the accounts underlying our receivables portfolio also affects the stability of our delinquency and loss rates. We consider this delinquency and charge-off data in our determination of the fair value of our credit card receivables underlying formerly off-balance-sheet securitization structures, as well as our allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable in the case of our other credit product receivables that we report at net realizable value. Our strategy for managing delinquency and receivables losses consists of account management throughout the life of the receivable. This strategy includes credit line management and pricing based on the risks. See also our discussion of collection strategies under the “How Do We Collect?” in Item 1, “Business” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.
 
The following table presents the delinquency trends of the receivables we manage within our Credit and Other Investments segment, as well as charge-off data and other managed receivables statistics (in thousands; percentages of total):
 
At or for the Three Months Ended
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Mar. 31
 
Dec. 31
 
Sept. 30
 
Jun. 30
 
Mar. 31
 
Dec. 31
 
Sept. 30
 
Jun. 30
Period-end managed receivables
$253,308
 
$245,007
 
$221,683
 
$201,406
 
$155,425
 
$152,528
 
$151,055
 
$142,338
Percent 30 or more days past due
10.9
%
 
11.8
%
 
10.9
%
 
8.2
%
 
9.7
%
 
11.5
%
 
10.5
%
 
11.8
%
Percent 60 or more days past due
7.8
%
 
8.1
%
 
7.3
%
 
5.3
%
 
7.1
%
 
7.9
%
 
7.2
%
 
8.8
%
Percent 90 or more days past due
5.2
%
 
5.2
%
 
4.7
%
 
3.4
%
 
5.1
%
 
5.4
%
 
5.0
%
 
4.9
%
Average managed receivables
$250,862
 
$236,103
 
$216,951
 
$188,128
 
$152,831
 
$152,983
 
$143,946
 
$139,401
Total yield ratio
34.4
%
 
32.6
%
 
33.5
%
 
36.8
%
 
35.4
%
 
35.2
%
 
41.3
%
 
38.1
%
Combined gross charge-off ratio
23.6
%
 
21.1
%
 
13.3
%
 
14.9
%
 
18.2
%
 
16.8
%
 
21.5
%
 
17.4
%
Adjusted charge-off ratio
20.1
%
 
17.8
%
 
10.7
%
 
11.7
%
 
14.1
%
 
12.9
%
 
16.5
%
 
13.2
%

Managed receivables levels.   We have experienced overall quarterly growth throughout the periods presented related to our current product offerings with over $110.2 million in net receivables growth associated with our point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer products from March 31, 2016 to March 31, 2017 . Our historical credit card receivables continue to decline given the closure of substantially all credit card accounts underlying the portfolios. While we expect continued quarterly growth in our managed receivables balances for all of our products throughout 2017, this growth in future periods largely is dependent on the addition of new retail partners to the point-of-sale operations as well as the timing of solicitations within the direct-to-consumer operations. Further, the loss of existing retail partner relationships could adversely affect new loan acquisition levels.
 
Delinquencies. Delinquencies have the potential to impact net income in the form of net credit losses. Delinquencies also are costly in terms of the personnel and resources dedicated to resolving them. We intend for the receivables management strategies we use on our portfolios to manage and, to the extent possible, reduce the higher delinquency rates that can be expected in the more mature portion of our managed portfolio. These account management strategies include conservative credit line management, purging of inactive accounts and collection strategies intended to optimize the effective account-to-collector ratio across delinquency categories. We measure the success of these efforts by measuring delinquency rates. These rates exclude receivables that have been charged off.

Given that the vast majority of credit card accounts related to our historical credit card receivables have been closed and there has been no significant new activity for these accounts, we generally have noted declines in delinquency statistics of our managed credit card receivables (when compared to the same quarters in the prior year).

As our investments in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables have become a larger component of our managed receivables base, our delinquency rates have increased (when compared to periods during which seasoned credit cards made up a larger portion of our managed receivables). This is largely a result of the risk profiles (and corresponding expected returns) for these receivables being higher than that experienced under our mature credit card receivables underlying closed

29

Table of Contents

credit card accounts as discussed above. Our delinquency rates have continued to be somewhat lower than what we ultimately expect for our new point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables given the continued growth and age of the related accounts. If and when growth for these product lines moderates, as occurred with our personal loan product offering in the last two quarters of 2016, we expect increased overall delinquency rates as the existing receivables mature through their peak charge-off periods. Additionally, seasonal payment patterns on these receivables are similar to those experienced with our historical credit card receivables and we expect those patterns to continue. For example, delinquency rates historically are lower in the first quarter of each year as seen above due to the benefits of seasonally strong payment patterns associated with year-end tax refunds for most consumers.

Total yield ratio . Currently, we are experiencing growth in our newer, higher yielding receivables, including point-of-sale receivables and direct-to-consumer loans. While this growth has contributed to increases in our total yield ratio, we expect this growth will continue to reverse the trend of our declining charge-off rates as noted in the fourth quarter of 2016, because we expect these receivables to season, mature, and charge off at higher rates than we currently experience on our liquidating pool of credit card receivables associated with closed credit card accounts.  We anticipate continued growth in our higher yielding point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables over the next few quarters which should continue to stabilize our yield consistent with what we experienced in the past several quarters. However, the timing of receivable acquisitions as well as the relative mix of receivables acquired within a given quarter may contribute to some continued minor variability in our total yield ratio.
 
Although we have seen generally improving total yield ratio trend-lines, our third quarter 2015 total yield ratio was positively impacted by the recovery of approximately $2.0 million associated with a receivable that was fully reserved in a prior period. Absent this item, our total yield ratio would have been 35.8% in the third quarter of 2015.
 
Combined gross charge-off ratio and Adjusted charge-off ratio. We charge off our Credit and Other Investments segment receivables when they become contractually more than 180 days past due or 120 days past due for the direct-to-consumer personal loan receivables. We charge off rent-to-own receivables and impair associated rental merchandise if a payment has not been made within the previous 90 days. However, if a payment is made greater than or equal to two minimum payments within a month of the charge-off date, we may reconsider whether charge-off status remains appropriate. Typically, we charge off receivables within 30 days of notification and confirmation of a consumer’s bankruptcy or death. However, in some cases of death, we do not charge off receivables if there is a surviving, contractually liable individual or an estate large enough to pay the debt in full.
 
Given that our historical credit card portfolios now account for less than 15% of our total managed receivables, the impacts of these historical portfolios are no longer key drivers in the performance of our managed receivables. Instead, growth within point-of-sale finance and direct-to-consumer receivables that have higher charge-off rates than the liquidating credit card portfolios that have historically comprised a larger portion of our managed receivables has resulted in increases in our charge-off rates over time. The declines we experienced in the second quarter of 2015 and 2016 in both our combined and adjusted gross charge-off ratios were largely due to the seasonal beneficial impacts associated with payments experienced in the first quarter of each of those years. Our recent combined gross charge-off and adjusted charge-off ratios benefited in the first few quarters of 2016 from growth we experienced in our point-of-sale operations and more directly from growth in our direct-to-consumer receivables, many of which reached peak charge off periods in the fourth quarter of 2016 but continued to negatively impact the first quarter of 2017. We made substantial investments in our personal loan offerings in the second quarter of 2016 which did not reach their peak-charge off period until the fourth quarter of 2016, thus positively impacting our second and third quarter combined and adjusted gross charge-off ratios and negatively impacting the same ratios in the fourth quarter of 2016 and the first quarter of 2017.
 
The continued growth in the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables continues to result in higher charge-offs than those experienced historically. In the next few quarters, we expect increasing charge off rates on a period-over-period comparison basis. This expectation is based on (1) higher expected charge off rates on the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables, offset by lower charge offs associated with historical credit card receivables due to the continued liquidation of these receivables, (2) the low charge-off ratios experienced in the second quarter of 2015 and second and third quarters of 2016 as discussed above and (3) recent vintages reaching peak charge-off periods. Offsetting these increases will be growth in the underlying receivables base which will serve to mute to a varying degree, some of the aforementioned impacts as has been seen in recent quarters.

Auto Finance Segment
 
Our Auto Finance segment historically included a variety of auto sales and lending activities.
 

30

Table of Contents

Our original platform, CAR, acquired in April 2005, principally purchases and/or services loans secured by automobiles from or for, and also provides floor-plan financing for, a pre-qualified network of independent automotive dealers and automotive finance companies in the buy-here, pay-here used car business.  We have expanded these operations to also include certain installment lending products in addition to our traditional loans secured by automobiles both in the U.S. and U.S. territories.  

Collectively, as of March 31, 2017 , we served more than 560 dealers through our Auto Finance segment in 32 states, the District of Columbia and two U.S. territories.
 
Managed Receivables Background
 
For reasons set forth above within our Credit and Other Investments segment discussion, we also provide managed receivables-based financial, operating and statistical data for our Auto Finance segment. Reconciliation of the auto finance managed receivables data to our GAAP financial statements requires an understanding that our managed receivables data are based on billings and actual charge offs as they occur, without regard to any changes in our allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable.


31

Table of Contents

Analysis of Statistical Data
 
Financial, operating and statistical metrics for our Auto Finance segment are detailed (in thousands; percentages of total) in the following table:
 
At or for the Three Months Ended
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
Mar. 31
 
Dec. 31
 
Sept. 30
 
Jun. 30
 
Mar. 31
 
Dec. 31
 
Sept. 30
 
Jun. 30
Period-end managed receivables
$
75,311

 
$
79,683

 
$
76,615

 
$
80,903

 
$
78,415

 
$
77,833

 
$
75,428

 
$
78,342

Percent 30 or more days past due
10.0
%
 
14.2
%
 
12.7
%
 
12.3
%
 
10.2
%
 
14.0
%
 
13.3
%
 
13.5
%
Percent 60 or more days past due
4.2
%
 
5.4
%
 
4.5
%
 
3.9
%
 
4.2
%
 
5.5
%
 
5.3
%
 
5.6
%
Percent 90 or more days past due
2.1
%
 
2.4
%
 
1.8
%
 
1.5
%
 
2.2
%
 
2.5
%
 
2.6
%
 
2.5
%
Average managed receivables
$
75,986

 
$
78,209

 
$
78,089

 
$
80,213

 
$
78,122

 
$
76,413

 
$
75,987

 
$
77,182

Total yield ratio
38.4
%
 
37.8
%
 
39.1
%
 
38.0
%
 
37.3
%
 
38.3
%
 
38.2
%
 
37.6
%
Combined gross charge-off ratio
2.4
%
 
2.6
%
 
2.8
%
 
3.1
%
 
2.7
%
 
3.3
%
 
3.0
%
 
1.9
%
Recovery ratio
1.6
%
 
1.6
%
 
1.0
%
 
1.5
%
 
1.3
%
 
1.6
%
 
1.3
%
 
0.6
%
 
Managed receivables.   We expect modest growth in the level of our managed receivables. Although we are expanding our CAR operations, the Auto Finance segment faces strong competition from other specialty finance lenders, as well as the indirect effects on us of our buy-here, pay-here dealership customers’ competition with more traditional franchise dealerships for consumers interested in purchasing automobiles. We expect managed receivable levels to continue to grow slightly from current levels during 2017 in both the U.S. and U.S. territories.
 
Delinquencies.  Current delinquency levels are consistent with our expectations for levels in the near term with some marginal increases noted within the overall buy-here pay-here market. Delinquency rates tend to fluctuate based on seasonal trends and historically are lower in the first quarter of each year as seen above due to the benefits of strong payment patterns associated with year-end tax refunds for most consumers.   Second quarter 2016 delinquency rates were positively impacted by higher than anticipated customer payments experienced in the first quarter of 2016. We are not concerned with modest fluctuations in delinquency rates and do not believe they will have a significantly positive or adverse impact on our results of operations; even at slightly elevated rates, we earn significant yields on CAR’s receivables and have significant dealer reserves (i.e., retainages or holdbacks on the amount of funding CAR provides to its dealer customers) to protect against meaningful credit losses.
 
Total yield ratio.  We have experienced modest fluctuations in our total yield ratio largely impacted by the relative mix of receivables in our various products offered by CAR as some shorter term product offerings tend to have higher yields. Slightly depressing the overall total yield ratio in the second quarter of 2016 is the growth we experienced in the average managed receivables levels which negatively impacted the ratio ahead of the positive impacts of associated billed yield on this growth. As we experienced slight declines in our managed receivables levels in the third quarter of 2016 we realized this delayed impact. Yields on our CAR products over the last few quarters are consistent with our expectations and we expect our total yield ratio to remain in line with current experience with moderate fluctuations based on relative growth or declines in average managed receivables for a given quarter as noted above. Excluded from our total yield ratio in the third quarter of 2015 is the resolution of an outstanding dispute that resulted in the recovery of approximately $2.0 million associated with a receivable that was fully reserved in a prior period.

Combined gross charge-off ratio and recovery ratio.  We charge off auto finance receivables when they are between 120 and 180 days past due, unless the collateral is repossessed and sold before that point, in which case we will record a charge off when the proceeds are received. Combined gross charge-off ratios in 2016 and the first quarter of 2017 reflect the lower delinquency rates we have recently experienced relative to the same periods in 2015. While we anticipate our charge-offs to be incurred ratably across our portfolio of dealers, specific dealer related losses are difficult to predict and can negatively influence our combined gross charge-off ratio. We continually re-assess our dealers and will take appropriate action if we believe a particular dealer’s risk characteristics adversely change. Significantly all charge offs we experienced in the second

32

Table of Contents

quarter of 2015 were offset by available dealer reserves resulting in lower charge-off ratios for that period. While we have appropriate dealer reserves to mitigate losses across the majority of our pool of receivables, the timing of recognition of these reserves as an offset to charge offs is largely dependent on various factors specific to each of our dealer partners including ongoing purchase volumes, outstanding balances of receivables and current performance of outstanding loans. As such, the timing of charge off offsets is difficult to predict, however we believe that these reserves are adequate to offset any loss exposure we may incur. Additionally, the products we issue in the U.S. territories do not have dealer reserves with which we can offset losses. As our investments in these loans grow, we expect that gross charge-off rates will climb slightly over existing rates. We also expect our recovery rate to fluctuate modestly from quarter to quarter due to the timing of the sale of repossessed autos.

Definitions of Financial, Operating and Statistical Measures
Total yield ratio. Represents an annualized fraction, the numerator of which includes all finance charge and late fee income billed on all outstanding receivables, plus credit card fees (including over-limit fees, cash advance fees, returned check fees and interchange income), plus earned, amortized amounts of annual membership fees and activation fees with respect to certain credit card receivables, plus ancillary income, plus amortization of the accretable yield component of our acquisition discounts for portfolio purchases, plus gains (or less losses) on debt repurchases and other activities within our Credit and Other Investments segment less any adjustments to finance and fee billings, and the denominator of which is average managed receivables.
Combined gross charge-off ratio. Represents an annualized fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amounts of finance charge, fee and principal losses from consumers unwilling or unable to pay their receivables balances, as well as from bankrupt and deceased consumers, less current-period recoveries (including recoveries from dealer reserve offsets for our CAR operations), and the denominator of which is average managed receivables. Recoveries on managed receivables represent all amounts received related to managed receivables that previously have been charged off, including payments received directly from consumers and proceeds received from the sale of those charged-off receivables. Recoveries typically have represented less than 2% of average managed receivables.
Adjusted charge-off ratio. Represents an annualized fraction the numerator of which is the principal amount of losses, net of recoveries as adjusted to apply discount accretion related to the credit quality of acquired portfolios to offset a portion of the actual face amount of net charge offs, and the denominator of which is average managed receivables. (Historically, upon our acquisitions of credit card receivables, a portion of the discount reflected within our acquisition prices has related to the credit quality of the acquired receivables—that portion representing the excess of the face amount of the receivables acquired over the future cash flows expected to be collected from the receivables. Because we treat the credit quality discount component of our acquisition discount as related exclusively to acquired principal balances, the difference between our net charge offs and our adjusted charge offs for each respective reporting period represents the total dollar amount of our charge offs that were charged against our credit quality discount during each respective reporting period.)
  
LIQUIDITY, FUNDING AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
As discussed elsewhere in this Report, we incur a significant level of costs associated with a fixed infrastructure that had been designed to support our significant legacy credit card operations. Our infrastructure costs are still somewhat elevated, and while we had in the past focused on cost reduction, our primary focus now is growing the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer personal loan and credit card receivables so that our revenues from these investments can cover our infrastructure costs and return us to consistent profitability. Increases in new and existing retail partnerships and the expansion of our investments in direct-to-consumer finance products have resulted in quarterly growth of total managed receivables levels, and we expect this growth to continue in the coming quarters.

Accordingly, we will continue to focus in the coming quarters on (i) containing costs (as opposed to our previous focus on reducing expenses) (ii) obtaining new retail partners to continue growth of the point-of-sale receivables (iii) continuing growth in direct-to-consumer and credit card receivables and (iv) obtaining the funding necessary to meet capital needs required by the growth of our receivables and to cover our infrastructure costs until our receivables investments generate enough revenues and cash flows to cover such costs.
 

33

Table of Contents

All of our Credit and Other Investments segment’s structured financing facilities are expected to amortize down with collections on the receivables within their underlying trusts and should not represent significant refunding or refinancing risks to our consolidated balance sheet.  Additionally, we do not expect any imminent refunding or financing needs associated with our 5.875% convertible senior notes given their maturity in 2035. As such, the only facilities that could represent near-term significant refunding or refinancing needs as of March 31, 2017 are those associated with the following notes payable in the amounts indicated (in millions): 
Revolving credit facility (expiring October 29, 2017) that is secured by certain receivables and restricted cash
$
34.8

Revolving credit facility (expiring November 1, 2018) that is secured by the financial and operating assets of our CAR operations
27.6

Revolving credit facility (expiring December 31, 2019) that is secured by certain receivables and restricted cash
19.7

Senior secured term loan from related parties (expiring November 22, 2017) that is secured by certain assets of the Company with an annual interest rate equal to 9.0%
40.0

     Total
$
122.1

   
Further details concerning the above debt facilities are provided in Note 7, “Notes Payable,” and Note 8, “Convertible Senior Notes,” to our consolidated financial statements included herein. Based on the state of the debt capital markets, the performance of our assets that serve as security for the above facilities, and our relationships with lenders, we view imminent refunding or refinancing risks with respect to the above facilities as low in the current environment, and we believe that the quality of our new receivables should allow us to raise more capital through increasing the size of our facilities with our existing lenders and attracting new lending relationships.

On February 9, 2017, we (through a wholly owned subsidiary) established a program under which we sell certain receivables to a consolidated trust in exchange for notes issued by the trust. The notes are secured by the receivables and other assets of the trust. Simultaneously with the establishment of the program, the trust issued a series of variable funding notes and sold an aggregate amount of up to $90.0 million (of which $10.0 million was outstanding as of March 31, 2017) to an unaffiliated third party pursuant to a facility that can be drawn upon to the extent of outstanding eligible receivables.
The facility matures on February 8, 2022 and is subject to certain affirmative covenants and collateral performance tests, the failure of which could result in required early repayment of all or a portion of the outstanding balance of notes. The facility also may be prepaid subject to payment of a prepayment fee.

In December 2014, we reached a settlement with the IRS concerning the tax treatment of net operating losses that we incurred in 2007 and 2008 and carried back to obtain refunds of federal income taxes paid in earlier years dating back to 2003. Our net unpaid income tax assessment associated with that settlement was $7.3 million at March 31, 2017 ; this amount excludes unpaid interest and penalties on the tax assessment, the accruals for which aggregated $3.6 million at March 31, 2017 . An IRS examination team denied amended return claims we filed that would have eliminated the $7.3 million assessment (and corresponding interest and penalties), and we filed a protest with IRS Appeals. Pending the resolution of this matter, and as is customary in such cases, the IRS filed a lien in respect of the $7.3 million assessment described herein. To the extent we are unsuccessful in resolving this matter with IRS Appeals to our satisfaction, we plan to litigate this matter.

At March 31, 2017 , we had $78.3 million in unrestricted cash held by our various business subsidiaries. Because the characteristics of our assets and liabilities change, liquidity management has been a dynamic process for us, driven by the pricing and maturity of our assets and liabilities. We historically have financed our business through cash flows from operations, asset-backed structured financings and the issuance of debt and equity. Details concerning our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are as follows:
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2017 , we generated $2.4 million of cash flows from operations compared to the generation of $8.8 million of cash flows from operations during the three months ended March 31, 2016 . The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was principally related to decreases in collections associated with our credit card finance charge receivables and rental payments in the three months ended March 31, 2017 relative to the same period in 2016, given diminished receivables levels and the cessation of our rent-to-own program. These decreases were offset by 1) continued cost reductions associated with card and loan servicing, 2) increased collections associated with reimbursements received in respect of one of our portfolios, and 3) the timing of payments associated with accrued liabilities including those associated with a portion of the reimbursements received in respect of one of our portfolios that are ultimately payable to customers.

34

Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2017 , we used $3.7 million of cash from our investing activities, compared to generating $0.6 million of cash from investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016 .  This decrease is primarily due to increasing levels of investments in the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables relative to the same period in 2016 and the shrinking size of our historical credit card receivables and corresponding payments from consumers. Offsetting these declines are the subsequent cash returns on our increasing investments in point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables which contributed positively to our cash generated from investing activities.
During the three months ended March 31, 2017 , we generated $3.5 million of cash in financing activities, compared to our use of $11.3 million  of cash in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016 . In both periods, the data reflect borrowings associated with point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables offset by net repayments of amortizing debt facilities as payments are made on the underlying receivables that serve as collateral.

Beyond our immediate financing efforts discussed throughout this report, we will continue to evaluate debt and equity issuances as a means to fund our investment opportunities. We expect to take advantage of any opportunities to raise additional capital if terms and pricing are attractive to us. Any proceeds raised under these efforts or additional liquidity available to us could be used to fund (1) the acquisition of additional financial assets associated with the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer finance and credit card operations as well as the acquisition of credit card receivables portfolios, (2) further repurchases of our 5.875% convertible senior notes and common stock, and (3) investments in certain financial and non-financial assets or businesses. Pursuant to a share repurchase plan authorized by our Board of Directors on May 12, 2016, we are authorized as of March 31, 2017 to repurchase an additional 4,912,401 shares of our common stock through June 30, 2018.
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Commitments and Contingencies
 
We do not currently have any off-balance-sheet arrangements; however, we do have certain contractual arrangements that would require us to make payments or provide funding if certain circumstances occur, which we refer to as contingent commitments. We do not currently expect that these contingent commitments will result in any material amounts being paid by us. See Note 9, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included herein for further discussion of these matters.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies and Consolidated Financial Statement Components,” to our consolidated financial statements included herein for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
 
We have prepared our financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These principles are numerous and complex. We have summarized our significant accounting policies in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. In many instances, the application of GAAP requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A variance in the estimates used or a variance in the application or interpretation of GAAP could yield a materially different accounting result. It is impracticable for us to summarize every accounting principle that requires us to use judgment or estimates in our application. Nevertheless, we describe below the areas for which we believe that the estimations, judgments or interpretations that we have made, if different, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated financial statements.
 
On a quarterly basis, we review our significant accounting policies and the related assumptions, in particular, those mentioned below, with the audit committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Measurements for Loans and Fees Receivable at Fair Value and Notes Payable Associated with Structured Financings at Fair Value
 
Our valuation of loans and fees receivable, at fair value is based on the present value of future cash flows using a valuation model of expected cash flows and the estimated cost to service and collect those cash flows. We estimate the present value of these future cash flows using a valuation model consisting of internally developed estimates of assumptions third-party

35

Table of Contents

market participants would use in determining fair value, including estimates of net collected yield, principal payment rates, expected principal credit loss rates, costs of funds, discount rates and servicing costs.  Similarly, our valuation of notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value is based on the present value of future cash flows utilized in repayment of the outstanding principal and interest under the facilities using a valuation model of expected cash flows net of the contractual service expenses within the facilities. We estimate the present value of these future cash flows using a valuation model consisting of internally developed estimates of assumptions third-party market participants would use in determining fair value, including:  estimates of net collected yield, principal payment rates and expected principal credit loss rates on the credit card receivables that secure the non-recourse notes payable; costs of funds; discount rates; and contractual servicing fees.
 
The estimates for credit losses, payment rates, servicing costs, contractual servicing fees, costs of funds, discount rates and yields earned on credit card receivables significantly affect the reported amount of our loans and fees receivable, at fair value and our notes payable associated with structured financings, at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet, and they likewise affect our changes in fair value of loans and fees receivable recorded at fair value and changes in fair value of notes payable associated with structured financings recorded at fair value categories within our fees and related income on earning assets line item on our consolidated statement of operations.
 
Allowance for Uncollectible Loans and Fees
 
Through our analysis of loan performance, delinquency data, charge-off data, economic trends and the potential effects of those economic trends on consumers, we establish an allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable as an estimate of the probable losses inherent within those loans and fees receivable that we do not report at fair value. Our loans and fees receivable consist of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, divided into two portfolio segments:  Credit and Other Investments; and Auto Finance. Each of these portfolio segments is further divided into pools based on common characteristics such as contract or acquisition channel. For each pool, we determine the necessary allowance for uncollectible loans and fees receivable by analyzing some or all of the following unique to each type of receivable pool:  historical loss rates; current delinquency and roll-rate trends; vintage analyses based on the number of months an account has been in existence; the effects of changes in the economy on our customers; changes in underwriting criteria; and estimated recoveries. To the extent that actual results differ from our estimates of uncollectible loans and fees receivable, our results of operations and liquidity could be materially affected.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Under a shareholders’ agreement into which we entered with David G. Hanna, Frank J. Hanna, III, Richard R. House, Jr., Richard W. Gilbert and certain trusts that were Hanna affiliates, following our initial public offering (1) if one or more of the shareholders accepts a bona fide offer from a third party to purchase more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, each of the other shareholders that is a party to the agreement may elect to sell his shares to the purchaser on the same terms and conditions, and (2) if shareholders that are a party to the agreement owning more than 50% of the common stock propose to transfer all of their shares to a third party, then such transferring shareholders may require the other shareholders that are a party to the agreement to sell all of the shares owned by them to the proposed transferee on the same terms and conditions.

In June 2007, we entered into a sublease for 1,000 square feet of excess office space at our Atlanta headquarters with HBR Capital, Ltd. (“HBR”), a company co-owned by David G. Hanna and his brother Frank J. Hanna, III. The sublease rate per square foot is the same as the rate that we pay under the prime lease. Under the sublease, HBR paid us $26,103 and $25,588 for 2016 and 2015, respectively. The aggregate amount of payments required under the sublease from January 1, 2017 to the expiration of the sublease in May 2022 is $150,717.

In January 2013, HBR began leasing four employees from us.  HBR reimburses us for the full cost of the employees, based on the amount of time devoted to HBR.  In the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we received $67,338 and $66,540, respectively, of reimbursed costs from HBR associated with these leased employees.
    
On November 26, 2014, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Dove Ventures, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Dove”). The agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility in an amount of up to $40.0 million at any time outstanding. The Loan and Security Agreement is fully drawn with $40.0 million outstanding as of March 31, 2017 .

Our obligations under the agreement are guaranteed by certain subsidiary guarantors and secured by a pledge of certain assets of ours and the subsidiary guarantors. The loans bear interest at the rate of 9.0% per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The principal amount of these loans is payable in a single installment on November 22, 2017 (as amended). The

36

Table of Contents

agreement includes customary affirmative and negative covenants, as well as customary representations, warranties and events of default. Subject to certain conditions, we can prepay the principal amounts of these loans without premium or penalty.

Dove is a limited liability company owned by three trusts. David G. Hanna is the sole shareholder and the President of the corporation that serves as the sole trustee of one of the trusts, and David G. Hanna and members of his immediate family are the beneficiaries of this trust. Frank J. Hanna, III is the sole shareholder and the President of the corporation that serves as the sole trustee of the other two trusts, and Frank J. Hanna, III and members of his immediate family are the beneficiaries of these other two trusts.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

We make forward-looking statements in this report and in other materials we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or otherwise make public. This Part I, Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements. In addition, our senior management might make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, the media and others. Statements with respect to expected revenue; income; receivables; income ratios; net interest margins; long-term shareholder returns; acquisitions of financial assets and other growth opportunities; divestitures and discontinuations of businesses; loss exposure and loss provisions; delinquency and charge-off rates; the effects of account actions we may take or have taken; changes in collection programs and practices; changes in the credit quality and fair value of our credit card loans and fees receivable and the fair value of their underlying structured financing facilities; the impact of actions by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), Federal Reserve Board, Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and other regulators on both us, banks that issue credit cards and other credit products on our behalf, and merchants that participate in our point-of-sale finance operations; account growth; the performance of investments that we have made; operating expenses; the impact of bankruptcy law changes; marketing plans and expenses; the performance of our Auto Finance segment; our plans in the U.K.; the impact of our credit card receivables on our financial performance; the sufficiency of available capital; the prospect for improvements in the capital and finance markets; future interest costs; sources of funding operations and acquisitions; growth and profitability of our point-of-sale finance operations; our entry into international markets; our ability to raise funds or renew financing facilities; share repurchases or issuances; debt retirement; the results associated with our equity-method investee; our servicing income levels; gains and losses from investments in securities; experimentation with new products and other statements of our plans, beliefs or expectations are forward-looking statements. These and other statements using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions also are forward-looking statements. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of the particular statement. The forward-looking statements we make are not guarantees of future performance, and we have based these statements on our assumptions and analyses in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. Forward-looking statements by their nature involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect expected results, and actual future results could differ materially from those described in such statements. Management cautions against putting undue reliance on forward-looking statements or projecting any future results based on such statements or present or historical earnings levels.
Although it is not possible to identify all factors, we continue to face many risks and uncertainties. Among the factors that could cause actual future results to differ materially from our expectations are the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” set forth in Part II, Item 1A, and the risk factors and other cautionary statements in other documents we file with the SEC, including the following:
the availability of adequate financing to support growth;
the extent to which federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulation of our various business lines and the products we service for others limits or prohibits the operation of our businesses;
current and future litigation and regulatory proceedings against us;
the effect of adverse economic conditions on our revenues, loss rates and cash flows;
competition from various sources providing similar financial products, or other alternative sources of credit, to consumers;
the adequacy of our allowances for uncollectible loans and fees receivable and estimates of loan losses used within our risk management and analyses;
the possible impairment of assets;
our ability to manage costs in line with the expansion or contraction of our various business lines;
our relationship with (i) the merchants that participate in point-of-sale finance operations and (ii) the banks that issue credit cards and provide certain other credit products utilizing our technology platform and related services; and
theft and employee errors.


37

Table of Contents

Most of these factors are beyond our ability to predict or control. Any of these factors, or a combination of these factors, could materially affect our future financial condition or results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of our forward-looking statements. There also are other factors that we may not describe (because we currently do not perceive them to be material) that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations.

We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

38

Table of Contents

ITEM 3.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by Item 10 of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide this information.
 
ITEM 4.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Act) was carried out on behalf of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and our subsidiaries by our management and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer). Based upon the evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended March 31, 2017 , no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act) occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


39

Table of Contents

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to the conduct of our business. There are currently no pending legal proceedings that are expected to be material to us.

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock or other securities involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider each of the risks described below before deciding to invest in our common stock or other securities. If any of the following risks develops into actual events, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected, the market price of our common stock or other securities could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Investors should be particularly cautious regarding investments in our common stock or other securities at the present time in light of uncertainties as to the profitability of our business model going forward and our inability to achieve consistent earnings from our operations in recent years.
 
Our Cash Flows and Net Income Are Dependent Upon Payments from Our Investments in Receivables
 
The collectibility of our investments in receivables is a function of many factors including the criteria used to select who is issued credit, the pricing of the credit products, the lengths of the relationships, general economic conditions, the rate at which consumers repay their accounts or become delinquent, and the rate at which consumers borrow funds.  Deterioration in these factors would adversely impact our business.  In addition, to the extent we have over-estimated collectibility, in all likelihood we have over-estimated our financial performance. Some of these concerns are discussed more fully below.
 
Our portfolio of receivables is not diversified and primarily originates from consumers whose creditworthiness is considered sub-prime. Historically, we have invested in receivables in one of two ways—we have either (i) invested in receivables originated by lenders who utilize our services or (ii) invested in or purchased pools of receivables from other issuers. In either case, substantially all of our receivables are from financially underserved borrowers—borrowers represented by credit risks that regulators classify as “sub-prime.” Our reliance on sub-prime receivables has negatively impacted and may in the future negatively impact, our performance. Our various past and current losses might have been mitigated had our portfolios consisted of higher-grade receivables in addition to our sub-prime receivables.
  
Economic slowdowns increase our credit losses. During periods of economic slowdown or recession, we experience an increase in rates of delinquencies and frequency and severity of credit losses. Our actual rates of delinquencies and frequency and severity of credit losses may be comparatively higher during periods of economic slowdown or recession than those experienced by more traditional providers of consumer credit because of our focus on the financially underserved consumer market, which may be disproportionately impacted.

We are subject to foreign economic and exchange risks. Because of our operations in the U.K.,   we have exposure to fluctuations in the U.K. economy. We also have exposure to fluctuations in the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the British pound. Because the British pound has experienced a net decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar since we commenced our most significant operations in the U.K., we have experienced significant transaction and translation losses within our financial statements.
 
Because a significant portion of our reported income is based on management’s estimates of the future performance of receivables, differences between actual and expected performance of the receivables may cause fluctuations in net income. Significant portions of our reported income (or losses) are based on management’s estimates of cash flows we expect to receive on receivables, particularly for such assets that we report based on fair value. The expected cash flows are based on management’s estimates of interest rates, default rates, payment rates, cardholder purchases, servicing costs, and discount rates. These estimates are based on a variety of factors, many of which are not within our control. Substantial differences between actual and expected performance of the receivables will occur and cause fluctuations in our net income. For instance, higher than expected rates of delinquencies and losses could cause our net income to be lower than expected. Similarly, levels of loss and delinquency can result in our being required to repay lenders earlier than expected, thereby reducing funds available to us for future growth. Because all of the credit card receivables structured financing facilities are now in amortization status—which for us generally means that the only meaningful cash flows that we are receiving with respect to the credit card receivables that are encumbered by such structured financing facilities are those associated with our contractually specified fee for servicing the receivables—recent payment and default trends have substantially reduced the cash flows that we receive from these receivables.

40

Table of Contents

 
Due to our relative lack of historical experience with Internet consumers, we may not be able to evaluate their creditworthiness. We have less historical experience with respect to the credit risk and performance of receivables owed by consumers acquired over the Internet. As a result, we may not be able to target and evaluate successfully the creditworthiness of these potential consumers. Therefore, we may encounter difficulties managing the expected delinquencies and losses and appropriately pricing products.
 
We Are Substantially Dependent Upon Borrowed Funds to Fund Receivables We Purchase
 
We finance receivables that we acquire in large part through financing facilities. All of our financing facilities are of finite duration (and ultimately will need to be extended or replaced) and contain financial covenants and other conditions that must be fulfilled in order for funding to be available. Moreover, some of our facilities currently are in amortization stages (and are not allowing for the funding of any new loans) based on their original terms.  The cost and availability of equity and borrowed funds is dependent upon our financial performance, the performance of our industry generally and general economic and market conditions, and at times equity and borrowed funds have been both expensive and difficult to obtain.
 
If additional financing facilities are not available in the future on terms we consider acceptable—an issue that has been made even more acute in the U.S. given regulatory changes that reduced asset-level returns on credit card lending—we will not be able to purchase additional receivables and those receivables may contract in size.
 
Our Financial Performance Is, in Part, a Function of the Aggregate Amount of Receivables That Are Outstanding
 
The aggregate amount of outstanding receivables is a function of many factors including purchase rates, payment rates, interest rates, seasonality, general economic conditions, competition from credit card issuers and other sources of consumer financing, access to funding, and the timing and extent of our receivable purchases.

Despite our recent purchases of credit card receivables, our aggregate credit card receivables contracted over the last several years. The amount of our credit card receivables is a product of a combination of factors, many of which are not in our control. Factors include:
 
the availability of funding on favorable terms;
our relationships with the banks that issue credit cards;
the degree to which we lose business to competitors;
the level of usage of our credit card products by consumers;
the availability of portfolios for purchase on attractive terms;
levels of delinquencies and charge offs;
the level of costs of acquiring new receivables;
our ability to employ and train new personnel;
our ability to maintain adequate management systems, collection procedures, internal controls and automated systems; and
general economic and other factors beyond our control.

Reliance upon relationships with a few large retailers in the point-of-sale finance operations may adversely affect our revenues and operating results from these operations.  Our five largest retail partners accounted for over 50% of our outstanding point-of-sale receivables as of December 31, 2016.  Although we are adding new retail partners on a regular basis, it is likely that we will continue to derive a significant portion of this operations’ receivables base and corresponding revenue from a relatively small number of partners in the future.  If a significant partner reduces or terminates its relationship with us, these operations’ revenue could decline significantly and our operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We Operate in a Heavily Regulated Industry
 
Changes in bankruptcy, privacy or other consumer protection laws, or to the prevailing interpretation thereof, may expose us to litigation, adversely affect our ability to collect receivables, or otherwise adversely affect our operations. Similarly, regulatory changes could adversely affect the ability or willingness of lenders who utilize our technology platform and related services to market credit products and services to consumers. While the new Presidential Administration and the congressional majorities in the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives support reducing regulatory burdens, the prospects for significant modifications are uncertain. Also, the accounting rules that apply to our business are exceedingly complex, difficult to apply

41

Table of Contents

and in a state of flux. As a result, how we value our receivables and otherwise account for our business is subject to change depending upon the changes in, and, interpretation of, those rules. Some of these issues are discussed more fully below.

Reviews and enforcement actions by regulatory authorities under banking and consumer protection laws and regulations may result in changes to our business practices, may make collection of receivables more difficult or may expose us to the risk of fines, restitution and litigation. Our operations and the operations of the issuing banks through which the credit products we service are originated are subject to the jurisdiction of federal, state and local government authorities, including the CFPB, the SEC, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FTC, U.K. banking and licensing authorities, state regulators having jurisdiction over financial institutions and debt origination and collection and state attorneys general. Our business practices and the practices of issuing banks, including the terms of products, servicing and collection practices, are subject to both periodic and special reviews by these regulatory and enforcement authorities. These reviews can range from investigations of specific consumer complaints or concerns to broader inquiries. If as part of these reviews the regulatory authorities conclude that we or issuing banks are not complying with applicable law, they could request or impose a wide range of remedies including requiring changes in advertising and collection practices, changes in the terms of products (such as decreases in interest rates or fees), the imposition of fines or penalties, or the paying of restitution or the taking of other remedial action with respect to affected consumers. They also could require us or issuing banks to stop offering some credit products or obtain licenses to do so, either nationally or in selected states. To the extent that these remedies are imposed on the issuing banks that originate credit products using our platform, under certain circumstances we are responsible for the remedies as a result of our indemnification obligations with those banks. We also may elect to change practices that we believe are compliant with law in order to respond to regulatory concerns. Furthermore, negative publicity relating to any specific inquiry or investigation could hurt our ability to conduct business with various industry participants or to generate new receivables and could negatively affect our stock price, which would adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital and would raise our costs of doing business.
 
If any deficiencies or violations of law or regulations are identified by us or asserted by any regulator, or if the CFPB, the FDIC, the FTC or any other regulator requires us or issuing banks to change any practices, the correction of such deficiencies or violations, or the making of such changes, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or business. In addition, whether or not these practices are modified when a regulatory or enforcement authority requests or requires, there is a risk that we or other industry participants may be named as defendants in litigation involving alleged violations of federal and state laws and regulations, including consumer protection laws. Any failure to comply with legal requirements by us or the banks that originate credit products utilizing our platform in connection with the issuance of those products, or by us or our agents as the servicer of our accounts, could significantly impair our ability to collect the full amount of the account balances. The institution of any litigation of this nature, or any judgment against us or any other industry participant in any litigation of this nature, could adversely affect our business and financial condition in a variety of ways.
 
We are dependent upon banks to issue credit cards and provide certain other credit products utilizing our technology platform and related services. We acquire receivables generated by banks from credit cards that they have issued and other products, and their regulators could at any time limit their ability to issue some or all of these products that we service, or to modify those products significantly. Any significant interruption of those relationships would result in our being unable to acquire new receivables or help develop other credit products.  It is possible that a regulatory position or action taken with respect to any of the issuing banks might result in the bank’s inability or unwillingness to originate future credit products in collaboration with us. In the current state, such a disruption of our issuing bank relationships principally would adversely affect our ability to grow our investments in the point-of-sale and direct-to-consumer receivables.
 
Changes to consumer protection laws or changes in their interpretation may impede collection efforts or otherwise adversely impact our business practices. Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the creation and enforcement of consumer credit card receivables and other loans. Many of these laws (and the related regulations) are focused on sub-prime lenders and are intended to prohibit or curtail industry-standard practices as well as non-standard practices. For instance, Congress enacted legislation that regulates loans to military personnel through imposing interest rate and other limitations and requiring new disclosures, all as regulated by the Department of Defense. Similarly, in 2009 Congress enacted legislation that required changes to a variety of marketing, billing and collection practices, and the Federal Reserve recently adopted significant changes to a number of practices through its issuance of regulations. While our practices are in compliance with these changes, some of the changes (e.g., limitations on the ability to assess up-front fees) have significantly affected the viability of certain credit products within the U.S. Changes in the consumer protection laws could result in the following:
 
receivables not originated in compliance with law (or revised interpretations) could become unenforceable and uncollectible under their terms against the obligors;
we may be required to credit or refund previously collected amounts;

42

Table of Contents

certain fees and finance charges could be limited, prohibited or restricted, which would reduce the profitability of certain investments in receivables;
certain collection methods could be prohibited, forcing us to revise our practices or adopt more costly or less effective practices;
limitations on our ability to recover on charged-off receivables regardless of any act or omission on our part;
some credit products and services could be banned in certain states or at the federal level;
federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws could offer additional protections to consumers seeking bankruptcy protection, providing a court greater leeway to reduce or discharge amounts owed to us; and
a reduction in our ability or willingness to invest in receivables arising under loans to certain consumers, such as military personnel.

Material regulatory developments may adversely impact our business and results from operations.

Our Automobile Lending Activities Involve Risks in Addition to Others Described Herein
 
Automobile lending exposes us not only to most of the risks described above but also to additional risks, including the regulatory scheme that governs installment loans and those attendant to relying upon automobiles and their repossession and liquidation value as collateral. In addition, our Auto Finance segment operation acquires loans on a wholesale basis from used car dealers, for which we rely upon the legal compliance and credit determinations by those dealers.
 
Funding for automobile lending may become difficult to obtain and expensive. In the event we are unable to renew or replace any Auto Finance segment facilities that bear refunding or refinancing risks when they become due, our Auto Finance segment could experience significant constraints and diminution in reported asset values as lenders retain significant cash flows within underlying structured financings or otherwise under security arrangements for repayment of their loans.  If we cannot renew or replace future facilities or otherwise are unduly constrained from a liquidity perspective, we may choose to sell part or all of our auto loan portfolios, possibly at less than favorable prices.
 
Our automobile lending business is dependent upon referrals from dealers. Currently we provide substantially all of our automobile loans only to or through used car dealers. Providers of automobile financing have traditionally competed based on the interest rate charged, the quality of credit accepted and the flexibility of loan terms offered. In order to be successful, we not only need to be competitive in these areas, but also need to establish and maintain good relations with dealers and provide them with a level of service greater than what they can obtain from our competitors.
 
The financial performance of our automobile loan portfolio is in part dependent upon the liquidation of repossessed automobiles. In the event of certain defaults, we may repossess automobiles and sell repossessed automobiles at wholesale auction markets located throughout the U.S. Auction proceeds from these types of sales and other recoveries rarely are sufficient to cover the outstanding balances of the contracts; where we experience these shortfalls, we will experience credit losses. Decreased auction proceeds resulting from depressed prices at which used automobiles may be sold would result in higher credit losses for us.
 
Repossession of automobiles entails the risk of litigation and other claims. Although we have contracted with reputable repossession firms to repossess automobiles on defaulted loans, it is not uncommon for consumers to assert that we were not entitled to repossess an automobile or that the repossession was not conducted in accordance with applicable law. These claims increase the cost of our collection efforts and, if correct, can result in awards against us.
 
We Routinely Explore Various Opportunities to Grow Our Business, to Make Investments and to Purchase and Sell Assets
 
We routinely consider acquisitions of, or investments in, portfolios and other assets as well as the sale of portfolios and portions of our business. There are a number of risks attendant to any acquisition, including the possibility that we will overvalue the assets to be purchased and that we will not be able to produce the expected level of profitability from the acquired business or assets. Similarly, there are a number of risks attendant to sales, including the possibility that we will undervalue the assets to be sold. As a result, the impact of any acquisition or sale on our future performance may not be as favorable as expected and actually may be adverse.
 
Portfolio purchases may cause fluctuations in our reported Credit and Other Investments segment’s managed receivables data, which may reduce the usefulness of this data in evaluating our business. Our reported Credit and Other Investments segment managed receivables data may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter as a result of recent and future credit card portfolio acquisitions.

43

Table of Contents


Receivables included in purchased portfolios are likely to have been originated using credit criteria different from the criteria of issuing bank partners that have originated accounts utilizing our technology platform. Receivables included in any particular purchased portfolio may have significantly different delinquency rates and charge-off rates than the receivables previously originated and purchased by us. These receivables also may earn different interest rates and fees as compared to other similar receivables in our receivables portfolio. These variables could cause our reported managed receivables data to fluctuate substantially in future periods making the evaluation of our business more difficult.
 
Any acquisition or investment that we make will involve risks different from and in addition to the risks to which our business is currently exposed. These include the risks that we will not be able to integrate and operate successfully new businesses, that we will have to incur substantial indebtedness and increase our leverage in order to pay for the acquisitions, that we will be exposed to, and have to comply with, different regulatory regimes and that we will not be able to apply our traditional analytical framework (which is what we expect to be able to do) in a successful and value-enhancing manner.
 
Other Risks of Our Business    
 
We are a holding company with no operations of our own .   As a result, our cash flow and ability to service our debt is dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries.  The distribution of subsidiary earnings, or advances or other distributions of funds by subsidiaries to us, all of which are subject to statutory and could be subject to contractual restrictions, are contingent upon the subsidiaries’ cash flows and earnings and are subject to various business and debt covenant considerations.
 
Unless we obtain a bank charter, we cannot issue credit cards other than through agreements with banks. Because we do not have a bank charter, we currently cannot issue credit cards ourselves. Unless we obtain a bank or credit card bank charter, we will continue to rely upon banking relationships to provide for the issuance of credit cards to consumers. Even if we obtain a bank charter, there may be restrictions on the types of credit that the bank may extend. Our various issuing bank agreements have scheduled expiration dates. If we are unable to extend or execute new agreements with our issuing banks at the expirations of our current agreements with them, or if our existing or new agreements with our issuing banks were terminated or otherwise disrupted, there is a risk that we would not be able to enter into agreements with an alternate issuer on terms that we consider favorable or in a timely manner without disruption of our business.
 
We are party to litigation. We are defendants in certain legal proceedings which include litigation customary for a business of our nature. In each case we believe that we have meritorious defenses or that the positions we are asserting otherwise are correct. However, adverse outcomes are possible in these matters, and we could decide to settle one or more of our litigation matters in order to avoid the ongoing cost of litigation or to obtain certainty of outcome. Adverse outcomes or settlements of these matters could require us to pay damages, make restitution, change our business practices or take other actions at a level, or in a manner, that would adversely impact our business.
 
We face heightened levels of economic risk associated with new investment activities.   We have made a number of investments in businesses that are not directly related to our traditional servicing and receivables financing activities to, or associated with, the underserved consumer credit market.  In addition, some of these investments that we have made and may make in the future are or will be in debt or equity securities of businesses over which we exert little or no control, which likely exposes us to greater risks of loss than investments in activities and operations that we control.  We make only those investments we believe have the potential to provide a favorable return. However, because some of the investments are outside of our core areas of expertise, they entail risks beyond those described elsewhere in this report.  As occurred with respect to certain such investments in 2012 and 2011, these risks could result in the loss of part or all of our investments.

Because we outsource account-processing functions that are integral to our business, any disruption or termination of that outsourcing relationship could harm our business. We generally outsource account and payment processing, and in 2016, we paid Total System Services, Inc. $3.8 million for these services. If these agreements were not renewed or were terminated or the services provided to us were otherwise disrupted, we would have to obtain these services from an alternative provider. There is a risk that we would not be able to enter into a similar agreement with an alternate provider on terms that we consider favorable or in a timely manner without disruption of our business.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against service interruption our operations could be disrupted and our reputation may be damaged. We rely heavily on networks and information systems and other technology, that are largely hosted by third-parties to support our business processes and activities, including processes integral to the origination and collection of loans and other financial products, and information systems to process financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting and legal and tax requirements.

44

Table of Contents

Because information systems are critical to many of our operating activities, our business may be impacted by hosted system shutdowns, service disruptions or security breaches. These incidents may be caused by failures during routine operations such as system upgrades or user errors, as well as network or hardware failures, malicious or disruptive software, computer hackers, rogue employees or contractors, cyber-attacks by criminal groups, geopolitical events, natural disasters, failures or impairments of telecommunications networks, or other catastrophic events. If our information systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, we could experience delays in reporting our financial results, and we may lose revenue and profits as a result of our inability to collect payments in a timely manner. We also could be required to spend significant financial and other resources to repair or replace networks and information systems. 

Unauthorized or unintentional disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer data could expose us to protracted and costly litigation, and civil and criminal penalties.   To conduct our business, we are required to manage, use, and store large amounts of personally identifiable information, consisting primarily of confidential personal and financial data regarding consumers across all operations areas. We also depend on our IT networks and systems, and those of third parties, to process, store, and transmit this information. As a result, we are subject to numerous U.S. federal and state laws designed to protect this information. Security breaches involving our files and infrastructure could lead to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.
 
We take a number of measures to ensure the security of our hardware and software systems and customer information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect data being breached or compromised. In the past, banks and other financial service providers have been the subject of sophisticated and highly targeted attacks on their information technology. An increasing number of websites have reported breaches of their security.
 
If any person, including our employees or those of third-party vendors, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to costly litigation, monetary damages, fines, and/or criminal prosecution.  Any unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information could subject us to liability under data privacy laws.  Further, under credit card rules and our contracts with our card processors, if there is a breach of credit card information that we store, we could be liable to the credit card issuing banks for their cost of issuing new cards and related expenses. In addition, if we fail to follow credit card industry security standards, even if there is no compromise of customer information, we could incur significant fines. Security breaches also could harm our reputation, which could potentially cause decreased revenues, the loss of existing merchant credit partners, or difficulty in adding new merchant credit partners.
 
Internet and data security breaches also could impede our bank partners from originating loans over the Internet, cause us to lose consumers or otherwise damage our reputation or business.   Consumers generally are concerned with security and privacy, particularly on the Internet.  As part of our growth strategy, we have enabled lenders to originate loans over the Internet. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is essential to maintaining customer confidence in such products and services offered online.

Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect our client or consumer application and transaction data transmitted over the Internet.  In addition to the potential for litigation and civil penalties described above, security breaches could damage our reputation and cause consumers to become unwilling to do business with our clients or us, particularly over the Internet. Any publicized security problems could inhibit the growth of the Internet as a means of conducting commercial transactions. Our ability to service our clients’ needs over the Internet would be severely impeded if consumers become unwilling to transmit confidential information online.

Also, a party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruption in our operations, damage our computers or those of our users, or otherwise damage our reputation and business.

Regulation in the areas of privacy and data security could increase our costs.   We are subject to various regulations related to privacy and data security/breach, and we could be negatively impacted by these regulations. For example, we are subject to the safeguards guidelines under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The safeguards guidelines require that each financial institution develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to the financial institution’s size and complexity, the nature and scope of the financial institution’s activities and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. Broad-ranging data security laws that affect our business also have been adopted by various states. Compliance with these laws regarding the protection of consumer and employee data could result in higher compliance and technology costs for us, as well as potentially significant fines and penalties for non-compliance.

45

Table of Contents

Further, there are various other statutes and regulations relevant to the direct email marketing, debt collection and text-messaging industries including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act. The interpretation of many of these statutes and regulations is evolving in the courts and administrative agencies and an inability to comply with them may have an adverse impact on our business.

In addition to the foregoing enhanced data security requirements, various federal banking regulatory agencies, and at least 48 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, have enacted data security regulations and laws requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of a security breach.

Also, federal legislators and regulators are increasingly pursuing new guidelines, laws and regulations that, if adopted, could further restrict how we collect, use, share and secure consumer information, which could impact some of our current or planned business initiatives.

Unplanned system interruptions or system failures could harm our business and reputation.   Any interruption in the availability of our transactional processing services due to hardware and operating system failures will reduce our revenues and profits. Any unscheduled interruption in our services results in an immediate, and possibly substantial, loss of revenues. Frequent or persistent interruptions in our services could cause current or potential consumers to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our websites or services, and could permanently harm our reputation.
 
Although our systems have been designed around industry-standard architectures to reduce downtime in the event of outages or catastrophic occurrences, they remain vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunication failures, computer viruses, computer denial-of-service attacks, and similar events or disruptions. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities. Our systems also are subject to break-ins, sabotage, and intentional acts of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision by any of our third-party hosting providers to close a facility we use without adequate notice for financial or other reasons, or other unanticipated problems at our hosting facilities could cause system interruptions, delays, and loss of critical data, and result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures.

Climate change and related regulatory responses may impact our business .  Climate change as a result of emissions of greenhouse gases is a significant topic of discussion and may generate federal and other regulatory responses.  It is impracticable to predict with any certainty the impact on our business of climate change or the regulatory responses to it, although we recognize that they could be significant.  The most direct impact is likely to be an increase in energy costs, which would adversely impact consumers and their ability to incur and repay indebtedness.  However, we are uncertain of the ultimate impact, either directionally or quantitatively, of climate change and related regulatory responses on our business.

Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities
 
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell your shares of our common stock when you want or at prices you find attractive.  The price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market constantly changes. We expect that the market price of our common stock will continue to fluctuate. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include the following:
 
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;
the overall financing environment, which is critical to our value;
the operating and stock performance of our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services or significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
changes in interest rates;
the announcement of enforcement actions or investigations against us or our competitors or other negative publicity relating to us or our industry;
changes in GAAP, laws, regulations or the interpretations thereof that affect our various business activities and segments;
general domestic or international economic, market and political conditions;

46

Table of Contents

changes in ownership by executive officers, directors and parties related to them who control a majority of our common stock;
additions or departures of key personnel; and
future sales of our common stock and the transfer or cancellation of shares of common stock pursuant to a share lending agreement.

In addition, the stock markets from time to time experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

Future sales of our common stock or equity-related securities in the public market, including sales of our common stock pursuant to share lending agreements or short sale transactions by purchasers of convertible senior notes, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and our ability to raise funds in new stock offerings.   Sales of significant amounts of our common stock or equity-related securities in the public market, including sales pursuant to share lending agreements, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect prevailing trading prices of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-related securities. Future sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for future sale, including sales of our common stock in short sale transactions by purchasers of our convertible senior notes, may have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
 
We have the ability to issue preferred stock, warrants, convertible debt and other securities without shareholder approval.  Our common stock may be subordinate to classes of preferred stock issued in the future in the payment of dividends and other distributions made with respect to common stock, including distributions upon liquidation or dissolution. Our articles of incorporation permit our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without first obtaining shareholder approval. If we issue preferred stock, these additional securities may have dividend or liquidation preferences senior to the common stock. If we issue convertible preferred stock, a subsequent conversion may dilute the current common shareholders’ interest. We have similar abilities to issue convertible debt, warrants and other equity securities.
 
Our executive officers, directors and parties related to them, in the aggregate, control a majority of our common stock and may have the ability to control matters requiring shareholder approval.  Our executive officers, directors and parties related to them own a large enough share of our common stock to have an influence on, if not control of, the matters presented to shareholders. As a result, these shareholders may have the ability to control matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as any reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and the control of our management and affairs. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

The right to receive payments on our convertible senior notes is subordinate to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors. Our convertible senior notes are unsecured and are subordinate to existing and future secured obligations to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations. As a result, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding of our company, our assets generally would be available to satisfy obligations of our secured debt before any payment may be made on the convertible senior notes. To the extent that such assets cannot satisfy in full our secured debt, the holders of such debt would have a claim for any shortfall that would rank equally in right of payment (or effectively senior if the debt were issued by a subsidiary) with the convertible senior notes. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts on any or all of the convertible senior notes.
As of March 31, 2017 , Atlanticus Holdings Corporation had outstanding: $159.4 million of secured indebtedness, which would rank senior in right of payment to the convertible senior notes; $100.4 million of senior unsecured indebtedness in addition to the convertible senior notes that would rank equal in right of payment to the convertible senior notes; and no subordinated indebtedness. Included in senior secured indebtedness are certain guarantees we have executed in favor of our subsidiaries. For more information on our outstanding indebtedness, See Note 7, “Notes Payable,” to our consolidated financial statements included herein.
Our convertible senior notes are junior to the indebtedness of our subsidiaries. Our convertible senior notes are structurally subordinated to the existing and future claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors. Holders of the convertible senior notes are not creditors of our subsidiaries. Any claims of holders of the convertible senior notes to the assets of our subsidiaries

47

Table of Contents

derive from our own equity interests in those subsidiaries. Claims of our subsidiaries’ creditors will generally have priority as to the assets of our subsidiaries over our own equity interest claims and will therefore have priority over the holders of the convertible senior notes. Consequently, the convertible senior notes are effectively subordinate to all liabilities, whether or not secured, of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. Our subsidiaries’ creditors also may include general creditors and taxing authorities. As of March 31, 2017 , our subsidiaries had total liabilities of approximately $220.2 million (including the $159.4 million of senior secured indebtedness mentioned above), excluding intercompany indebtedness. In addition, in the future, we may decide to increase the portion of our activities that we conduct through subsidiaries.

Note Regarding Risk Factors
 
The risk factors presented above are all of the ones that we currently consider material. However, they are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us, or which we currently consider immaterial, also may adversely affect us. There may be risks that a particular investor views differently from us, and our analysis might be wrong. If any of the risks that we face actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected and could differ materially from any possible results suggested by any forward-looking statements that we have made or might make. In such case, the trading price of our common stock or other securities could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.   We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

ITEM 2.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information with respect to our repurchases of common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2017 .
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
 
Average Price
Paid per Share
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
 
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
under the Plans or
Programs (1)(2)
January 1 - January 31

 
$

 

 
4,912,401

February 1 - February 28

 
$

 

 
4,912,401

March 1 - March 31
6,702

 
$
2.62

 


 
4,912,401

Total
6,702

 
$
2.62

 

 
4,912,401


(1)
Because withholding tax-related stock repurchases are permitted outside the scope of our 5,000,000 share Board-authorized repurchase plan, these amounts exclude shares of stock returned to us by employees in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements on vested stock grants. There were 6,702 such shares returned to us during the three months ended March 31, 2017 .
(2)
Pursuant to a share repurchase plan authorized by our Board of Directors on May 12, 2016, we are authorized to repurchase 5,000,000 shares of our common stock through June 30, 2018.

We will continue to evaluate our stock price relative to other investment opportunities and, to the extent we believe that the repurchase of our stock represents an appropriate return of capital, we will repurchase shares of our stock.

ITEM 3.
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
None.

ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.

48

Table of Contents



49

Table of Contents

ITEM 5.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.



Table of Contents

ITEM 6.
EXHIBITS

Exhibit Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Incorporated by Reference from Atlanticus’ SEC Filings Unless Otherwise Indicated
10.1
 
Master Indenture for Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, dated February 8, 2017, among Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, U.S. Bank National Association and Atlanticus Services Corporation
 
Filed herewith
10.1(a)*
 
Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement for Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, dated February 8, 2017
 
Filed herewith
10.1(b)*
 
Purchase Agreement, dated February 8, 2017, among TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, Perimeter Funding Corporation, Atlanticus Services Corporation and Perimeter Master Note Business Trust
 
Filed herewith
10.1(c)
 
Trust Agreement, dated February 8, 2017, between Perimeter Funding Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association
 
Filed herewith
31.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
 
Filed herewith
31.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
 
Filed herewith
32.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
 
Filed herewith
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
Filed herewith
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
Filed herewith
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
Filed herewith
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
Filed herewith
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
 
Filed herewith
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
Filed herewith

*Portions of this document were omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


51

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLANTICUS HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
May 12, 2017
 
By
/s/ WILLIAM R. McCAMEY
 
 
 
William R. McCamey
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(duly authorized officer and principal financial officer)




52

Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION COPY
MASTER INDENTURE
Dated as of February 8, 2017
____________________________________________________________________
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
____________________________________________________________________
among
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST ,
as Issuer,

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,

and

ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION,
as Servicer

____________________________________________________________________





MASTER INDENTURE, dated as of February 8, 2017, among PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST, a business trust organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, as issuer, ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION, a Georgia corporation, as servicer, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as indenture trustee. This Indenture may be supplemented at any time and from time to time by an indenture supplement in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof. If a conflict exists between the terms and provisions of this Indenture and the terms and provisions of any Indenture Supplement, the terms and provisions of the Indenture Supplement shall be controlling with respect to the related Series.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for an issue of its asset backed notes to be issued in one or more Series as provided in this Indenture.
In connection with one or more Series of Notes issued under this Indenture, the Issuer may enter into agreements with other entities that will provide credit enhancement or other protection and benefits for the Holders of a Series of Notes or a Class of such Series of Notes and the Issuer will incur obligations under the terms of such agreement. The Issuer, through this Indenture, wishes to provide security for such obligations to the extent and as provided in the relevant Indenture Supplements. All covenants and agreements made by the Issuer herein are for the benefit and security of the Noteholders and, to the extent and as provided for in the relevant Indenture Supplements, the Series Enhancers.
The Issuer is entering into this Indenture, and the Indenture Trustee is accepting the trusts created hereby, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged. All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with their and its terms.
Simultaneously with the delivery of this Indenture the Issuer is entering into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with the Transferor, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, pursuant to which (a) the Transferor will convey to the Issuer all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables and (b) the Servicer will agree to service the Receivables and make collections thereon.
GRANTING CLAUSES
To secure the due and punctual payment by the Issuer of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes, amounts due to Series Enhancers under the Series Enhancements as provided in the Indenture Supplements and all other amounts due and payable under this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement or under any Series Enhancement (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”) when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether on demand for payment or on a Payment Date, Expected Principal Payment Date or a Redemption Date, at the Stated Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of this Indenture, the respective Indenture Supplements and the Notes or the Series Enhancements, the Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders and, to the extent and as provided for in the relevant Indenture Supplements, the Series Enhancers and any other Persons to whom the Secured Obligations are owed, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under the following:

2


(i)
the Receivables existing at the applicable Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Accounts until the termination of the Issuer, and Collections allocable to the Issuer as provided herein and in the Indenture Supplements, and all rights to payment and amounts due or to become due with respect to all of the foregoing;
(ii)
all money, instruments, investment property and other property (together with all earnings, dividends, distributions, income, issues, and profits relating thereto) distributed or distributable in respect of the Receivables pursuant to the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, this Indenture and each Indenture Supplement;
(iii)
the Collection Account, the Series Accounts, the Special Funding Account, all Eligible Investments and all money, investment property, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Collection Account, the Series Accounts and the Special Funding Account together with all earnings, dividends, distributions, income, issues and profits relating thereto;
(iv)
all rights and interests of the Issuer under the Transaction Documents;
(v)
all accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, general intangibles, goods, instruments, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, letters of credit, money, and oil, gas, and other minerals, consisting of, arising from, or relating to, any of the foregoing;
(vi)
all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds, products, rents, receipts or profits of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other property, all cash and non-cash proceeds, and other property consisting of, arising from or relating to all or any part of any of the foregoing or any proceeds thereof;
(vii)
all Series Enhancements;
(viii)
all other personal property of the Issuer; and
(ix)
all proceeds of the foregoing.
The property described in the preceding sentence shall constitute the “ Trust Estate ”.
Such Grants are made in trust to secure the Notes equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, except as expressly provided in this Indenture and the Indenture Supplements, between and among any Note and any other Notes, and to secure the other Secured Obligations; provided , that unless and to the extent provided for in an Indenture Supplement for any Series, the security interest granted above in the Series Accounts and Series Enhancement for a particular Series shall be to secure the Notes for such Series only and, to the extent provided in the Indenture Supplement for such Series, the Series Enhancers.
The Indenture Trustee, as indenture trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, acknowledges such Grants, accepts the trusts hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform the duties herein required.


3


LIMITED RECOURSE
The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes and to the Series Enhancers under the Series Enhancements is limited by recourse only to the Trust Estate and only to the extent proceeds and distributions on the Trust Estate are allocated for their benefit under the terms of this Indenture, the Indenture Supplements and the Series Enhancements.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.     Definitions.
Whenever used in this Indenture, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.
Act ” or “ Act of Noteholder ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a) .
Accumulation Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, or any Class within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period or, as defined with respect to such Series or Class in the related Indenture Supplement, a Redemption Period, during which Collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated in an account for the benefit of the Noteholders of such Series or Class within such Series, which shall be the controlled accumulation period, the principal accumulation period, the early accumulation period, the optional accumulation period, the limited accumulation period or other accumulation period, in each case as defined with respect to such Series or Class in the related Indenture Supplement.
Administration Agreement ” shall mean the Administration Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, among the Issuer, the Transferor and the Administrator, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Administrator ” shall mean Atlanticus Services Corporation or any successor administrator appointed pursuant to the Administration Agreement.
Atlanticus ” shall mean Atlanticus Services Corporation, a Georgia corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.
Authorized Officer ” shall mean:
(a)      with respect to the Issuer, any officer of the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the Initial Issuance Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and any officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act for the Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers (containing the specimen signatures of such officers) delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the Initial Issuance Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter);

4


(b)      with respect to the Transferor, any officer of the Transferor who is authorized to act for the Transferor in matters relating to the Transferor and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Transferor to the Indenture Trustee on the Initial Issuance Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter); and
(c)      with respect to the Servicer, any Servicing Officer.
(d)      with respect to the Indenture Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by such officers in the Corporate Trust Office, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Corporate Trust Office because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.
Class ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes or tranches of Notes of that Series.
Closing Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the closing date specified in the related Indenture Supplement.
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Collection Account ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a) .
Commission ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and its successors in interest.
Corporate Trust Office ” shall mean the office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any particular time the Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of the Indenture is located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107, or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Issuer, the Transferor, and the Servicer.
Default ” shall mean any event or occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.
Deposit Date ” shall mean each day on which the Servicer deposits Collections into the Collection Account.
Distribution Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.
Dollars ,” “ $ ” or “ U.S. $ ” shall mean (a) United States dollars or (b) denominated in United States dollars.
Early Redemption Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any Early Redemption Event specified in the related Indenture Supplement or any Early Redemption Event as described in Section 5.01 .
Eligible Deposit Account ” shall mean either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution

5


organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the unsecured, unguaranteed senior debt securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from a rating agency in one of its generic credit rating categories that signifies investment grade.
Eligible Institution ” shall mean any depository institution (which may be the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee) organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), which depository institution at all times (a) is a member of the FDIC and (b) has a long-term unsecured debt rating not lower than BBB for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Baa2 for Moody’s Investors Service. If so qualified, the Servicer may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes of this definition.
Eligible Investments ” shall mean instruments, investment property or other property, or, in the case of deposits described below, deposit accounts held in the name of the Indenture Trustee, other than securities issued by or obligations of the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof, subject to the exclusive custody and control of the Indenture Trustee and for which the Indenture Trustee has sole signature authority, which mature so that funds will be available no later than the close of business on each Transfer Date following each Monthly Period and which evidence:
(a)      direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of America;
(b)      demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit or other deposits of depository institutions incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia (or domestic branches of foreign banks) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities; provided , that at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt rating of such depository institution shall be at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s, P-1 by Moody’s and F1+ by Fitch (if rated by Fitch);
(c)      commercial paper having, at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s, P-1 by Moody’s and F1+ by Fitch (if rated by Fitch);
(d)      demand deposits, time deposits, similar deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured by the FDIC having, at the time of the Issuer’s investment therein, a rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s, P-1 by Moody’s and F1+ by Fitch (if rated by Fitch);
(e)      bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution referred to in clause (b) above;
(f)      money market funds having, at the time of the Issuer’s investment therein, a rating in the highest rating category of Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch (if rated by Fitch) (including funds for which the Indenture Trustee or any of its Affiliates is investment manager or advisor);
(g)      time deposits, other than as referred to in clause (d) above, with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit rating of at least AA by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and Aa2 by Moody’s; or

6


(h)      any other investment of a type or rating that has a rating of at least AA by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and Aa2 by Moody’s.
Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Indenture Trustee and its Affiliates.
Event of Default ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.02 .
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Expected Principal Payment Date ” shall mean for a Series or Class of Notes, the date, if any, specified as such in the Indenture Supplement.
Funding ” shall mean Perimeter Funding Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, and its successors and permitted assigns.
Grant ” shall mean to grant, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, demise, release, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, create and grant a security interest in, create a right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm. A Grant of any item of the Trust Estate shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including without limitation the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of such item of the Trust Estate, and all other monies payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding in the name of the granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.
Indenture ” shall mean this Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017, among the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, including, with respect to any Series or Class, the related Indenture Supplement.
Indenture Supplement ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, a supplement to this Indenture, executed and delivered in connection with the original issuance of the Notes of such Series under Section 2.10 , including all amendments thereof and supplements thereto.
Indenture Trustee ” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as indenture trustee under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor indenture trustee under this Indenture.
Independent ” shall mean, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Issuer, the Transferor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Transferor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions.
Independent Certificate ” shall mean a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 , made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer

7


Order, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.
Initial Issuance Date ” shall mean the Closing Date of the first Series of Notes issued to the Holders.
Insolvency Event ” with respect to any Person, shall occur if (i) such Person shall file a petition or commence a Proceeding (A) to take advantage of any bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership, insolvency, or similar laws or (B) for the appointment of a trustee, conservator, receiver, liquidator, or similar official for or relating to such Person or all or substantially all of its property, (ii) such Person shall consent or fail to object to any such petition filed or Proceeding commenced against or with respect to it or all or substantially all of its property, or any such petition or Proceeding shall not have been dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days of its filing or commencement, or a court, agency, or other supervisory authority with jurisdiction shall have decreed or ordered relief with respect to any such petition or Proceeding, (iii) such Person shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iv) such Person shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (v) such Person shall voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations, or (vi) such Person shall take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
Interest-bearing Note ” shall mean a Note that bears interest at a stated or computed rate on its stated principal amount.
Interest Rate ” shall mean, as of any particular date of determination and with respect to any Series or Class, the interest rate or rates (or formula for determining the same) as of such date specified therefor in the related Indenture Supplement.
Investment Company Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Issuer ” shall mean the Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, a Nevada business trust.
Issuer Order ” shall mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer, and delivered to the Indenture Trustee.
New Issuance ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a) .
Note Register ” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 2.05(a) in which the Notes are registered.
Note Registrar ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a) .
Noteholder ” or “ Holder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register or such other Person deemed to be a “Noteholder” or “Holder” in any related Indenture Supplement.
Notes ” shall mean all Series of Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture, including the applicable Indenture Supplement.
Notice of Default ” shall mean the notice described in Section 5.02 .
Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in this Indenture, a certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee signed by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer, Transferor, or

8


Servicer, as applicable, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 .
Opinion of Counsel ” shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Person providing the opinion and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee; provided , however , that any opinion related to U.S. federal income tax matters shall be an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel.
Outstanding ” shall mean, as of the date of determination, all Notes previously authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except ,
(1) Notes previously cancelled by the Indenture Trustee or delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; and
(2) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been previously deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent for the Holders of such Notes; provided , that if such Notes are to be redeemed, any required notice of such redemption pursuant to this Indenture or provision for such notice satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee has been made; and
(3) Notes that have been paid under Section 2.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, other than any such Notes for which there shall have been presented to the Indenture Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a protected purchaser;
provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor or the Servicer or an Affiliate of any of those Persons shall be disregarded and considered not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge of being so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act for such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate of any of those Persons. In making any such determination, the Indenture Trustee may rely on the representations of the pledgee and shall not be required to undertake any independent investigation.
Owner Trustee ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement.
Paying Agent ” shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.08 and shall initially be the Indenture Trustee; provided , that if the Indenture Supplement for a Series so provides, a separate or additional Paying Agent(s) may be appointed with respect to such Series.
Payment Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date or dates, if any, specified in the Indenture Supplement for such Series.
Permitted Assignee ” shall mean any Person who, if it were to purchase Receivables (or interests therein) in connection with a sale under Sections 5.05 and 5.17 , would not cause the Issuer to be

9


treated as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
Principal Terms ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, (a) the name or designation; (b) the initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount), the Allocation Amount, Series Allocation Amount, Series Adjusted Allocation Amount, Series Allocation Percentage and the Series Required Transferor Amount; (c) the Interest Rate (or method for the determination thereof) for each Class of Notes of such Series; (d) the Payment Date or Payment Dates and, for Interest‑bearing Notes, the date or dates from which interest shall accrue; (e) the method for allocating Collections to Noteholders; (f) the designation of any Series Accounts and the terms governing the operation of any such Series Accounts; (g) the Servicing Fee; (h) the terms on which the Notes of such Series may be exchanged for Notes of another Series, purchased by the Transferor or the Issuer or remarketed to other investors; (i) any optional or mandatory Redemption Date or Redemption Dates and the Expected Principal Payment Date and Stated Maturity Date; (j) the number of Classes of Notes of such Series and, if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class; (k) the priority of such Series with respect to any other Series; (l) if applicable, the Series Enhancer and terms of any form of Series Enhancements; (m) the Distribution Date; and (n) any other terms of such Series.
Proceeding ” shall mean any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.
Rating Agency ” shall mean, with respect to any Outstanding Series or Class of Notes which has been rated, each rating agency, as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement, selected by the Transferor to rate the Notes of such Outstanding Series or Class.
Rating Agency Condition ” shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then existing rating of any Outstanding Series or Class with respect to which it is a Rating Agency; provided , however , that if such Series or Class has not been rated, the Rating Agency Condition with respect to any such action shall either be defined in the related Indenture Supplement or shall not apply.
Record Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding such Distribution Date, unless otherwise specified for a Series in the related Indenture Supplement.
Redemption Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date or dates, if any, specified in the Indenture Supplement for such Series.  
Redemption Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Series or Class within a Series, a period during which Collections are used to redeem (in whole or in part) the Notes or a Class of Notes of such Series, which shall be the controlled redemption period, the principal redemption period, the partial redemption period, the special redemption period, the early redemption period, the optional redemption period, the limited redemption period or other redemption period, in each case, as defined with respect to such Series in the related Indenture Supplement.
Registered Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .
Reinvestment Event ” shall mean, if applicable with respect to any Series, any Reinvestment Event specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

10


Required Transferor Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any date, the sum of the Series Required Transferor Amounts for all Series outstanding on such date.
Responsible Officer ” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office including any Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or Trust Officer or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and, in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Revolving Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the period specified in the related Indenture Supplement.
Secured Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Granting Clause hereof.
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Series ” shall mean any series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture.
Series Account ” shall mean any deposit, trust, escrow or similar account maintained for the benefit of the Noteholders of any Series or Class, or any Series Enhancer, as specified in any Indenture Supplement.
Series Allocation Percentage ” shall have, for any Series, the meaning specified in the related Indenture Supplement.
Series Enhancement ” shall mean the rights and benefits provided to the Issuer or the Noteholders of any Series or Class pursuant to any letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity liquidity facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, cross currency swap agreement or other derivative agreement or other similar arrangement. Series Enhancement will also refer to any agreements, instruments or documents governing the terms of the enhancements mentioned in the previous sentence or under which they are issued, where the context makes sense. The subordination of any Series or Class to another Series or Class shall be deemed to be a Series Enhancement.
Series Enhancer ” shall mean the Person or Persons providing any Series Enhancement, other than (except to the extent otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the Indenture Supplement for such Series) the Noteholders of any Series or Class which is subordinated to another Series or Class.
Series Issuance Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date on which the Notes of such Series are to be originally issued in accordance with Section 2.10 and the related Indenture Supplement.
Series Required Transferor Amount ” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.
Servicer ” shall mean Atlanticus, in its capacity as servicer pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and, after any Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer.
Special Funding Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(d) .

11


Special Funding Amount ” shall mean the principal balance of the funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account.
Stated Maturity Date ” shall mean, for any Series or Class of Notes or any installment of principal for such Series or Class, the date specified in the Indenture Supplement for such Series or Class as the fixed date on which the principal of such Series or Class or such installment of principal is required to be paid; provided , that a date on which principal is scheduled or expected to be paid, but is not required to be paid, is not a Stated Maturity Date.
Transaction Documents ” shall mean, for any Series of Notes, the Nevada Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, this Indenture, the related Indenture Supplement, the Administration Agreement and such other documents and certificates delivered in connection therewith.
Transfer and Servicing Agreement ” shall mean the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, among the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Transferor Amount ” shall mean on any date of determination an amount equal to the difference between (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate balance of Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination, (ii) the Special Funding Amount at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination and (iii) the total amount of Collections in respect of Principal Receivables on deposit in the Collection Account at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination minus (b) the Aggregate Allocation Amount at the end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination.
Trust Agreement ” shall mean the Trust Agreement relating to the Issuer, dated as of February 8, 2017, between Funding and the Owner Trustee as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Trust Estate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Granting Clause hereof.
Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Section 1.02.      Other Definitional Provisions.
(a)      With respect to any Series, all terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Trust Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the related Indenture Supplement, as applicable.
(b)      All terms defined in this Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.
(c)      As used in this Indenture and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms not defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable and as in effect on the date of this Indenture. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally

12


accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles in the United States, the definitions contained in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document shall control.
(d)      Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day.
(e)      The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Indenture shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular provision or subdivision of this Indenture; references to any subsection, Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to subsections, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified; and the term “ including ” means “ including without limitation .”
(f)      Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
“indenture securities” means the Notes.
“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.
“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Indenture Trustee.
“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and that are not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
Section 2.01.      Form Generally.
The Notes of any Series or Class shall be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons (the “ Registered Notes ”). Such Registered Notes shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the applicable Indenture Supplement with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
The Notes shall be typewritten, word processed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. If specified in any Indenture Supplement, the Notes of any Series or Class shall be issued upon initial issuance as one or more Notes evidencing the aggregate original principal amount of such Series or Class as described in Section 2.10 .

13


Section 2.02.      Denominations.
Except as otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement and the Notes, each class of Notes of each Series shall be issued in fully registered form in minimum amounts of U.S. $1,000 and in integral multiples of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof (except that one Note of each Class may be issued in a different amount, so long as such amount exceeds the applicable minimum denomination for such Class).
Section 2.03.      Execution, Authentication and Delivery.
Each Note shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer.
Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Issuer shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding the fact that such individual ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes, or does not hold such office at the date of issuance of such Notes.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement and not otherwise.
No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or the applicable Indenture Supplement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein or in the related Indenture Supplement executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 2.04.      Authenticating Agent.
(a)      The Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Indenture Trustee in authenticating the Notes in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall be the initial authenticating agent. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication of Notes by the Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall include authentication on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Issuer and the Servicer.
(b)      Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any power or any further act on the part of the Indenture Trustee or such authenticating agent.
(c)      An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving notice of resignation to the Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Issuer and the Servicer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee may promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent upon

14


acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to the Issuer and the Servicer.
(d)      The Issuer agrees to pay to each authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 2.04.
(e)      The provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.04 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.
(f)      Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 2.04 , the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of or in addition to the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:
“This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
________________________________
________________________________
as Authenticating Agent
for the Indenture Trustee
By: ____________________________
Authorized Signatory”
Section 2.05.      Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes.
(a)  The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office, a register (the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes shall be provided. A note registrar (which may be the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee) (in such capacity, the “ Note Registrar ”) shall provide for the registration of Registered Notes, and transfers and exchanges of Registered Notes as herein provided. The Note Registrar shall initially be the Indenture Trustee and any co-note registrar chosen by the Issuer and acceptable to the Indenture Trustee. Any reference in this Indenture to the Note Registrar shall include any co-note registrar unless the context requires otherwise.
The Indenture Trustee may revoke such appointment and remove any Note Registrar if the Indenture Trustee determines in its sole discretion that such Note Registrar failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture in any material respect. Any Note Registrar shall be permitted to resign as Note Registrar upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee; provided , however , that such resignation shall not be effective and such Note Registrar shall continue to perform its duties as Note Registrar until the Indenture Trustee has appointed a successor Note Registrar (which may be the Indenture Trustee) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of any Registered Note at any office or agency of the Note Registrar maintained for such purpose, one or more new Registered Notes, (of the same Series and Class) in authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount shall be executed, authenticated and delivered, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees.

15


At the option of a Noteholder, subject to the provisions of this Section 2.05 , Registered Notes may be exchanged for other Registered Notes (of the same Series and Class), as applicable, of authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Registered Notes, to be exchanged at any such office or agency.
All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
The preceding provisions of this Section 2.05(a) notwithstanding, the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of fifteen (15) days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.
Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar duly executed by the Noteholder or the attorney-in-fact thereof duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or exchange.
All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange or for payment shall be canceled and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Issuer as confirmed in writing by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee.
The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee Registered Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Indenture.
(b)  The Note Registrar will maintain at its expense in St. Paul, Minnesota, or New York, New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.
Section 2.06.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes .
If (a) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar, or the Note Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (b) in case of destruction, loss or theft there is delivered to the Note Registrar such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the Issuer, the Transferor, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Transferor, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Note Registrar shall deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided , however , that if any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall have become or within seven (7) days shall be due and payable, or shall have been selected or called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such Note without surrender thereof, except that any mutilated Note shall be surrendered. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note

16


was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.
In connection with the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.06 , the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar) connected therewith.
Any replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of a debt of the Issuer, as if originally issued, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section 2.06 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
Section 2.07.      Persons Deemed Owners.
The Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Transferor, the Issuer and any agent of any of them may prior to due presentation of a Registered Note for registration of transfer, treat the Person in whose name any Registered Note is registered as the owner of such Registered Note for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the terms of the applicable Indenture Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever and, neither the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, the Transferor, the Issuer nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 2.08.      Appointment of Paying Agent.
The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Noteholders from the Collection Account or applicable Series Account pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or applicable Series Account for the purpose of providing such funds to the Paying Agent or making the distributions referred to above. The Issuer may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Issuer determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture in any material respect. The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the appointment of a Paying Agent for the Notes, and to appoint additional or other Paying Agents, provided that it will at all times maintain the Indenture Trustee as a Paying Agent. In the event that any Paying Agent shall resign, the Issuer shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent. The Issuer shall cause each successor or additional Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an instrument as described in Section 3.03 . Any reference in this Indenture to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.
Section 2.09.      Cancellation.

17


All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any lawful manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Indenture Trustee shall be destroyed unless the Issuer shall direct by a timely order that they be returned to the Issuer.
Section 2.10.      New Issuances.
(a)      Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements, the Issuer may from time to time direct the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes (a “ New Issuance ”). The Notes of all Outstanding Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits of this Indenture without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or Expected Principal Payment Date or Stated Maturity Date, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement except, with respect to any Series or Class, as provided in the related Indenture Supplement. The total principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.
(b)      On or before the Series Issuance Date relating to any new Series, the parties hereto will execute and deliver an Indenture Supplement which will specify the Principal Terms of such new Series. The terms of such Indenture Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Indenture solely as applied to such new Series. The Indenture Trustee shall execute the Indenture Supplement and the Issuer shall execute the Notes of such Series and deliver the Notes to the Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery. The issuance of any such Notes of any new Series (other than any Series issued pursuant to an Indenture Supplement dated as of the date hereof) shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i)      on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day immediately preceding the Series Issuance Date, the Issuer shall have given notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer of such issuance and the Series Issuance Date;
(ii)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee the related Indenture Supplement, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, executed by each party hereto (other than the Indenture Trustee) and specifying the relevant Principal Terms;
(iii)      the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee any related Series Enhancement executed by each of the parties thereto, other than the Indenture Trustee; and
(iv)      the Rating Agency Condition, if applicable, shall have been satisfied with respect to such issuance;
(v)      such issuance will not result in the occurrence of a Default, an Adverse Effect or an Early Redemption Event or Reinvestment Event for any Series, and the Servicer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, dated the Series Issuance Date for such Series, to the effect that (1) the Servicer reasonably believes that such issuance will not, based on the facts known to the Person

18


executing such Officer’s Certificate, have an Adverse Effect or result in the occurrence of a Default or Early Redemption Event or Reinvestment Event for any Series then Outstanding and (2) all conditions precedent to such execution, authentication and delivery have been satisfied.
Section 2.11.      Release of Collateral.
Subject to Section 11.01 , the Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Order accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§314(c) and 314 (d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER
Section 3.01.      Payment of Principal and Interest.
(a)      The Issuer will duly and punctually pay principal (and premium, if any) and, if such Note is an Interest-bearing Note, interest, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Notes, if any, as specified in the relevant Indenture Supplement.
(b)      The Noteholders of a Series as of the Record Date in respect of a Payment Date shall be entitled to the interest (if any) accrued and payable and principal (and premium, if any) payable on such Payment Date as specified in the related Indenture Supplement. All payment obligations under a Note are discharged to the extent such payments are made to the Noteholder of record.
Section 3.02.      Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Issuer will maintain an office or agency within St. Paul, Minnesota or New York, New York where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Noteholders of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands at its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 3.03.      Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.
As specified in Section 8.02 and in the related Indenture Supplement, all payments of amounts due and payable on the Notes which are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account, any Series Account or the Special Funding Account shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by the Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Collection Account, any Series Account or the Special Funding Account shall be paid over to or at the direction of the Issuer except as provided in this Indenture or in the related Indenture Supplement.

19


Whenever the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent in addition to the Indenture Trustee, it will, on or before the Business Day next preceding each Payment Date, direct in writing the Indenture Trustee to deposit with such Paying Agent on or before such Payment Date an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due, such sum to be (i) held in trust for the benefit of Persons entitled thereto and (ii) invested, pursuant to an Issuer Order or at the written direction of the Servicer, as applicable, by the Paying Agent in a specific Eligible Investment in accordance with the terms of the related Indenture Supplement. For all investments made by a Paying Agent under this Section 3.03 , such Paying Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights and obligations of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement, such rights and obligations being incorporated in this paragraph by this reference.
The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Issuer (and if the Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 3.03 , that such Paying Agent will:
(i)      hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;
(ii)      give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;
(iii)      at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;
(iv)      immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and
(v)      comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.
The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, and after such notice required with respect to Notes not surrendered for cancellation pursuant to Section 10.02(b) is given, any money held by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust, and the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall give prompt notice of such occurrence to the Issuer and shall release such money to the Issuer on Issuer Order; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to

20


the Issuer (and then only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer) for payment thereof, and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease. The cost of any such notice or publication shall be paid out of funds in the Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).
Section 3.04.      Existence.
The Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State of Nevada (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes and the Trust Estate.
Section 3.05.      Protection of Trust.
The Issuer will from time to time take all actions necessary, including without limitation preparing, or causing to be prepared, authorizing, executing and delivering all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, amendments to financing statements, continuation statements, if any, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, including financing statements and amendments thereto that indicate the Trust Estate as all assets of the Issuer or words of similar effect, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to:
(a)      Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust Estate as security for the Notes;
(b)      maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or to carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;
(c)      perfect, publish notice of, or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture; or
(d)      preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights therein of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders and Series Enhancers (if any) secured thereby against the claims of all Persons and parties.

The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any instrument required pursuant to this Section 3.05 .
The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid any taxes levied on all or any part of the Trust Estate.
Section 3.06.      Opinions as to Trust Estate.

21


(a)      On each Series Issuance Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken to perfect the lien and security interest of this Indenture, including without limitation with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements, as are so necessary and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such lien and security interest.
(b)      On or before September 30 in each calendar year, beginning in 2017, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken to perfect the lien and security interest of this Indenture, including without limitation with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements as is so necessary and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the filing of any financing statements and amendments to financing statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Indenture until September 30 in the following calendar year.
Section 3.07.      Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Payment Obligations.
(a)      The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or such other instrument or agreement.
(b)      The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer shall satisfy the obligations of the Issuer with respect thereto. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.
(c)      The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Transaction Documents and in the instruments and agreements relating to the Trust Estate, including but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and amendments to financing statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein.
(d)      If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Default under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee thereof, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, being taken with respect to such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Trust Estate, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

22


(e)      Without derogating from the absolute nature of the collateral assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees (i) that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Transaction Document (except to the extent otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents), or waive timely performance or observance by the Servicer or the Transferor under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement; and (ii) that any such amendment shall not (A) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders, except as provided herein or in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, or (B) reduce the percentage of the Holders of the principal amount of Outstanding Notes that, by the terms of the Transaction Documents, is required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all the Notes. If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the Indenture Trustee and such Noteholders, the Issuer agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements, instruments, consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
(f)      The Issuer shall deliver any Account Schedule (as defined in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement) received by it pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to the Indenture Trustee.
Section 3.08.      Negative Covenants.
So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall not:
(a)      sell, transfer, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any part of the Trust Estate except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Receivables Purchase Agreements, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
(b)      claim any credit on, or make any deduction from, the principal and interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from payments under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of any taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate;
(c)      incur, assume or guarantee any direct or contingent indebtedness other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents;
(d)      (1) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (2) permit any Lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or (3) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority perfected security interest in the Trust Estate; or
(e)      voluntarily dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part.
Section 3.09.      Statements as to Compliance

23


The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year 2017), an Officer’s Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such Officer’s Certificate, that
(a)      a review of the activities of the Issuer during the 12-month period ending at the end of such fiscal year (or in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, the period from the Initial Issuance Date to December 31, 2017) and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officer’s supervision; and
(b)      to the best of such Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the compliance with any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.
Section 3.10.      Issuer’s Name, Location, etc.
(a)      The Issuer’s exact legal name is, and at all times has been, the name that appears for it on the signature page below.
(b)      The Issuer has not used any trade or assumed names.
(c)      The Issuer is, and at all time has been, a “registered organization” (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC), organized solely under the laws of the State of Nevada.
(d)      The Issuer will not change its name or its type or jurisdiction of organization unless it has given the Indenture Trustee at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such change.
Section 3.11.      Successor Substituted.
(a)      Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Issuer substantially as an entirety in accordance herewith, the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.
(b)      In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Person named as the Issuer in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture as Issuer immediately upon the effectiveness of such conveyance or transfer, provided that the Issuer shall not be released from any obligations or liabilities to the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders arising prior to such effectiveness.
Section 3.12.      No Other Business.
The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than the purpose and powers set forth in Section 2.03 of the Trust Agreement and all activities incidental thereto.
Section 3.13.      No Borrowing.
The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and the Notes.

24


Section 3.14.      Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.
Except as contemplated by the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.
Section 3.15.      Removal of Administrator.
So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause.
Section 3.16.      Tax Treatment.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series, the Issuer has entered into this Indenture, and the Notes will be issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, (i) the Notes of a Series will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) the Issuer shall not be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. The Issuer, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by the acceptance of any such Note (and each beneficial owner of a Note, by its acceptance of an interest in the applicable Note), agree to treat such Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer. Each Holder of such Note agrees that it will cause any owner of a security entitlement to such Note acquiring an interest in a Note through it to comply with this Indenture as to treatment of indebtedness under applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.16 . The parties hereto agree that they shall not cause or permit the making, as applicable, of any election under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 whereby the Issuer or any portion thereof would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be construed in furtherance of the foregoing intended tax treatment.
Section 3.17.      Notice of Events of Default.
The Issuer agrees to give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder and, immediately after obtaining knowledge of any of the following occurrences, written notice of each default on the part of the Servicer or the Transferor of its obligations under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Section 3.18.      Further Instruments and Acts.
Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
ARTICLE IV

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

25


Section 4.01.      Satisfaction and Discharge of this Indenture.
This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (a) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (b) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (c) the rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (d) Sections 3.03 , 3.08 , 3.09 , 3.11 , 3.12 and 11.17 , (e) the rights and immunities of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, including the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.07 , and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Section 4.02 , and (f) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture Trustee and payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes when
(i)      either:
(A)      all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (1) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06 , and (2) Notes for whose full payment money is held in trust by the Indenture Trustee and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.03 ) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or
(B)      all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation:
(I)      have become due and payable;
(II)
will become due and payable in full at the Stated Maturity Date for such Notes; or
(III)
are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Indenture Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;
and the Issuer, in the case of (I), (II) or (III) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Indenture Trustee either from proceeds of another Series of Notes issued under this Indenture, Collections allocated for such purpose or from other sources which do not include any amounts contributed directly or indirectly by or derived from funds of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or an agent of the Transferor cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due at the Expected Principal Payment Date or later Payment Date, at the Stated Maturity Date for such Class or Series of Notes or the Redemption Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant to the applicable Indenture Supplement), as the case may be;
(ii)      the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by the Issuer hereunder and under each other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party; and
(iii)      the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01(a) and

26


each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Section 4.02.      Application of Trust Money.
All monies deposited with the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement, to make payments, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Noteholders for the payment in respect of which such monies have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such monies need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or required by law.
ARTICLE V

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 5.01.      Early Redemption Events.
An “ Early Redemption Event ” with respect to any Outstanding Note of any Series or Class means any Early Redemption Event specified in the related Indenture Supplement or either one of the following events:
(a)      an Insolvency Event relating to the Seller, the Transferor or an Account Owner shall have occurred; or
(b)      The Issuer or the Transferor shall have become subject to regulation by the Commission as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.
The occurrence of either of the events described in (a) and (b) above will cause an Early Redemption Event (or if so provided in the Indenture Supplement for a Series, a Reinvestment Event) for every Series Outstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event, a Redemption Period shall commence and payment on the Notes of each Series will be made in accordance with the terms of the related Indenture Supplement.
Section 5.02.      Events of Default.
An “ Event of Default ” with respect to any Outstanding Note of any Series means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a)      default in the payment of principal of any Note of that Series when the same becomes due and payable and such default shall continue for a period of five (5) days; or
(b)      default in the payment of any interest on any Note of that Series when the same becomes due and payable and such default shall continue for a period of thirty-five (35) days;
(c)      default in the performance or observance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture in respect of the Notes of that Series (other than a covenant or agreement, a

27


default in the performance or observance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) (all of such covenants and agreements in this Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular Series shall be considered to be for the benefit of the Notes of all Series), or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, which default has a material adverse effect on the interests of the Noteholders of that Series (or all Series, as applicable) and continues unremedied for sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied (a “ Notice of Default ”), shall have been given, by overnight delivery or messenger delivery or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (i) to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee, or (ii) to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by Noteholders of any Outstanding Series holding Notes evidencing not less than fifty (50) percent of the Outstanding principal amount for such Series (or all Series, as applicable);
(d)      an Insolvency Event with respect to the Issuer has occurred; or
(e)      any other event specified as an Event of Default with respect to a Series in the applicable Indenture Supplement.
The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within five (5) days after the occurrence of any Default or an Insolvency Event, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer of such Default or Insolvency Event, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 5.03.      Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
(a)      If an Event of Default described in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5.02 should occur and be continuing for a Series, then in every such case the Indenture Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of that Series, declare all the Notes of that Series to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if declared by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of the Notes of that Series, together with accrued or accreted and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.
(b)      If an Event of Default described in paragraph (d) of Section 5.02 should occur and be continuing, then the unpaid principal of the Notes, together with the accrued or accreted and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall automatically become, and shall be considered to be declared, due and payable.
(c)      At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Series, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
(i)      the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
(A)      all payments of principal of and interest on the Notes of that Series and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon the Notes of that Series if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and

28


(B)      all sums paid or advanced by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and outside counsel; and
(ii)      all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes of that Series that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 .
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent to it.
Section 5.04.      Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee.
(a)      The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of thirty-five (35) days following the date on which it became due and payable or (ii) default is made in the payment of principal of any Note, if and to the extent not previously paid when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five (5) days following the date on which it became due and payable, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, immediately pay to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payments of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest at the applicable Interest Rate and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee, its agents and outside counsel.
(b)      If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the Trust Estate or the property of another obligor on the Notes, wherever situated, the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law.
(c)      If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of Section 5.03 , Section 5.05 , Section 5.12 and Section 6.01 , proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders of the affected Series (or all Series, as applicable) under this Indenture by such appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
(d)      In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes of the affected Series or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, now or hereafter in effect or in case a receiver, conservator, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or other similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor or Person, the Indenture Trustee, regardless whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and regardless whether the Indenture

29


Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.04 , shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:
(i)      to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes of such Series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Noteholders of such Series, allowed in any Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor;
(ii)      unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Noteholders of such Series, in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in bankruptcy or a Person performing similar functions in comparable Proceedings; and
(iii)      to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders of such Series and of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf and to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of the Notes of such Series, allowed in any judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer;
and any trustee, receiver or liquidator, custodian or other similar official in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents, experts, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.
(e)      Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder, or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.
(f)      All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the affected Series as provided herein.
(g)      In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (except with respect to any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders of the affected Series, and it shall not be necessary to make any such Noteholder party to any such Proceedings.

30


Section 5.05.      Remedies; Priorities.
(a)      If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing for any Series, and the Notes of such Series have been accelerated under Section 5.03 , the Indenture Trustee shall (subject to Sections 5.06 and 11.17 ), do one or more of the following:
(i)
institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes of the affected Series or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer the portion of the Trust Estate allocated to such Series and from any other obligor upon such Notes monies adjudged due;
(ii)
sell all or a portion of the Issuer’s interest in the Receivables allocated to such Series, in an amount not to exceed the Allocation Amount for the accelerated Series, as shall constitute a part of the Trust Estate (or rights or interest therein), at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; and
(iii)
take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of the accelerated Series hereunder;
provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee may not exercise the remedy in subparagraph (ii) above unless (A) the Holders of greater than 50% of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the accelerated Series consent thereto, (B) the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of such sale distributable to the Noteholders of the affected Series are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that (the Indenture Trustee may rely upon the opinion of an Independent investment banking firm) the Trust Estate may not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of each Class of such affected Series. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (B) and (C), the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.
(b)      If the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property for a Series pursuant to this Article V following the acceleration of the maturities of the Notes for such Series pursuant to Section 5.03 (so long as such declaration shall not have been rescinded or annulled), it shall pay out the money or property in the following order (unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement):
FIRST: to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due pursuant to Section 6.07 ;
SECOND: to Holders of Outstanding Notes of such Series for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for interest according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement;

31


THIRD: to Holders of Outstanding Notes of such Series for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for principal, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement;
FOURTH: to Holders of Outstanding Notes of such Series and their Affiliates for amounts, if any, that remain owing to such Holders of Notes of such Series and their Affiliates after the applications of amounts described in SECOND and THIRD above, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts remaining due and payable on or in connection with such Notes according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement;
FIFTH: to any Series Enhancer for such Series for amounts due and unpaid to such Series Enhancer under the Series Enhancement, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, according to the terms of the Series Enhancement;
SIXTH: to the Owner Trustee for amounts, if any, due pursuant to Section 7.02 of the Trust Agreement;
SEVENTH: to Holders of Notes of other outstanding Series for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for interest and principal, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind except for preferences or priorities specified in and in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for interest and principal according to the terms of the related Indenture Supplement; and
EIGHTH: to the Issuer, free and clear of the lien of this Indenture, for distribution pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
(c)      After the application of money or property referred to in Section 5.05(b) for an accelerated Series, amounts then held in the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and any Series Accounts for such Series and any amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series shall be used to make payments to the Holders of the Notes of such Series in accordance with Section 5.05(b) and the related Indenture Supplement. Following the sale of the Trust Estate (or portion thereof) for a Series and the application of the proceeds of such sale to such Series and the application of the amounts then held in the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and any Series Accounts for such Series as are allocated to such Series and any amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series, such Series shall no longer be entitled to any allocation of Collections or other property constituting the Trust Estate under this Indenture and the Notes of such Series shall no longer be Outstanding.
(d)      The Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least fifteen (15) days before such record date, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.
Section 5.06.      Optional Preservation of the Trust Estate.

32


If the Notes of any Series have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.03 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, and the Indenture Trustee has not received directions from the Noteholders under Section 5.12 , the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the portion of the Trust Estate allocated to such Notes. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate allocated to such Notes. In determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.
Section 5.07.      Limitation on Suits.
No Noteholder shall have any right to institute any Proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(a)      the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate Outstanding principal amount of all Series (or, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding that does not relate to all Series, Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate Outstanding principal amount of all Series to which such action or proceeding relates) have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee;
(b)      such Noteholder or Noteholders has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;
(c)      such Noteholder or Noteholders has offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(d)      the Indenture Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such Proceeding; and
(e)      no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such sixty-day period by the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Series (or all Series, as applicable);
it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders of the affected Series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Noteholders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Noteholders except as may otherwise be specified in any applicable Indenture Supplement.
In the event the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity from two (2) or more groups of Noteholders of the affected Series or of all Series, as the case maybe, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of Notes under such Series, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.
Section 5.08.      Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest.

33


Each Noteholder shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of the principal (and premium, if any) of and interest in respect of such Note as such principal, interest (and premium, if any) become due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Noteholder provided, however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, (i) the obligations of the Issuer under each Note to pay principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount to any Noteholder shall be payable solely to the extent funds are available and allocated therefore pursuant to Article IV of the related Indenture Supplement from the Trust Estate, (ii) to the extent the funds described in clause (i) are insufficient or unavailable to pay any amounts that otherwise may be owing by the Issuer on any Note or to any Noteholder, those amounts shall not constitute a claim against the Issuer, the Transferor or any other assets of the Issuer or the Transferor (including assets allocated to the Transferor) and (iii) the provisions of Section 5.05(c) shall apply.

Section 5.09.      Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned, or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholder shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.
Section 5.10.      Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
Except as provided in Section 5.05 , no right, remedy, power or privilege herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, and every right, remedy, power or privilege shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude any other further assertion or the exercise of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 5.11.      Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Indenture Trustee or of any Noteholder or other Person, any right or remedy occurring hereunder upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.
Section 5.12.      Control By Noteholders.
The Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of any Series, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing for such Series, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes of such Series; provided , however , that, subject to Section 6.01 and Section 6.03(d) :

34


(a)      the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to decline any such direction if the Indenture Trustee, after being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed is in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture; and
(b)      the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to decline any such direction if the Indenture Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, determine that the Proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve the Indenture Trustee in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Noteholders not parties to such direction.
Section 5.13.      Waiver of Past Defaults.
Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes of a Series as provided in Section 5.03 , the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Series may, on behalf of all such Noteholders, waive in writing any past default with respect to the Notes of such Series and its consequences (including an Event of Default), except a default:
(a)      in the payment of the principal (or premium, if any) or interest in respect of any Note of such Series, or
(b)      in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Section 9.02 hereof cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Noteholder of each Outstanding Note of such Series affected.
Upon any such written waiver, such default, and any Event of Default arising therefrom, shall cease to exist and shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; provided , that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 5.14.      Undertaking for Costs.
All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Noteholder by its acceptance of a Note shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided , that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders (in compliance with Section 5.07 ), in each case holding in the aggregate more than 25% of the principal balance of the Outstanding Notes of a Series, or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the date on which any of such amounts was due pursuant to the terms of such Note or the applicable Indenture Supplement (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the applicable Redemption Date).
Section 5.15.      Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may adversely affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder,

35


delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 5.16.      Action on Notes.
The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under the Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking or obtaining of or application for any other relief under or with respect to the Indenture. Neither the lien of the Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate. Subject to Section 5.05 , any money or property collected by the Indenture Trustee shall be applied as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.
Section 5.17.      Sale of Receivables.
(a)      If the Receivables are to be sold under the terms of Section 5.05(a)(ii) , the Indenture Trustee, or its agents, shall, unless another method of sale is directed in writing by the holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of all Series, use its best efforts to sell, dispose or otherwise liquidate the Receivables by the solicitation of competitive bids and on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee may from time to time postpone any sale by public announcement made at the time and place of such sale. The Indenture Trustee hereby expressly waives its right to any amount fixed by law as compensation for any sale.
(b)      The Indenture Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney-in-fact of the Issuer in connection with any sale of Receivables pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(ii) . No purchaser or transferee at any such sale shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any monies.
(c)      In its exercise of the foreclosure remedy pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(ii) , the Indenture Trustee shall solicit bids from all Noteholders and Permitted Assignees for the sale of Receivables in an amount equal to the Allocation Amount of the accelerated Series of Notes at the time of sale, as shall constitute a part of the Trust Estate. The Indenture Trustee shall sell such Receivables (or interests therein) to the bidder with the highest cash purchase offer. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.05(b) . In connection with any such sale of Receivables or interests therein, the Indenture Trustee may contract with agents to assist in such sales.
ARTICLE VI
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
Section 6.01.      Duties of the Indenture Trustee.
(a)      If an Event of Default with respect to a Series of Notes has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) and a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee shall have actual knowledge or written notice of such Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of not less than 50% of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding of such Series, exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

36


(b)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied duties or covenants by the Indenture Trustee shall be read into this Indenture; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its part the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee, upon receipt of any resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Indenture Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Servicer and the Issuer of any material lack of conformity of any such instrument to the applicable requirements of this Indenture discovered by the Indenture Trustee which would entitle the Holders of a specified percentage of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of a Series or Class to take any action pursuant to this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.
(c)      [Reserved].
(d)      No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct; provided , however , that:
(i)      this paragraph (d) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 6.01 ;
(ii)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proven that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with this Indenture and/or the direction of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding (or, with respect to any such action that does not relate to all Series, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate Outstanding principal amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to which such action relates) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, or for exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Indenture Trustee, under this Indenture;
(iv)      subject to the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 , the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to take notice of or be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Event of Default, Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or any other default unless a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge or shall have received written notice thereof. In the absence of receipt of such notice, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively assume that none of such events have occurred; and
(v)      subject to the provisions of the TIA and paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 , the Indenture Trustee shall have no duty (A) to see any recording, filing or depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or amendments to a financing statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (B)

37


to see any insurance or (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the Trust Estate other than from funds available in the Collection Account.
(e)      No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if there is reasonable ground for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall in any event require the Indenture Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any obligations of the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(f)      Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Indenture Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 6.01 .
(g)      Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall have no power to vary the Trust Estate, including, without limitation, by (i) accepting any substitute payment obligation for a Receivable initially transferred to the Issuer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (ii) adding any other investment, obligation or security to the Issuer or (iii) withdrawing from the Issuer any Receivables (except as otherwise provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreements and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement).
(h)      The Indenture Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for investment losses on Eligible Investments (other than as an obligor on any Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor).
(i)      [Reserved.]
(j)      Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the applicable provisions of the TIA.
Section 6.02.      Notice of Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or Event of Default.
Upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has actual knowledge or has received notice thereof, the Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders as their names and addresses appear on the Note Register, notice of such Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or Event of Default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee within thirty (30) days after it occurs or within ten (10) Business Days after such Responsible Officer receives such notice or obtains actual knowledge, if later.
Section 6.03.      Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture Trustee.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01 hereof:
(a)      the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in accordance with any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, Officer’s Certificate, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, or other paper or

38


document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Indenture by the proper party or parties;
(b)      except during the continuance of an Event of Default, whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Indenture Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Indenture Trustee (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer;
(c)      as a condition to the taking, suffering or omitting of any action by it hereunder, the Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, accountants and other experts and the advice of such counsel, accountants or other experts or an Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance therewith;
(d)      the Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, or to honor the request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder in relation hereto, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Indenture Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (which has not been cured or waived) to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and to use the same degree of care or skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs;
(e)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper or document, believed by it to be genuine, but the Indenture Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Indenture Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer and the Servicer, personally or by agent or attorney;
(f)      except as provided in Section 6.15 hereof, the Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, attorney, custodians or nominees appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(g)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any actions taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture;
(h)      except as may be required by Section 6.01(b) , the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic examination of any documents or records related to any of the Trust Estate for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Issuer with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose;

39


(i)      whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;
(j)      the Indenture Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the acts or omissions of the Servicer, including acts or omissions in connection with the servicing, management or administration of Receivables; calculations made by the Servicer whether or not reported to the Issuer or Indenture Trustee; and deposits into or withdrawals from any accounts or funds established pursuant to the terms of this Indenture;
(k)      in the event that the Indenture Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent and Note Registrar, the rights and protections afforded to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent and Note Registrar;
(l)      the right of the Indenture Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act;
(m)      the Indenture Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder;
(n)      the Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights and power vested in it under this Indenture or investigate any matter unless requested by at least holders of 25% of the principal balance of the Notes Outstanding of a Series and indemnity satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee has been provided by such Noteholders. In no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for any actions taken at the direction of such Holders:
(o)      receipt by the Indenture Trustee of information in reports or financial statements shall not constitute notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including but not limited to the Issuer’s compliance with the covenants in the Transaction Documents; and
(p)      in no event shall the Indenture Trustee have any liability for a failure to comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents that is caused by a failure of other Persons to comply with their obligations under the Transaction Documents.

Section 6.04.      Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes.
The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificate of authentication of the Indenture Trustee, shall not be taken as the statements of the Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Indenture Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture, the Notes or any related document or as to the perfection or priority of any security interest therein. The Indenture Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the proceeds from the Notes.
Section 6.05.      Indenture Trustee May Hold Notes.
The Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and subject to Section

40


6.11(3) , may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.
Section 6.06.      Money Held in Trust.
Money held by the Indenture Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds held by the Indenture Trustee in trust hereunder except to the extent required herein or required by law. The Indenture Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except (i) as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer and (ii) as an obligor with respect to Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor.
Section 6.07.      Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification.
(a)      The Servicer shall pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture (which compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Servicer shall reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it (including without limitation expenses incurred in connection with notices or other communications to the Noteholders), disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including but in no way limited to any expenses incurred pursuant to Section 5.04 , Section 5.05 and Section 5.06 ), any of the Transaction Documents or any Series Enhancement. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee’s agents, any co-trustee, counsel, accountants and experts, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. In no event shall the Indenture Trustee advance any funds for the payment of principal, interest or premium on any Notes.
(b)      The Issuer shall indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable fees of either in-house counsel or outside counsel, but not both) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including but not limited to the fees and expenses of enforcing the contractual and indemnification obligations of the Issuer hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Servicer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Servicer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder unless such loss, liability or expense could have been avoided with such prompt notification and then only to the extent of such loss, expense or liability which could have been so avoided. The Issuer shall defend any claim against the Indenture Trustee; provided , however , the Indenture Trustee may have separate counsel and, if it does, the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor the Servicer shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
(c)      The Servicer’s and the Issuer’s payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture; provisions of this Section regarding the reimbursement and indemnification of the Indenture Trustee shall survive the resignation and removal of the Indenture Trustee and the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 5.02(d) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

41


(d)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Indenture Trustee’s right to enforce any of the Servicer’s or the Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 6.07 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.17 .
(e)      Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Indenture Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(f)      in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities; it being understood that the Indenture Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
(g)      To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Indenture Trustee may obtain, verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open account with the Indenture Trustee; the Indenture Trustee may ask for information reasonably necessary to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account; the Indenture Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles or incorporation, an offering memorandum or other identifying documents be provided to it.

Section 6.08.      Replacement of Indenture Trustee.
(a)      The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Indenture Trustee by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Indenture Trustee if:
(i)      the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11 ;
(ii)      the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Indenture Trustee or all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Indenture Trustee; or the Indenture Trustee shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or
(iii)      the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee),

42


the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee, which successor shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer.
(b)      Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of successor indenture trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor indenture trustee as provided in this Section 6.08(b) .
(i)      Any successor indenture trustee appointed as provided herein shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer, to the Servicer and to its predecessor indenture trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor indenture trustee shall become effective and such successor indenture trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Indenture Trustee herein. The predecessor indenture trustee shall deliver to the successor indenture trustee all documents or copies thereof and statements and all money and other property held by it hereunder; and the Issuer and the predecessor indenture trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor indenture trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.
(ii)      No successor indenture trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor indenture trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.11.
(iii)      Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor indenture trustee as provided in this Section, such successor indenture trustee shall provide notice of such succession hereunder to all Noteholders and the Servicer shall provide such notice to each Series Enhancer.
(c)      If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within thirty (30) days after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.
(d)      If the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible in accordance with Section 6.11 , any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.
(e)      Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Servicer’s obligations under Section 6.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee. No Indenture Trustee under this Indenture shall be liable for any action or omission of any successor indenture trustee.
Section 6.09.      Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.
If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee; provided , that such corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11 .
In case at the time such successor by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been

43


authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor indenture trustee and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere provided in the Notes or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall have.
Section 6.10.      Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee.
(a)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11, and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08 hereof.
(b)      Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(i)      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee;
(ii)      no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
(iii)      the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
(c)      Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Article VI . Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee.

44


(d)      Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.
Section 6.11.      Eligibility; Disqualification.
The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA §310(a). The Indenture Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and its long-term unsecured debt shall be rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s and at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA §310(b)(9); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met. The Indenture Trustee (1) shall meet the requirements of Section 26(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, (2) shall not be an Affiliate of the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Administrator and (3) shall not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Issuer. In case at any time the Indenture Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.08 .
Section 6.12.      Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee.
The Indenture Trustee represents and warrants that:
(i)      the Indenture Trustee is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
(ii)      the Indenture Trustee has full power and authority to deliver and perform this Indenture and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture, each Indenture Supplement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party;
(iii)      each of this Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation in accordance with its terms enforceable against Indenture Trustee in accordance with its terms (except as such enforcement may be limited by insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, receivership, conservatorship, the rights and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equity principles); and
(iv)      the Indenture Trustee meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 6.11 .
Section 6.13.      Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.
The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
Section 6.14.      [Reserved].

45


Section 6.15.      Custody of the Trust Estate.
The Indenture Trustee shall hold such of the Trust Estate (and any other collateral that may be granted to the Indenture Trustee) as constitutes investment property (other than certificated securities) through a securities intermediary, which securities intermediary shall agree in writing with the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer (and if such securities intermediary is the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer hereby agree) that (I) such investment property shall at all times be credited to a securities account of the Indenture Trustee, (II) such securities intermediary shall treat the Indenture Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights that comprise each financial asset credited to such securities account, (III) all property credited to such securities account shall be treated as a financial asset, (IV) such securities intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated by the Indenture Trustee without the further consent of any other person or entity, (V) such securities intermediary will not agree with any person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee to comply with entitlement orders originated by any person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee, (VI) such securities account and the property credited thereto shall not be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim, or right of set-off in favor of such securities intermediary or anyone claiming through it (other than the Indenture Trustee), (VII) such agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, and (VIII) the State of New York shall be the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” of such securities intermediary for purposes of the UCC. The Indenture Trustee shall hold such of the Trust Estate (and any other collateral that may be granted to the Indenture Trustee) as constitutes a deposit account through a bank, which bank shall agree in writing with the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer (and if such bank is the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer hereby agree) that (i) such bank shall comply with instructions originated by the Indenture Trustee directing disposition of the funds in the deposit account without further consent of any other person or entity, (ii) such bank will not agree with any person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee to comply with instructions originated by any person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee, (iii) such deposit account and the property credited thereto shall not be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim, or right of set-off in favor of such bank or anyone claiming through it (other than the Indenture Trustee), (iv) such agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, and (v) the State of New York shall be the “bank’s jurisdiction” of such bank for purposes of Article 9 of the UCC. Terms used in this Section 6.15 that are defined in the New York UCC and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the New York UCC. Except as permitted by this Section 6.15 , the Indenture Trustee shall not hold any part of the Trust Estate (or any other collateral that may be granted to the Indenture Trustee) through an agent or a nominee.
ARTICLE VII
NOTEHOLDERS’ LIST AND REPORTS
Section 7.01.      Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders.
The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than five (5) days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three (3) months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the Holders of Notes as they appear on the Note Register as of the most recent Record Date, and (b) at such other times as the Indenture Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than ten (10) days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided , however , that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.
Section 7.02.      Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders.

46


(a)      The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 hereof upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
(b)      Noteholders may communicate, pursuant to TIA §312(b), with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes.
(c)      The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).
Section 7.03.      Reports by Issuer .
If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the Issuer shall:
(a)      file with the Indenture Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
(b)      file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and
(c)      supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA §313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 7.03 as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.
Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.
Section 7.04.      Reports by Indenture Trustee.
The following provisions of this Section 7.04 shall be applicable upon qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
If required by TIA §313(a), within sixty (60) days after each September 30 beginning with September 30, 2017, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA §313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA §313(a). The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.


47


ARTICLE VIII
ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
Section 8.01.      Collection of Money.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and in the related Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall hold all such money and property received by it in trust for the Noteholders and shall apply it as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Indenture Trustee may, and upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding shall, take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim an Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or an Event of Default under this Indenture and to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V hereof.
Section 8.02.      Collection Account and Special Funding Account.
(a)      The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 6.15, establish and maintain with the Paying Agent in the name of the Indenture Trustee an Eligible Deposit Account that is a securities account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “ Collection Account ”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all monies, instruments, investment property and other property from time to time credited to or on deposit in the Collection Account and in all proceeds, earnings, income, revenue, dividends and distributions thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders.
(b)      The Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Collection Account for any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Collection Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within ten (10) Business Days establish a new Collection Account meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any monies, instruments, investment property and other property to such new Collection Account and from the date such new Collection Account is established, it shall be the “Collection Account.” Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall have the power to direct the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account for the purposes of carrying out the Servicer’s or the Indenture Trustee’s duties hereunder and under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer shall reduce deposits into the Collection Account payable by the Issuer on any date on which Collections are deposited into the Collection Account to the extent the Issuer is entitled to receive funds from the Collection Account on such Deposit Date and shall pay such funds to the Issuer, free and clear of the lien of this Indenture, but only to the extent such reduction would not reduce the Transferor Amount to an amount less than the Required Transferor Amount.

48


(c)      Funds on deposit in the Collection Account (other than investment earnings and amounts deposited pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or Section 10.02 of this Indenture) shall at the written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. In the absence of written directions from the Servicer, all funds shall remain uninvested. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under Section 6.15 . Investments of funds representing Collections collected during any Monthly Period shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the close of business on each Transfer Date following such Monthly Period in amounts sufficient to the extent of such funds to make the required distributions on the following Distribution Date. No such Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided , however , that the Indenture Trustee may sell, liquidate or dispose of any such Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the Servicer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Unless directed by the Servicer, funds deposited in the Collection Account on a Transfer Date with respect to the immediately succeeding Distribution Date are not required to be invested overnight. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be treated as Collections with respect to the last day of the related Monthly Period except as otherwise specified in any Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee shall bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section nor for the selection of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture (other than Eligible Investments on which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor). In addition, the Indenture Trustee shall have no liability in respect of the losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any Eligible Investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer to provide timely written investment direction.
(d)      The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain with the Paying Agent in the name of the Indenture Trustee, an Eligible Deposit Account that is a securities account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the “ Special Funding Account ”). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all monies, instruments, investment property and other property credited from time to time to the Special Funding Account and in all proceeds, dividends, distributions, earnings, income and revenue thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Special Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in this Indenture and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall have no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and other property held in the Special Funding Account for any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Special Funding Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Special Funding Account meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any monies, instruments, investment property and other property to such new Special Funding Account and from the date such new Special Funding Account is established, it shall be the “Special Funding Account.”
(e)      Funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account shall at the written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. In the absence of written directions from the Servicer, all funds shall remain uninvested. All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under Section 6.15 .

49


Funds and other property credited to the Special Funding Account on any date will be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the close of business on the Transfer Date following such date. No such Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however , that the Indenture Trustee may sell, liquidate or dispose of an Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the Servicer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. Unless directed by the Servicer, funds and other property credited to the Special Funding Account on a Transfer Date with respect to the immediately succeeding Distribution Date are not required to be invested overnight. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds and other property credited to in the Special Funding Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the last day of the related Monthly Period except as otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement. On each Business Day on which funds and other property are credited to the Special Funding Account and on which no Series is in an Accumulation Period or Redemption Period, the Servicer shall determine the amount (if any) by which the Transferor Amount exceeds the Required Transferor Amount on such date and shall instruct the Indenture Trustee in writing to withdraw any such excess from the Special Funding Account and pay such amount to the Issuer to be distributed in accordance with the Trust Agreement.
Section 8.03.      Rights of Noteholders.
As set forth in the Granting Clauses, the Trust Estate secures the obligation of the Issuer to pay the Holders of the Notes of each Series principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, if applicable, to pay the Series Enhancers for Series amounts payable under the Series Enhancement for each such Series and the other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture and the related Indenture Supplement. Except as specifically set forth in the Indenture Supplement with respect thereto, the Notes of any Series or Class shall not have rights to payment from any Series Account or Series Enhancement allocated for the benefit of any other Series or Class.
Section 8.04.      Release of Trust Estate.
(a)      The Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any monies.
(b)      The Indenture Trustee upon Issuer Order shall authorize the Servicer to execute in the name and on behalf of the Indenture Trustee instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and other comparable instruments with respect to the Receivables (and the Indenture Trustee shall execute any such documents on request of the Servicer), subject to the obligations of the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(c)      Upon Issuer Order, the Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding, release and transfer, without recourse, any remaining portion of the Trust Estate (other than any cash held for the payment of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.02 ) that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto any funds and other property then credited to the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and any other account established

50


pursuant to an Indenture Supplement. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section only upon receipt of an Issuer Order accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01 .
(d)      On the date when any Receivable becomes a Defaulted Receivable, there shall automatically be released from the lien of this Indenture, without further action, such Defaulted Receivable, all Insurance Proceeds allocable to such Defaulted Receivable, all rights to payment and amounts due or to become due with respect to all of the foregoing, and all proceeds thereof. All amounts collected by the Issuer, the Transferor, or the Servicer with respect to such Defaulted Receivables shall be paid to the Issuer, shall be deposited in the Collection Account, shall be subject to the lien of this Indenture, and shall be applied as provided herein.
Section 8.05.      Opinion of Counsel.
The Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven (7) days notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.04(a) , accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall also receive, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided , however , that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Trust Estate. The Indenture Trustee and counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action.
Section 8.06.      Distributions and Reports to Noteholders.
Distributions shall be made to, and reports shall be made available to, Noteholders as set forth herein and in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the applicable Indenture Supplement. The identity of the Noteholders with respect to distributions and reports shall be determined as of the immediately preceding Record Date.
ARTICLE IX
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01.      Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.
Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which, to the extent that the TIA applies, shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(i)      to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

51


(ii)      to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer contained herein, in the Notes;
(iii)      to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;
(iv)      to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;
(v)      to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided , that such action shall not have an Adverse Effect on the interests of the Holders of any Series or Class of Outstanding Notes;
(vi)      to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor indenture trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one indenture trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI ; or
(vii)      to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA.
The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained.
Section 9.02.      Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.
The Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of each adversely affected Series or Class, as applicable, of Notes Outstanding, by Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note adversely affected thereby:
(a)      change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the Interest Rate specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto, change the provisions of this Indenture relating to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, all or any portion of the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any interest thereon is payable or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V , to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date);

52


(b)      reduce the percentage of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of any Series or all Series of Notes Outstanding, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or any default hereunder and its consequences as provided for in this Indenture;
(c)      reduce the percentage of the Outstanding principal amount of any Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Trust Estate if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series;
(d)      modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Payment Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the benefit of any provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein;
(e)      modify or alter the provisions of this Indenture prohibiting the voting of Notes held by the Issuer, any other obligor on the Notes, the Transferor or any Affiliate thereof; or
(f)      permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any part of the Trust Estate at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture.
The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes would be affected by any supplemental indenture, and any such determination shall be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates written notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
Section 9.03.      Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall receive, and subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 , shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee’s (as such or in its individual capacity) own rights, duties, liabilities, benefits, protections, privileges or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

53


Section 9.04.      Effect of Supplemental Indenture.
Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX , this Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be deemed to be a part of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section 9.05.      Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
Every amendment of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect if and for so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.
Section 9.06.      Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.
Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Issuer shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for the Outstanding Notes.
Section 9.07.      Indenture Supplements.
Any Indenture Supplement executed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 shall not be considered an amendment or supplemental indenture for the purposes of this Article IX .
ARTICLE X
TERMINATION
Section 10.01.      Termination of Issuer.
The Issuer and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Indenture Trustee to make payments to Noteholders as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 10.02(b) , as provided in the Trust Agreement.
Section 10.02.      Final Distribution.
(a)      The Servicer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the Payment Date on which the Noteholders of any Series or Class may surrender their Notes for payment of the final distribution on and cancellation of such Notes (or, in the event of a final distribution resulting from the application of Section 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, notice of such Payment Date promptly after the Servicer has determined that a final distribution will occur, if such determination is made less than thirty (30) days prior to such Payment Date). Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer setting forth the information specified in Section 3.04(b) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement covering the period during the then-current calendar year

54


through the date of such notice. Not later than the fifth (5th) day of the month in which the final distribution in respect of such Series or Class is payable to Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice to Noteholders of such Series or Class specifying (i) the date upon which final payment of such Series or Class will be made upon presentation and surrender of Notes of such Series or Class at the office or offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of such Notes at the office or offices therein specified. The Indenture Trustee shall give such notice to the Note Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Noteholders.
(b)      Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Noteholders of any Series or Class (or the termination of the Issuer), except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and any Series Account allocated to such Noteholders shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of such Noteholders and the Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee shall pay such funds to such Noteholders upon surrender of their Notes (and any excess shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Indenture Supplement for such Series or Class). In the event that all such Noteholders shall not surrender their Notes for cancellation within six (6) months after the date specified in the notice from the Indenture Trustee described in paragraph (a), the Indenture Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such Noteholders to surrender their Notes for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one (1) year after the second notice all such Notes shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Indenture Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Noteholders concerning surrender of their Notes pursuant to and as described in Section 3.03 . The Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two (2) years pursuant to and as described in Section 3.03 . After payment to the Issuer, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01.      Compliance Certificates and Opinions etc.
(a)      Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee (x) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (y) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (z) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i)      a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

55


(ii)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii)      a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv)      a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
(b)      (i)      Prior to the deposit of any property constituting part of the Trust Estate or other property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within ninety (90) days of such deposit) to the Issuer of such property constituting part of the Trust Estate or other property or securities to be so deposited.
(ii)      Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding.
(iii)      Other than the release of any Defaulted Receivables or Ineligible Receivables, whenever any property or securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within ninety (90) days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof.
(iv)      Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property or securities released from the lien of this Indenture since the commencement of the then-current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer’s Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding principal amount of the Notes Outstanding.

56


(v)      Notwithstanding Section 2.11 , this Section 11.01 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Issuer may (or may direct the Servicer to) (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents and (B) make cash payments out of the Collection Account and the Series Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction Documents.
Section 11.02.      Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee.
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Authorized Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such Authorized Officer’s certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer or the Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer or the Administrator, unless such Authorized Officer or counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two (2) or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI .
Section 11.03.      Acts of Noteholders.
(a)      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing and satisfying any requisite percentages as to minimum number or Dollar value of Outstanding principal amount represented by such Noteholders; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or

57


instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.03 .
(b)      The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner which the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient.
(c)      The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d)      Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any transferee thereof) of every Note issued upon the registration thereof, in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
Section 11.04.      Notices, Etc. to Indenture Trustee and Issuer.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
(a)      the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to a Responsible Officer, by facsimile transmission (with a copy to follow via overnight courier) or by other means acceptable to the Indenture Trustee to or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office; or
(b)      the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association, 3993 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 250, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (facsimile no.: (702) 866-2244) or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer. A copy of each notice to the Issuer shall be sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Administrator at Atlanticus Services Corporation, 5 Concourse Parkway, Suite 300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: General Counsel. The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee.
Section 11.05.      Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.
Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed by first-class mail postage prepaid or national overnight courier service to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver

58


shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
In the event that, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.
Section 11.06.      Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee, may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.
Section 11.07.      Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.
If this Indenture is qualified under the TIA or if any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control. The provisions of TIA §§310 through 317 that impose duties on any person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.
Section 11.08.      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
Section 11.09.      Successors and Assigns.
All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer and the Servicer shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors, co-trustees and agents.
Section 11.10.      Separability.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 11.11.      Benefits of Indenture.
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee and the Transferor any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

59


Section 11.12.      Legal Holidays.
In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no additional interest (other than as specified in this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement) shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.
Section 11.13.      Governing Law.
THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Section 11.14.      Counterparts.
This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 11.15.      Recording of Indenture.
If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which shall be counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.
Section 11.16.      Trust Obligation.
No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations hereunder, the Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.
Section 11.17.      No Petition.

60


The Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that they will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
Section 11.18.      Inspection .
The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it will permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees, and Independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. The Indenture Trustee shall, and shall cause its representatives, to hold in confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder or is required by the UCC.
Section 11.19.      Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee.
It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Indenture is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association, not individually or personally but solely as owner trustee of the Issuer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Trust Agreement, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust, National Association but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer and (c) under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust, National Association be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Indenture or the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party.
Section 11.20.      Execution of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement by the Indenture Trustee.
The execution by the Indenture Trustee of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement is hereby ratified and approved.




61


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first above written.
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer
By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
not in its individual capacity, but solely
as Owner Trustee

By:
/s/Shaheen Mohajer
Name: Shaheen Mohajer
Title: Vice President

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee and as Paying Agent
By: /s/Tamara Schultz-Fugh
Name: Tamara Schultz-Fugh
Title: Vice President

ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION,
as Servicer
By:
/s/Jefferey A. Howard
Name: Jefferey A. Howard     
Title: President     


i


Table of Contents


 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
4

 
Section 1.01.
 
Definitions
4

ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
 
13

 
Section 2.01.
 
Form Generally
13

 
Section 2.02.
 
Denominations
14

 
Section 2.03.
 
Execution, Authentication and Delivery
14

 
Section 2.04.
 
Authenticating Agent
14

 
Section 2.05.
 
Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes
15

 
Section 2.06.
 
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes and O/C Certificates
16

 
Section 2.07.
 
Persons Deemed Owners
17

 
Section 2.08.
 
Appointment of Paying Agent
17

 
Section 2.09.
 
Cancellation
17

 
Section 2.10.
 
New Issuances
18

 
Section 2.11.
 
Release of Collateral
19

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF ISSUER
19

 
Section 3.01.
 
Payment of Principal and Interest
19

 
Section 3.02.
 
Maintenance of Office or Agency
19

 
Section 3.03.
 
Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust
19

 
Section 3.04.
 
Existence
21

 
Section 3.05.
 
Protection of Trust
21

 
Section 3.06.
 
Opinions as to Trust Estate
21

 
Section 3.07.
 
Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Payment Obligations
23

 
Section 3.08.
 
Negative Covenants
23

 
Section 3.09.
 
Statements as to Compliance
23

 
Section 3.10.
 
Issuer’s Name, Location, etc.
24

 
Section 3.11.
 
Successor Substituted
24

 
Section 3.12.
 
No Other Business
24

 
Section 3.13.
 
No Borrowing
24

 
Section 3.14.
 
Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities
25

 
Section 3.15.
 
Removal of Administrator
25

 
Section 3.16.
 
Tax Treatment
25

 
Section 3.17.
 
Notice of Events of Default
25

 
Section 3.18.
 
Further Instruments and Acts
25

ARTICLE IV
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
25

 
Section 4.01.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge of this Indenture
26

 
Section 4.02.
 
Application of Trust Money
27

ARTICLE V
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
27

 
Section 5.01.
 
Early Redemption Events
27


i

Table of Contents
(continued)


 
Section 5.02.
 
Events of Default
27

 
Section 5.03.
 
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
28

 
Section 5.04.
 
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee
29

 
Section 5.05.
 
Remedies; Priorities
31

 
Section 5.06.
 
Optional Preservation of the Trust Estate
32

 
Section 5.07.
 
Limitation on Suits
33

 
Section 5.08.
 
Unconditional Rights of Noteholders or O/C Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
33

 
Section 5.09.
 
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
34

 
Section 5.10.
 
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
34

 
Section 5.11.
 
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
34

 
Section 5.12.
 
Control By Noteholders
34

 
Section 5.13.
 
Waiver of Past Defaults
35

 
Section 5.14.
 
Undertaking for Costs
35

 
Section 5.15.
 
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
35

 
Section 5.16.
 
Action on Notes
36

 
Section 5.17.
 
Sale of Receivables
36

ARTICLE VI
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
36

 
Section 6.01.
 
Duties of the Indenture Trustee
36

 
Section 6.02.
 
Notice of Early Redemption Event, Reinvestment Event or Event of Default
38

 
Section 6.03.
 
Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture Trustee
38

 
Section 6.04.
 
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes or O/C Certificates
40

 
Section 6.05.
 
Indenture Trustee May Hold Notes
40

 
Section 6.06.
 
Money Held in Trust
41

 
Section 6.07.
 
Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification
41

 
Section 6.08.
 
Replacement of Indenture Trustee
42

 
Section 6.09.
 
Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger
43

 
Section 6.10.
 
Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee
44

 
Section 6.11.
 
Eligibility; Disqualification
45

 
Section 6.12.
 
Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Trustee
45

 
Section 6.13.
 
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
45

 
Section 6.14.
 
[Reserved.]
45

 
Section 6.15.
 
Custody of the Trust Estate
46

ARTICLE VII
NOTEHOLDERS’ LIST AND REPORTS
46

 
Section 7.01.
 
Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders
46

 
Section 7.02.
 
Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders
46

 
Section 7.03.
 
Reports by Issuer
47

 
Section 7.04.
 
Reports by Indenture Trustee
47


ii

Table of Contents
(continued)


 
ARTICLE VIII
 
ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
48

 
Section 8.01.
 
Collection of Money
48

 
Section 8.02.
 
Collection Account
48

 
Section 8.03.
 
Rights of Noteholders
50

 
Section 8.04.
 
Release of Trust Estate
50

 
Section 8.05.
 
Opinion of Counsel
51

 
Section 8.06.
 
Distributions and Reports to Noteholders
51

ARTICLE IX
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
51

 
Section 9.01.
 
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders
51

 
Section 9.02.
 
Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
52

 
Section 9.03.
 
Execution of Supplemental Indentures
53

 
Section 9.04.
 
Effect of Supplemental Indenture
54

 
Section 9.05.
 
Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
54

 
Section 9.06.
 
Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
54

 
Section 9.07.
 
Indenture Supplements
54

ARTICLE X
TERMINATION
54

 
Section 10.01.
 
Termination of Issuer
54

 
Section 10.02.
 
Final Distribution
54

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
55

 
Section 11.01.
 
Compliance Certificates and Opinions etc.
55

 
Section 11.02.
 
Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee
57

 
Section 11.03.
 
Acts of Noteholders
57

 
Section 11.04.
 
Notices, Etc. to Indenture Trustee and Issuer
58

 
Section 11.05.
 
Notices to Noteholders; Waiver
58

 
Section 11.06.
 
Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions
59

 
Section 11.07.
 
Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
59

 
Section 11.08.
 
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
59

 
Section 11.09.
 
Successors and Assigns
59

 
Section 11.10.
 
Separability
59

 
Section 11.11.
 
Benefits of Indenture
59

 
Section 11.12.
 
Legal Holidays
60

 
Section 11.13.
 
Governing Law
60

 
Section 11.14.
 
Counterparts
60

 
Section 11.15.
 
Recording of Indenture
60

 
Section 11.16.
 
Trust Obligation
60

 
Section 11.17.
 
No Petition
60

 
Section 11.18.
 
Inspection
61

 
Section 11.19.
 
Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee
61

 
Section 11.20.
 
Execution of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement by the Indenture Trustee
61





iii
CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Exhibit 10.1(a)

EXECUTION COPY


SERIES 2017-One INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of February 8, 2017
to
MASTER INDENTURE
Dated as of February 8, 2017
Series 2017-One Asset Backed Notes
Class A Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes
Class B Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes
____________________________________________________________________
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
SERIES 2017-One
____________________________________________________________________
among
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
Issuer
ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION
Servicer
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Indenture Trustee
on behalf of the Series 2017-One Noteholders






CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBITS
Exhibit A-1      Form of Class A-1 Note
Exhibit A-2      Form of Class A-2 Note
Exhibit A-3      Form of Class A-3 Note
Exhibit A-4      Form of Class A-4 Note
Exhibit A-5      Form of Class A-5 Note
Exhibit B      Form of Class B Note
Exhibit C      Form of Monthly Servicer Statement
Exhibit D      Form of Class B Increase Notice
Exhibit E      Form of Investment Letter
Schedule 1      Fee Calculations








CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED




SERIES 2017-One INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of February 8, 2017 (this “ Supplement ”), among PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST, a business trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (the “ Issuer ”), ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION, a Georgia corporation, as Servicer (the “Servicer”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Indenture Trustee (together with its successors in the trusts thereunder as provided in the Indenture, the “ Indenture Trustee ”) under the Master Indenture dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.
Section 2.10 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer may pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements direct the Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more Series of Notes and to set forth the Principal Terms of such Series.
Pursuant to this Supplement, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall hereby create a new Series of Notes and specify the Principal Terms thereof.
ARTICLE I
Creation of the Series 2017-One Notes .
Section 1.01.      Designation .
(a)      There is hereby created and designated a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and this Supplement to be known as “Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One Notes” or the “Series 2017-One Notes.” The Series 2017-One Notes shall be issued in two Classes, the first of which shall be known as the “Class A Series 2017-One Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes” and the second of which shall be known as the “Class B Series 2017-One Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes.” The Class A Notes shall be divided into five tranches consisting of Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4 and Class A-5.
(b)      The Series 2017-One Notes will be subordinated in all respects, including any payments of principal and interest, to the Senior Facility; provided, however, the rights of the Noteholders under the Senior Facility against the Series 2017-One Noteholders or to the Collections or Receivables or other property allocated to Series 2017-One shall be limited to only those rights set forth herein or in any other Transaction Documents. The Series 2017-One Notes shall be due and payable on the Stated Maturity Date.
(c)      In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall be controlling.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ARTICLE II
Definitions
Section 2.01.      Definitions .
(a)      All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement (including by way of reference to other documents). Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2017-One Notes and no other Series of Notes issued by the Issuer. Whenever used in this Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.
Administrative Redemption ” shall mean a redemption of the Series 2017-One Notes as specified in subsection 7.01(a) .
Agent ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Allocation Amount ” shall mean, as of any date, an amount equal to (a) the sum of all Note Principal Balance Increases prior to such date, minus (b) the Pre-Funding Allocation Adjustment, minus (c) the total amount of principal payments made on the Series 2017-One Notes prior to such date minus (d) the excess, if any, of (i) the total amount of Reduction Amounts for all Distribution Dates prior to such date and Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.07 were used prior to such date to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-2 Required Amount, the Class A-3 Required Amount, the Class A-4 Required Amount, or the Class A-5 Required Amount over (ii) such Reduction Amounts and Reallocated Principal Collections reimbursed pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(x) prior to such date, provided that the Allocation Amount shall not be less than zero.
Available Finance Charge Collections ” shall mean an amount equal to, with respect to any Monthly Period, the product of (i) the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period and (ii) the Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period.
Available Funds ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) Available Finance Charge Collections plus (b) any Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to other Series that are distributed to the Transferor, in each case for such Monthly Period plus (c) any Pre-Funding Investment Proceeds.
Available Principal Collections ” shall mean an amount equal to, with respect to any Monthly Period, (i) the product of (a) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period and (b) Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections, minus (ii) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Monthly Period that pursuant to Section 4.07 are required to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-2 Required Amount, the Class A-3 Required Amount, the Class A-4 Required Amount, or the Class A-5 Required Amount for such Monthly Period plus (iii) any other amounts which pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) are to be treated as Available Principal Collections for such Monthly Period plus (iv) any Excess Principal Collections for such Monthly Period.
Average Principal Receivables ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of the Principal Receivables for each day in such period divided by the number of days in such period.

2

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Backup Servicer ” shall mean the entity designated by the Servicer to be a backup servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement pursuant to a notice provided to the Indenture Trustee.
Backup Servicing Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 1.
Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, beneficial interests in a trust, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.
Capped Program Expenses ” shall mean, for any Distribution Date, an amount not to exceed $50,000 per year beginning on the Closing Date and ending on each anniversary thereof, equal to the Program Expenses owed to the Owner Trustee.
Change of Control ” shall mean, at any time, any of the following: (a) the Transferor shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than the Class A Certificate), (b) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interest in the Capital Stock of the Transferor, or (c) Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, 51% or more on a fully diluted basis of the Capital Stock of any of the Seller, the Servicer or the Issuer.
Charge-Off Ratio ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Monthly Period net of Recoveries and (b) the denominator of which is the Average Principal Receivables for such Monthly Period.
Class A Costs ” shall mean, at any time, any amounts (other than principal payments on the Class A Notes, Class A Monthly Interest, Services Fees or any Target Proceeds Amount) due and owing at such time pursuant to the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name any Class A Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A Notes ” shall mean the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class A-5 Notes.
Class A Note Principal Balance ” shall mean the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance.
Class A Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017 by and among TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Issuer, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Class A-1 Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a) .
Class A-1 Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a) .

3

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Class A-1 Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a) .
Class A-1 Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(a) .
Class A-1 Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-1 Notes on or prior to such date.
Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(a) .
Class A-1 Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A-1 Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A-1 Notes ” shall mean any one of the Class A-1 Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .
Class A-1 Required Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(a) .
Class A-2 Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b) .
Class A-2 Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b) .
Class A-2 Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b) .
Class A-2 Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(b) .
Class A-2 Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date.
Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(b) .
Class A-2 Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A-2 Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A-2 Notes ” shall mean any one of the Class A-2 Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .
Class A-2 Required Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(b) .
Class A-3 Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c) .
Class A-3 Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c) .

4

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Class A-3 Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c) .
Class A-3 Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(c) .
Class A-3 Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-3 Notes on or prior to such date.
Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(c) .
Class A-3 Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A-3 Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A-3 Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A-3 Notes ” shall mean any one of the Class A-3 Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 .
Class A-3 Required Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(c) .
Class A-4 Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(d) .
Class A-4 Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(d) .
Class A-4 Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(d) .
Class A-4 Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(d) .
Class A-4 Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-4 Notes on or prior to such date.
Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(d) .
Class A-4 Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A-4 Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A-4 Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A-4 Notes ” shall mean any one of the Class A-4 Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 .
Class A-4 Required Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(d) .
Class A-5 Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(e) .
Class A-5 Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(e) .

5

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Class A-5 Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(e) .
Class A-5 Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(e) .
Class A-5 Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-5 Notes on or prior to such date.
Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(e) .
Class A-5 Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Class A-5 Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A-5 Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class A-5 Notes ” shall mean any one of the Class A-5 Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-5 .
Class A-5 Required Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.04(e) .
Class B Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(f) .
Class B Daily Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(f) .
Class B Interest Shortfall ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(f) .
Class B Monthly Interest ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.02(f) .
Class B Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, on any date, (a) the total amount of Class B Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class B Notes on or prior to such date.
Class B Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.08(f) .
Class B Note Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Class B Note Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017 by and among the Class B Noteholder, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Issuer, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Class B Note Rate ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class B Note Purchase Agreement, but in any event shall not be greater than 17.0% per annum.
Class B Noteholder ” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register.
Class B Notes ” shall mean any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .
Class B Subordination Percentage ” shall mean 10%.

6

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Closing Date ” shall mean February 8, 2017.
Collection Release Conditions ” shall mean, on any day, that each of the following is true before and after giving effect to a release of Collections to the Issuer under Section 4.01:
(a) no Event of Default or Early Redemption Event has occurred and is continuing;
(b) the amount in the Collection Account is at least equal to the amounts required to be paid to the Noteholders pursuant to this Supplement and the other Transaction Documents on the next Distribution Date;
(c) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Series of Notes issued under the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement shall not exceed the Net Eligible Receivables Balance as of such date; provided, however, for purposes of this calculation, clause (b) of the definition of Net Eligible Receivables Balance shall be determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period; and
(d) the Servicer shall have delivered a report to the Agent showing the calculation of the Net Eligible Receivables Balance described in clause (c) .
Commitment Termination Date ” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) the Stated Maturity Date, (ii) the date specified by the Agent in a written notice to the Issuer at any time (which notice may be issued by the Agent in its sole discretion) after the issuance of a Senior Facility during which the Class A Note Principal Balance is 5% or less of the Net Eligible Receivables Balance and (iii) the date on which an Early Redemption Event has occurred.
Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure or to hold harmless the owner of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.
Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, a ratio, expressed as a percentage, equal to a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Receivables that are Delinquent Receivables as of the end of such Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Receivables as of the end of such Monthly Period.

7

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Delinquent Receivables ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, all Principal Receivables as to which any payment or part thereof remains unpaid for 90 days or more from the original due date therefor and are not Defaulted Receivables
Determination Date ” shall mean the third Business Day preceding each Distribution Date.
Distribution Date ” shall mean the fifteenth day of each calendar month, or if such fifteenth day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day; provided , that the first Distribution Date for Series 2017-One shall be the Distribution Date occurring in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Initial Funding Date occurs.
Early Redemption Event ” shall mean any Early Redemption Event specified in Section 5.01 of the Indenture and any Early Redemption Event specified in Section 6.01 hereof.
Early Redemption Period ” shall mean the period commencing at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which an Early Redemption Event with respect to Series 2017-One is deemed to have occurred, and ending on the first to occur of (a) the payment in full of the Note Principal Balance or (b) the Stated Maturity Date.
Excess Collections ” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.05(a)(xv) .
Excess Concentration Amounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Excess Finance Charge Collections ” shall mean, with respect to each Monthly Period, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be distributed to the Transferor after all other Collections of Finance Charge Receivables are applied and distributed in connection with the payment of servicing fees, marketing fees and all non-principal amounts owed to the Noteholders of such Series.
Excess Principal Collections ” shall mean, with respect to each Monthly Period, all Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to the Senior Facility remaining after such Collections of Principal Receivables are applied and distributed in accordance with the Indenture Supplement for the Series related to the Senior Facility.
Excess Spread Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, (a) the numerator of which is equal to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables minus the Defaulted Amount, in each case for such Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is the Average Principal Receivables for such Monthly Period.
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any day during a Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is (a) during the Revolving Period, the Series Adjusted Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, the Note Principal Balance as of the Initial Funding Date immediately after giving effect to the initial Note Principal Balance Increase on such date) and (b) during the Redemption Period or Limited Redemption Period, the Series Adjusted Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have terminated or been suspended, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is the product of (x) the greater of (A) the sum of (i) the total amount of Principal Receivables as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the total amount of Principal Receivables as of the Initial Funding

8

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Date), (ii) the Special Funding Amount as of such last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Initial Funding Date), and (iii) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables on deposit in the Collection Account as of such last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, as of the Initial Funding Date) and (B) the sum of the numerators used to determine the series allocation percentages with respect to Collections of Principal Receivables for all Series of Notes Outstanding, and (y) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage as of the last day of the immediately preceding Monthly Period; provided , however , that with respect to any Monthly Period in which one or more Reset Dates occurs, the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage shall be recalculated as provided above but as of such Reset Date for the period from and including such Reset Date to but excluding the next such Reset Date, if any, or if no other Reset Date occurs during such Monthly Period, to and including the last day of such Monthly Period, as applicable; provided further , that the numerator in clause (b) above shall continue to be the Series Adjusted Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One as of the close of business on the date on which the Revolving Period shall have terminated unless the Series 2017-One Notes are paid in full on such date; provided further , however , that if Series 2017-One is paired with a Paired Series as provided in Section 9.07 and if an Early Redemption Event (as such term is defined in the Indenture) occurs with respect to the Paired Series, the Issuer may, by written notice to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer, designate that the numerator in clause (b) above shall be the Series Adjusted Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One as of the close of business of the last day of the revolving period for such Paired Series.
Floating Allocation Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any day during a Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Allocation Amount as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or in the case of the first Monthly Period, the Note Principal Balance as of the Initial Funding Date immediately after giving effect to the initial Note Principal Balance Increase on such date) and the denominator of which is the product of (x) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period and (y) the greater of (A) the sum of (i) the total amount of Principal Receivables as of such day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the total amount of Principal Receivables on the Initial Funding Date), (ii) the Special Funding Amount as of such last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Initial Funding Date) and (iii) the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables on deposit in the Collection Account as of such last day (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, as of the Initial Funding Date) and (B) the sum of the numerators used to determine the series allocation percentages with respect to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for all Series of Notes Outstanding; provided , however , that with respect to any Monthly Period in which one or more Reset Dates occurs, the Floating Allocation Percentage shall be recalculated as provided above but as of such Reset Date, for the period from and after the date on which any such Reset Date occurs to but excluding the date, if any, that another such Reset Date occurs or, if no other Reset Date occurs during such Monthly Period, to and including the last day of such Monthly Period, as applicable.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
Holdings ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all items which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included in determining total liabilities as shown on the liability side of the balance sheet of such Person as of the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, including any lease which, in accordance with GAAP would constitute Indebtedness, (b) all indebtedness secured by any mortgage, pledge, security, Lien or conditional sale or other title retention agreement to which any property or asset owned or held by such Person is subject, whether or not the indebtedness secured

9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


thereby shall have been assumed, (c) all indebtedness of others which such Person has directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), discounted or sold with recourse or agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or repurchase or otherwise acquire, or in respect of which such Person has agreed to supply or advance funds (whether by way of loan, equity interests, equity or other ownership interest purchase, capital contribution or otherwise) or otherwise to become directly or indirectly liable and (d) any Contingent Obligations.
Initial Funding Date ” shall mean the date of the initial Note Principal Balance Increase of any Class A Note.
Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and including the Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date) to but excluding such Distribution Date.
Investment Letter ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.04(c) .
Limited Redemption Amount ” shall mean for any Distribution Date relating to a Limited Redemption Period, the excess, if any, of (i) the initial amount specified in the notice delivered by the Issuer in accordance with Section 4.03(a) over (ii) the aggregate amount of principal paid on the Class A Notes on all prior Distribution Dates, if any, in such Limited Redemption Period.
Limited Redemption Period ” shall mean, unless an Early Redemption Period shall have commenced prior thereto, a period beginning on the first day of the Monthly Period specified in the notice delivered by the Issuer in accordance with subsection 4.03(a) , and ending upon the first to occur of (i) the commencement of an Early Redemption Period and (ii) the last day of the Monthly Period related to the Distribution Date on which the aggregate amount distributed pursuant to subsection 4.05(d)(i) equals the Limited Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date.
Marketing Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein.
Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any development, event, condition, obligation, liability or circumstance which, or set of events, conditions, obligations, liabilities or circumstances or any change(s) which:
(a)      has had or reasonably could be expected to have a material adverse effect upon or change in (i) the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to the Indenture Trustee under any of the Transaction Documents, (iii) the value, validity, enforceability or collectability of the Receivables or the Trust Estate taken as a whole or a material portion thereof or (iv) the rights of any Class A Noteholder, the Agent or the holder of the Class A Certificate;
(b)      has been or reasonably could be expected to be material and adverse to the value of the Trust Estate taken as a whole or a material portion thereof or to the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Person; or
(c)      has materially impaired or reasonably could be expected to materially impair the ability of such Person to pay when due or perform any of the Secured Obligations, or to consummate the transactions, under the Transaction Documents.
Monthly Backup Servicing Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(c ).

10

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Monthly Interest ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the Class A-1 Monthly Interest, the Class A-2 Monthly Interest, the Class A-3 Monthly Interest, the Class A-4 Monthly Interest, the Class A-5 Monthly Interest and the Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date.
Monthly Marketing Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(b ).
Monthly Servicer Statement ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 5.02(a)(i) .
Monthly Servicing Fee ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(a ).
Net Eligible Receivables Balance ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables that constitute Eligible Receivables as of such date, minus (b) the aggregate amount of any Excess Concentration Amounts as of such date, plus (c) the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of such date, plus (d) the aggregate amount of funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account as of such date, plus (e) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables in the Collection Account as of such date.
Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency ” shall mean the amount, if any, by which the Class A Principal Balance exceeds the amount equal to the product of (i) the Net Eligible Receivables Balance times (ii) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage times (iii) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.
Note Assignment ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.04(e) .
Note Principal Balance ” shall mean, for any date of determination, the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance and the Class B Note Principal Balance.
Note Principal Balance Increase ” shall mean a Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase, a Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase, a Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increase, a Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase, a Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase, or a Class B Note Principal Balance Increase, as applicable.
Optional Redemption Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(b) .
Optional Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(b) .
Optional Redemption Notice ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(b) .
Paired Series” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.07.
Participant ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.04(f) .
Payment Date ” shall mean, with respect to Series 2017-One, a Distribution Date.
Percentage Allocation ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.01(c)(ii)(2) .
Permit ” shall mean collectively all licenses, leases, powers, permits, franchises, certificates, authorizations and approvals.
Pre-Funding Account ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.10(a) .

11

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Pre-Funding Allocation Adjustment ” shall mean, for any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.
Pre-Funding Investment Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.10(b) .
Program Expenses ” shall mean an amount equal to one-twelfth the product of (i) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (ii) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (iii) indemnification amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee pursuant to the Transaction Documents.
Program Fees ” shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date occurring in March commencing with the March 2017 Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (ii) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (iii) the fees of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee as specified in each of the related fee agreements with each such party.
Rating Agency Condition ” shall mean, with respect to Series 2017-One, the consent of the Agent.
Reallocated Principal Collections ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (I) the product of (a) the Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period, (b) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period, and (c) the Class B Subordination Percentage, and (II) the greater of (x) the Class B Note Principal Balance, minus the excess, if any, of the total amount of Reduction Amounts for all prior Distribution Dates and the Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.07 were used to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-2 Required Amount, the Class A-3 Required Amount, the Class A-4 Required Amount, or the Class A-5 Required Amount on all prior Distribution Dates over such Reduction Amounts and Reallocated Principal Collections reimbursed pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(x) prior to such date and (y) zero.
Redemption Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A Note Principal Balance plus (b) Series 2017-One Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date plus (c) any accrued but unpaid Services Fees and Target Proceeds Amount plus (d) any Series 2017-One Monthly Fees for such Distribution Date plus (e) the Class B Note Principal Balance and any interest accrued thereon plus (f) any other amounts owed to the Series 2017-One Noteholders and any other Class A Costs owed under the Transaction Documents related to Series 2017-One.
Redemption Date ” shall mean, with respect to Series 2017-One, the Optional Redemption Date.
Redemption Period ” shall mean, with respect to Series 2017-One, an Early Redemption Period.
Reduction Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.06 .
Regulatory Event ” shall mean the occurrence of a change in law (whether by statute, rule or court order) that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely impact the enforceability of the Receivables taken as a whole or any material portion thereof or any Transaction Party’s ability to sell, purchase, own or service the Receivables.
Reset Date ” shall mean each of (a) an Addition Cut-Off Date, (b) a date on which a Note Principal Balance Increase occurs, (c) the date of any increase or decrease (other than regularly scheduled

12

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


redemptions or early redemptions but including any optional redemption or limited redemption in the principal balance of the Notes of any Series) in the note principal balance or allocation amount for another variable funding Series, (d) any date on which a new Series is issued, (e) an Optional Redemption Date, and (f) any date on which any funds are withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account.
Revolving Period ” shall mean the period beginning at the close of business on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (a) the Commitment Termination Date and (b) the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day the Early Redemption Period commences; provided , however , that the Revolving Period shall be temporarily suspended for the duration of any Limited Redemption Period.
Senior Facility ” shall mean any Series of Notes which is issued by the Issuer to finance the purchase of Receivables which the Transferor has certified satisfies the requirements set forth on Exhibit D to the Class A Purchase Agreement; provided that no more than one Series of Notes which constitutes a Senior Facility may be outstanding at one time.
Series 2017-One ” shall mean the Series of Notes the terms of which are specified in this Supplement.
Series 2017-One Allocable Defaulted Amount ” shall mean the Series Allocable Defaulted Amount with respect to Series 2017-One.
Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Charge Collections ” shall mean the Series Allocable Finance Charge Collections with respect to Series 2017-One.
Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections ” shall mean the Series Allocable Principal Collections with respect to Series 2017-One.
Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage ” shall mean the Series Allocation Percentage with respect to Series 2017-One.
Series 2017-One Distribution Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.09(a) .
Series 2017-One Monthly Fees ” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the amounts determined pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(i) and subsection 4.05(a)(xii)
Series 2017-One Monthly Interest ” shall mean the amounts determined pursuant to subsections 4.02(a) through (f) .
Series 2017-One Note ” shall mean a Class A Note or a Class B Note.
Series 2017-One Noteholder ” shall mean a Class A Noteholder or a Class B Noteholder.
Series Allocation Amount ” shall mean, for Series 2017-One, the total amount of any Note Principal Balance Increases minus the total amount of all Limited Redemption Amounts or Optional Redemption Amounts paid on the Class A Notes, minus the Pre-Funding Allocation Adjustment; provided , however , that if Series 2017-One is paired with a Paired Series as provided in Section 9.07 , then the Series Allocation Amount shall mean the total amount of any Note Principal Balance Increases minus (but only for purposes of the definition of the Series Adjusted Allocation Amount and the Trust Adjusted Allocation Amount used in the definition of Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Charge Collections, Series 2017-One Allocable Defaulted Amount and Floating Allocation Percentage (but only to the extent the definition of

13

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Floating Allocation Percentage is used in the definitions of Series Finance Charge Collections and Series Default Amount)) the total amount of principal payments made on the Series 2017-One Notes; provided , further , however , that if Series 2017-One is paired with a Paired Series as provided in Section 9.07 and if an Early Redemption Event (as such term is defined in the Indenture) occurs with respect to the Paired Series, the Issuer may, by written notice to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer, reduce the Series Allocation Amount (for all purposes of this Supplement, the Indenture and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement) to a lower amount provided that such amount is not less than the greater of (I) the total amount of all Note Principal Balance Increases minus the total amount of principal payments made on the Series 2017-Notes and (II) the Series Allocation Amount (as such term is defined in the Indenture) for such Paired Series.
Series Adjusted Allocation Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Series Allocation Percentage ” shall have the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Series Default Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Series 2017-One Allocable Defaulted Amount for the related Monthly Period and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period.
Series Required Transferor Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to 0% of the Allocation Amount.
Services Fees ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Servicing Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule 1.
Special Payment Date ” shall mean each Distribution Date with respect to any Redemption Period or Limited Redemption Period.
Stapled Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(g) .
Stated Maturity Date ” shall mean the date which is five years from the Closing Date.
Subordinated Principal Collections ” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.01(c)(ii)(1) .
Target Proceeds Amount ” shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Tax Opinion ” means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for United States federal income tax purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any Series or Class of Notes Outstanding that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) such action will not cause the Issuer to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (c) such action will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any Holder of any such Notes.
Three-Month Charge-Off Ratio ” shall mean, for any Monthly Period on and after the third full Monthly Period after the Initial Funding Date, the average of the Charge-Off Ratios for such Monthly Period and the two immediately preceding Monthly Periods.

14

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Three-Month Delinquency Ratio ” shall mean, for any Monthly Period on and after the third full Monthly Period after the Initial Funding Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios for such Monthly Period and the two immediately preceding Monthly Periods.
Three-Month Excess Spread Percentage ” shall mean, for any Monthly Period on and after the third full Monthly Period after the Initial Funding Date, the average of the Excess Spread Percentages for such Monthly Period and the two immediately preceding Monthly Periods.
Transaction Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement.
Transaction Party ” shall mean any of the Seller, the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer.
Transferor Percentage ” shall mean 100% minus (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage, when used as of any date with respect to Defaulted Receivables or with respect to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables or (b) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, when used as of any date with respect to Collections of Principal Receivables.
(b) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Supplement shall refer to this Supplement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Supplement; references to any Article, subsection, Section or Exhibit are references to Articles, subsections, Sections and Exhibits in or to this Supplement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”
ARTICLE III
Fees
Section 3.01.      Servicing Compensation; Marketing Fee .
(a)      Servicing Fee . The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to the Series 2017-One Noteholders with respect to any Distribution Date (the “ Monthly Servicing Fee ”) shall mean (i) so long as no other Series other than the Senior Facility is outstanding, an amount equal to (A) the product of (x) the Servicing Fee for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date times (y) the Floating Allocation Percentage minus (B) the portion of the Servicing Fee paid or payable pursuant to the Senior Facility for such Monthly Period, and (ii) otherwise, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (2) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (3) the Servicing Fee for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date. The remainder of the Servicing Fee, if any, shall be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate and the Noteholders of other Series (as provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the related Supplements) and in no event shall the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2017-One Noteholders be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee to be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate or the Noteholders of any other Series.
(b)      Marketing Fee . The share of the Marketing Fee allocable to the Series 2017-One Noteholders with respect to any Distribution Date (the “ Monthly Marketing Fee ”) shall mean (i) so long as no other Series other than the Senior Facility is outstanding, an amount equal to (A) the product of (x) the Marketing Fee for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date times (y) the Floating Allocation Percentage minus (B) the portion of the Marketing Fee paid or payable pursuant to the Senior Facility for such Monthly Period, and (ii) otherwise, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (2) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (3) the Marketing Fee

15

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date. The remainder of the Marketing Fee, if any, shall be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate and the Noteholders of other Series (as provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the related Supplements) and in no event shall the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2017-One Noteholders be liable for the share of the Marketing Fee to be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate or the Noteholders of any other Series.
(c)      Backup Servicing Fee . The share of the Backup Servicing Fee allocable to the Series 2017-One Noteholders with respect to any Distribution Date (the “ Monthly Backup Servicing Fee ”) shall mean (i) so long as no other Series other than the Senior Facility is outstanding, an amount equal to (A) the product of (x) the Backup Servicing Fee for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date times (y) the Floating Allocation Percentage minus (B) the portion of the Backup Servicing Fee paid or payable pursuant to the Senior Facility for such Monthly Period, and (ii) otherwise, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (2) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (3) the Backup Servicing Fee for the most recent Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date. The remainder of the Backup Servicing Fee, if any, shall be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate and the Noteholders of other Series (as provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the related Supplements) and in no event shall the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2017-One Noteholders be liable for the share of the Backup Servicing Fee to be paid by the Issuer or the holders of the Transferor Certificate or the Noteholders of any other Series.
ARTICLE IV
Rights of Series 2017-One Noteholders and
Allocation and Application of Collections
Section 4.01.      Collections and Allocations .
(a)      Allocations . Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables and Defaulted Receivables allocated to Series 2017-One pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in this Article.
(b)      Payments to the Issuer . Servicer shall on any Business Day requested by the Issuer on which the Collection Release Conditions are satisfied, withdraw from the Collection Account and pay to the Issuer for application as provided in the Trust Agreement the following amounts:
(i)      an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the related Monthly Period of Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account; and
(ii)      an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the related Monthly Period of Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account, but only if the Transferor Amount (determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such date) exceeds zero.
The withdrawals to be made from the Collection Account pursuant to this subsection 4.01(b) do not apply to deposits into the Collection Account that do not represent Collections, including payment for the reassignment of the Receivables pursuant to Section 2.04(c) or Section 2.05 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, payment of the purchase price for the Series 2017-One Notes pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, payment of the Redemption Amount for the

16

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Series 2017-One Notes pursuant to Section 7.01 or Section 8.01 of this Supplement and proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of Receivables pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.
In the event that a Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency exists on any Business Day, the Servicer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Collection Account an amount equal to the lesser of (x) such Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency and (y) the amount calculated in clause (ii) above, and distribute such amount pro rata to the Class A Noteholders, in reduction of the Class A Note Principal Balance.
(c)      Allocations of Collections to the Series 2017-One Noteholders .
(i) Allocations of Finance Charge Receivables . The Servicer shall, prior to the close of business on any Deposit Date, allocate to Series 2017-One and retain in the Collection Account for application as provided herein an amount equal to the product of (A) the Floating Allocation Percentage, (B) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage, and (C) the aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables received by the Servicer and deposited to the Collection Account with respect to such Deposit Date.
(ii) Allocations of Principal Receivables . The Servicer shall allocate to Series 2017-One the following amounts as set forth below:
1.      Allocations During the Revolving Period . With respect to any Deposit Date during the Revolving Period, (A) an amount equal to the product of (I) the Class B Subordination Percentage and (II) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (III) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account with respect to such Deposit Date (for any such Deposit Date, the “ Subordinated Principal Collections ”), shall be allocated to the Series 2017-One Noteholders and retained in the Collection Account until applied as provided herein; and (B) an amount equal to the product of (I) 100% minus the Class B Subordination Percentage and (II) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (III) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (IV) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on such Deposit Date (along with the Subordinated Principal Collections specified in clause (A) above, if applicable) shall be paid to the Issuer for application as provided in the Trust Agreement, but only if the Collection Release Conditions are satisfied and the Transferor Amount on such date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.
2.      Allocations During the Limited Redemption Period . With respect to any Deposit Date during the Limited Redemption Period, an amount equal to the product of (I) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (II) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (III) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables deposited to the Collection Account with respect to such Deposit Date (such product for any such date, a “ Percentage Allocation ”) shall be allocated to the Series 2017-One Noteholders and retained in the Collection Account until applied as provided herein; provided that if the sum of such Percentage Allocation and all preceding Percentage Allocations for the same Monthly Period exceeds the Limited Redemption Amount for the related Distribution Date, then such excess shall not be treated as a Percentage Allocation and shall be paid to the Issuer for application as provided in the Trust Agreement but only if the Collection Release

17

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Conditions are satisfied and the Transferor Amount on such Deposit Date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.
3.      Allocations During a Redemption Period . With respect to any Deposit Date during a Redemption Period, an amount equal to the product of (I) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (II) the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and (III) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables deposited to the Collection Account with respect to such Deposit Date shall be allocated to the Series 2017-One Noteholders and retained in the Collection Account until applied as provided herein; provided that after the date on which an amount of such Collections equal to the Note Principal Balance plus the Target Proceeds Amount and all other Class A Costs has been deposited into the Collection Account and allocated to Series 2017-One Noteholders, any amounts in excess of such amounts shall be paid to the Issuer for application as provided in the Trust Agreement but only if the Transferor Amount on such Deposit Date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.
(d)      Daily Deposit of Collections . Notwithstanding any provision of any Transaction Document to the contrary, including Section 4.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall deposit all Collections into the Collection Account no later than the second (2 nd ) Business Day following the Date of Processing. Subject to the satisfaction of the Collection Release Conditions, the Servicer shall, with respect to each Business Day in a Monthly Period, release Collections of Principal Receivables on deposit in the Collection Account on such Business Day allocated to Series 2017-One in the following order of priority: to the extent the Account Owner has not been paid, in accordance with the applicable Receivable Sales Agreement, amounts due to the Account Owner with respect to the purchase price of newly created Principal Receivables that have been transferred to the Issuer or the Transferor and adjustments thereto in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Receivable Sales Agreement, to the Account Owner, and otherwise to the Transferor, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the amount of all newly created Principal Receivables which are required to be purchased by the Issuer on such Business Day plus (B) any adjustments to the purchase price of Principal Receivables which are required to be paid by the Issuer on such Business Day plus (C) the amount of all Principal Receivables created on a prior Business Day during such Monthly Period the purchase price of which was not paid by the Issuer on a prior Business Day pursuant to this Section 4.01 or pursuant to the funding of an Increase Amount and for which the Transferor has not received payment of the purchase price thereof.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, amounts on deposit in the Collection Account shall be released to the Transferor or the Account Owner under this Section 4.01(d) only during the Revolving Period.
Section 4.02.      Determination of Monthly Interest .
(a)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class A-1 Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-1 Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest (the “ Class A-1 Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class A-1 Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A-1 Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.

18

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-1 Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class A-1 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class A-1 Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A-1 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class A-1 Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-1 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class A-1 Note Rate and (ii) such Class A-1 Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class A-1 Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-1 Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-1 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class A-1 Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(b)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A-2 Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class A-2 Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-2 Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest (the “ Class A-2 Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class A-2 Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A-2 Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.
On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-2 Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class A-2 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class A-2 Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A-2 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class A-2 Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-2 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class A-2 Note Rate and (ii) such Class A-2 Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class A-2 Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-2 Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-2 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class A-2 Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(c)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A-3 Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class A-3 Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-3 Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest (the “ Class A-3 Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class A-3 Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A-3 Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.
On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-3 Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class A-3 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class A-3 Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A-3 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class A-3 Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-3 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class A-3 Note Rate and (ii) such Class A-3 Interest Shortfall

19

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class A-3 Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-3 Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-3 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class A-3 Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(d)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A-4 Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class A-4 Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-4 Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest (the “ Class A-4 Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class A-4 Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A-4 Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.
On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-4 Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class A-4 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class A-4 Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A-4 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class A-4 Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-4 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class A-4 Note Rate and (ii) such Class A-4 Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class A-4 Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-4 Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-4 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class A-4 Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(e)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A-5 Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class A-5 Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class A-5 Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest (the “ Class A-5 Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class A-5 Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class A-5 Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.
On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-5 Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class A-5 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class A-5 Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class A-5 Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class A-5 Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-5 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class A-5 Note Rate and (ii) such Class A-5 Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class A-5 Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-5 Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-5 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class A-5 Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(f)      The amount of monthly interest distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class B Notes on any Distribution Date (“ Class B Monthly Interest ”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of the Class B Daily Interest for each day in such Interest Period. The amount of interest

20

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(the “ Class B Daily Interest ”) allocable to the Class B Notes with respect to any day falling in any Interest Period shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) the Class B Note Rate for that Interest Period, (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 360 and (iii) the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on such day.
On the Determination Date preceding each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class B Interest Shortfall ”), of (x) the Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such Class B Monthly Interest on such Distribution Date. If the Class B Interest Shortfall with respect to any Distribution Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Distribution Date until such Class B Interest Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class B Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, times (B) the Class B Note Rate and (ii) such Class B Interest Shortfall (or the portion thereof which has not been paid on the Class B Notes) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class B Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed on the Class B Notes only to the extent permitted by applicable law.
Section 4.03.      Limited Redemption; Optional Redemption .
(a)      The Issuer may from time to time at its sole discretion, unless an Early Redemption Event shall have occurred prior thereto, suspend the Revolving Period and cause a Limited Redemption Period to commence for one or more Monthly Periods by delivering to the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Agent written notice at least five (5) Business Days prior to the first day of the Monthly Period in which such Limited Redemption Period is scheduled to commence, which notice shall specify the initial Limited Redemption Amount for such Limited Redemption Period; provided further that the Issuer may not cause a Limited Redemption Period to commence unless, in the reasonable belief of the Issuer, such Limited Redemption Period would not result in the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event.
(b)      On any Business Day during the Revolving Period, the Issuer may cause the Servicer to provide written notice to the Indenture Trustee, the Agent and the Series 2017-One Noteholders (an “ Optional Redemption Notice ”) at least two Business Days prior to any Business Day (the “ Optional Redemption Date ”) stating its intention to cause a full or partial redemption of the Series 2017-One Notes on the Optional Redemption Date in the amount (the “ Optional Redemption Amount ”) set forth on such Optional Redemption Notice. The Optional Redemption Amount shall be paid from any Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Collection Account, from the proceeds of the issuance of one or more new Series of Notes issued substantially contemporaneously with such full redemption, or from any other monies available to the Issuer or the Transferor including the proceeds of a Senior Facility (or any combination of the above). On the Optional Redemption Date the Servicer shall pay (x) the Optional Redemption Amount with respect to the Class A Notes to the Agent for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders, and (y) the Optional Redemption Amount with respect to the Class B Notes to the Class B Noteholders, as applicable.
(c)      Any Limited Redemption Amount or Optional Redemption Amount with respect to Class A Notes shall be applied as repayments of principal of the Class A Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(c) of the Class A Purchase Agreement. In connection with each Limited Redemption or Optional Redemption, all Series 2017-One Monthly Interest on such repaid principal amounts, and all other amounts (including any accrued but unpaid Services Fees and Target Proceeds Amount) due in respect of such repayments under any Transaction Document, shall be paid at the time the related Limited Redemption Amount or Optional Redemption Amount is paid.

21

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Section 4.04.      Class A Required Amounts .
(a)      With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the “ Class A-1 Required Amount ”), if any, by which (x) the amount required pursuant to subsections 4.05(a)(i) and 4.05(a)(iii) for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Available Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date available to fund such amount. In the event that the Class A-1 Required Amount for such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such Class A-1 Required Amount on the date of computation.
(b)      With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the “ Class A-2 Required Amount ”), if any, by which (x) the amount required pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(iv) for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Available Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date available to fund such amount. In the event that the Class A-2 Required Amount for such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such Class A-2 Required Amount on the date of computation.
(c)      With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the “ Class A-3 Required Amount ”), if any, by which (x) the amount required pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(v) for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Available Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date available to fund such amount. In the event that the Class A-3 Required Amount for such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such Class A-3 Required Amount on the date of computation.
(d)      With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the “ Class A-4 Required Amount ”), if any, by which (x) the amount required pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(vi) for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Available Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date available to fund such amount. In the event that the Class A-4 Required Amount for such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such Class A-4 Required Amount on the date of computation.
(e)      With respect to each Distribution Date, on the related Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine the amount (the “ Class A-5 Required Amount ”), if any, by which (x) the amount required pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(vii) for such Distribution Date exceeds (y) the Available Finance Charge Collections for such Distribution Date available to fund such amount. In the event that the Class A-5 Required Amount for such Distribution Date is greater than zero, the Servicer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such Class A-5 Required Amount on the date of computation.
Section 4.05.      Application of Available Funds and Available Principal Collections . The Servicer shall apply, or shall cause the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Monthly Servicing Certificate, on each Distribution Date, Available Funds and Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to such Distribution Date to make the following distributions:
(a)      On each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date will be distributed in the following priority:
(i)      an amount equal to the sum of the Monthly Servicing Fee, the Program Fees, the Capped Program Expenses and the Monthly Backup Servicing Fee, if any, for the related Distribution Date plus the sum of the amount of any Monthly Servicing Fee, the Program Fees, the

22

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Capped Program Expenses and any Monthly Backup Servicing Fee previously due but not distributed to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or the Backup Servicer, if any respectively, on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed pro rata to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Backup Servicer, if any;
(ii)      if and for so long as any Senior Facility remains outstanding, any amounts payable pursuant to such Senior Facility shall first be distributed in accordance with the terms of such Senior Facility;
(iii)      an amount equal to Class A-1 Monthly Interest for the related Distribution Date plus an amount equal to any Class A-1 Interest Shortfall not distributed on a prior Distribution Date plus the amount of any Class A-1 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date plus any Class A-1 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A-1 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders;
(iv)      an amount equal to Class A-2 Monthly Interest for the related Distribution Date plus an amount equal to any Class A-2 Interest Shortfall not distributed on a prior Distribution Date plus the amount of any Class A-2 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date plus any Class A-2 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A-2 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders;
(v)      an amount equal to Class A-3 Monthly Interest for the related Distribution Date plus an amount equal to any Class A-3 Interest Shortfall not distributed on a prior Distribution Date plus the amount of any Class A-3 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date plus any Class A-3 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A-3 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders;
(vi)      an amount equal to Class A-4 Monthly Interest for the related Distribution Date plus an amount equal to any Class A-4 Interest Shortfall not distributed on a prior Distribution Date plus the amount of any Class A-4 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date plus any Class A-4 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A-4 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders;
(vii)      an amount equal to Class A-5 Monthly Interest for the related Distribution Date plus an amount equal to any Class A-5 Interest Shortfall not distributed on a prior Distribution Date plus the amount of any Class A-5 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date plus any Class A-5 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class A-5 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Class A-5 Noteholders;
(viii)      an amount equal to the Services Fees, Target Proceeds Amount and Class A Costs accrued for or otherwise due on such Distribution Date plus any Services Fees, Target Proceeds Amount and Class A Costs previously due but not distributed to the Agent on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for distribution to the Agent;
(ix)      an amount equal to the Series Default Amount for such Distribution Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;
(x)      an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Reduction Amounts and Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.07 were used to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-2 Required Amount, the Class A-3 Required Amount, the Class A-4

23

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Required Amount or the Class A-5 Required Amount which have not been previously reimbursed shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;
(xi)      if an Early Redemption Event has occurred on or prior to such Distribution Date, an amount up to the Class A Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date;
(xii)      an amount equal to the Monthly Marketing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Monthly Marketing Fee previously due but not distributed to the Seller on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Seller;
(xiii)      an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to Class B Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B Noteholders;
(xiv)      an amount equal to the Program Expenses for such Distribution Date, plus the amount of any Program Expenses previously due but not distributed to the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee on a prior Distribution Date, shall be distributed pro rata to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee;
(xv)      the balance of such Available Funds (“Excess Collections”) (A) prior to the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date, shall be distributed to the Issuer and applied in accordance with the Trust Agreement, and (B) thereafter, (x) to the extent any Class A Notes remain outstanding, an amount equal to 50% of such Excess Collections, shall be distributed pro rata to the Class A Noteholders in reduction of the Class A Note Principal Balance; and (y) the balance of such Excess Collections, shall be distributed to the Issuer and applied in accordance with the Trust Agreement.
(b)      On each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period shall be distributed in the following order of priority:
(i)      if and for so long as any Senior Facility remains outstanding, any amounts payable pursuant to such Senior Facility shall first be distributed in accordance with the terms of such Senior Facility;
(ii)      an amount equal to the Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency, if any, shall be distributed pro rata to the Class A Noteholders in reduction of the Class A Note Principal Balance;
(iii)      an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Target Proceeds Amount, if any, shall be distributed to the Agent; and
(iv)      an amount equal to the balance, if any, of such Available Principal Collections shall be distributed to the Transferor, but only if the Transferor Amount is on such date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.
(c)      On each Distribution Date with respect to an Early Redemption Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

24

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(i)      if and for so long as any Senior Facility remains outstanding, any amounts payable pursuant to such Senior Facility shall first be distributed in accordance with the terms of such Senior Facility;
(ii)      an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders;
(iii)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full, an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders;
(iv)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full, an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders;
(v)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in full, an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders;
(vi)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-4 Notes have been paid in full, an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class A-5 Noteholders;
(vii)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-5 Notes have been paid in full, an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Class B Note Principal Balance shall be distributed to the Class B Noteholders;
(viii)      an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Target Proceeds Amount, if any, shall be distributed to the Agent; and
(ix)      for each Distribution Date beginning on the Distribution Date on which the Class B Notes are paid in full, an amount equal to the balance, if any, of such Available Principal Collections shall be distributed to the Transferor, but only if the Transferor Amount is on such date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.
(d)      On each Distribution Date with respect to the Limited Redemption Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections deposited in the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period shall be distributed in the following order of priority:
(i)      an amount equal to the Limited Redemption Amount shall be distributed to the Noteholders in accordance with the priority set forth in the Limited Redemption Notice;
(ii)      an amount, to the extent available, equal to the Target Proceeds Amount, if any, shall be distributed to the Agent; and
(iii)      the balance of such Available Principal Collections shall be distributed to the Transferor, but only if the Transferor Amount is on such date is greater than the Required Transferor Amount (after giving effect to all principal Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.

25

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Section 4.06.      Defaulted Amounts; Reduction Amounts .
On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Series Default Amount for the related Distribution Date. If, on any Distribution Date, the Series Default Amount for the related Monthly Period exceeds the Available Finance Charge Collections allocated and available for that purpose pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(ix) for such Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount (after giving effect to any reductions for Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.07 were used to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-1 Required Amount, the Class A-2 Required Amount, Class A-3 Required Amount, the Class A-4 Required Amount or the Class A-5 Required Amount on such Distribution Date), will be reduced, subject to the succeeding sentence, by the amount of such excess, but not by more than the Series Default Amount for such Distribution Date (a “ Reduction Amount ”). In the event that such reduction would cause the Allocation Amount to be a negative number, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced to zero. Reduction Amounts shall thereafter be reimbursed and the Allocation Amount increased (but not by an amount in excess of the aggregate unreimbursed Reduction Amounts) on any Distribution Date by the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections allocated and available for that purpose pursuant to subsection 4.05(a)(x) .
Section 4.07.      Reallocated Principal Collections .
(a)      On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or shall direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the related Monthly Servicing Statement, Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections used to fund the Class A-1 Required Amount for such Distribution Date, but in any event the Allocation Amount shall not be reduced by operation of this subsection 4.07(a) to an amount less than the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance.
(b)      On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or shall direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Monthly Servicing Statement, Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, to fund the Class A-2 Required Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections used to fund the Class A-2 Required Amount for such Distribution Date, but in any event the Allocation Amount shall not be reduced by operation of this subsection 4.07(b) to an amount less than the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance.
(c)      On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or shall direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Monthly Servicing Statement, Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, to fund the Class A-3 Required Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections used to fund the Class A-3 Required Amount for such Distribution Date, but in any event the Allocation Amount shall not be reduced by operation of this subsection 4.07(c) to an amount less than the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance.
(d)      On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or shall direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Monthly Servicing Statement, Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, to fund the Class A-4 Required Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections used to fund the Class A-4 Required Amount for such Distribution Date,

26

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


but in any event the Allocation Amount shall not be reduced by operation of this subsection 4.07(d) to an amount less than the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance.
(e)      On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall apply, or shall direct the Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Monthly Servicing Statement, Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date, to fund the Class A-5 Required Amount. On each Distribution Date, the Allocation Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections used to fund the Class A-5 Required Amount for such Distribution Date, but in any event the Allocation Amount shall not be reduced by operation of this subsection 4.07(e) to an amount less than the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance.
Section 4.08.      Principal Amount Increases .
(a)      The Class A-1 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class A-1 Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon ten (10) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class A-1 Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Class A Purchase Agreement that the Class A-1 Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase ”); provided , however , that any applicable conditions and limits on increases set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein. The Class A-1 Noteholders shall fund a Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase, upon payment, in same day funds, to the Issuer of the amount of such Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase, in accordance with the payment instructions specified in the notice delivered with respect to such Class A-1 Note Principal Increase.
(b)      The Class A-2 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class A-2 Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon ten (10) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class A-2 Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Class A Purchase Agreement that the Class A-2 Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-2 Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase ”); provided , however , that any applicable conditions and limits on increases set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein. The Class A-2 Noteholders shall fund a Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase, upon payment, in same day funds, to the Issuer of the amount of such Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase, in accordance with the payment instructions specified in the notice delivered with respect to such Class A-2 Note Principal Increase.
(c)      The Class A-3 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class A-3 Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon ten (10) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class A-3 Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Class A Purchase Agreement that the Class A-3 Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-3 Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increase ”); provided , however , that any applicable conditions and limits on increases set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein. The Class A-3 Noteholders shall fund a Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increase, upon payment, in same day funds, to the Issuer of the amount of such Class A-3 Note Principal

27

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Balance Increase, in accordance with the payment instructions specified in the notice delivered with respect to such Class A-3 Note Principal Increase.
(d)      The Class A-4 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class A-4 Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon ten (10) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class A-4 Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Class A Purchase Agreement that the Class A-4 Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4 Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase ”); provided , however , that any applicable conditions and limits on increases set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein. The Class A-4 Noteholders shall fund a Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase, upon payment, in same day funds, to the Issuer of the amount of such Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase, in accordance with the payment instructions specified in the notice delivered with respect to such Class A-4 Note Principal Increase.
(e)      The Class A-5 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class A-5 Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon ten (10) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class A-5 Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Class A Purchase Agreement that the Class A-5 Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-5 Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase ”); provided , however , that any applicable conditions and limits on increases set forth in the Class A Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein. The Class A-5 Noteholders shall fund a Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase, upon payment, in same day funds, to the Issuer of the amount of such Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase, in accordance with the payment instructions specified in the notice delivered with respect to such Class A-5 Note Principal Increase.
(f)      The Class B Noteholders agree, by acceptance of the Class B Notes, that the Issuer may from time to time, during the Revolving Period, request upon two (2) Business Days prior irrevocable written notice to each of the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Class B Noteholders substantially in the form of Exhibit D that the Class B Noteholders fund increases in the outstanding principal balance of the Class B Notes in the specified amounts (each such amount, a “ Class B Note Principal Balance Increase ”).
(g)      Other than as provided in the Class A Purchase Agreement, no decrease in the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes pursuant to Section 4.03 shall limit the ability of the Issuer to increase the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 .
Section 4.09.      Series 2017-One Distribution Account .
(a)      The Servicer shall establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Series 2017-One Noteholders, a Series Account (the “ Series 2017-One Distribution Account ”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2017-One Noteholders. The Series 2017-One Distribution Account shall be established and maintained with the Paying Agent on behalf of and in the name of the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Series 2017-One Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Series 2017-One Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2017-One Noteholders. If at any time the Series 2017-One Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or

28

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which the Series 2017-One Noteholders shall consent) establish a new Series 2017-One Distribution Account meeting the conditions specified above as an Eligible Deposit Account, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Series 2017-One Distribution Account.
(b)      On each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit into the Series 2017-One Distribution Account Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables allocated to Series 2017-One on such Distribution Date for application pursuant to Section 4.05 .
Section 4.10.      Pre-Funding Account .
(a)      The Servicer shall establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, an Eligible Deposit Account (the “ Pre-Funding Account ”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders and the Class B Noteholders. The Pre-Funding Account shall be established and maintained with the Paying Agent on behalf of and in the name of the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Pre-Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Pre-Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders and the Class B Noteholders. If at any time the Pre-Funding Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period if necessary, not to exceed 30 calendar days) establish a new Pre-Funding Account meeting the conditions specified above as an Eligible Deposit Account, and shall transfer any cash or any investments to such new Pre-Funding Account. The Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall (i) make withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account from time to time for the purposes set forth in this Supplement, and (ii) on a date on which a Note Principal Balance Increase occurs, if directed to by the Servicer, make a deposit into the Pre-Funding Account from the money received in payment of the purchase price for such Note Principal Balance Increase in the amount specified by the Servicer, equal to the least of (1) the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increase, and the Class B Note Principal Balance Increase, (2) the amount specified by the Servicer equal to the positive difference between the Note Principal Balance and the Allocation Amount (after giving effect to such Note Principal Balance Increase), and (3) an amount equal to the product of (x) 0.10 and (y) the Note Principal Balance (after giving effect to such Note Principal Balance Increase).
(b)      Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account shall be invested at the written direction of the Servicer by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments. In no event shall the Indenture Trustee be liable for the selection of Eligible Investments or for investment losses incurred thereon, except with respect to investments on which the institution acting as the Indenture Trustee is an obligor. The Indenture Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any Eligible Investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer to provide timely written investment direction. The Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of written investment direction. Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on any Transfer Date, after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Pre-Funding Account on such Transfer Date, shall be invested in such investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on or prior to the following Transfer Date. The Indenture Trustee shall hold such Eligible Investments as provided in Section 6.15 of the Indenture. No such Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may sell, liquidate or dispose of any such Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the Servicer, if such

29

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible Investment. On each Distribution Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Distribution Date on funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (“ Pre-Funding Investments Proceeds ”) shall be deposited in the Collection Account and treated as a portion of Available Funds for that Distribution Date. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Pre-Funding Account for any reason under this Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.
(c)      On any Deposit Date in a Monthly Period during the Revolving Period, the Servicer may withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of (1) the positive difference, if any, between (I) the Transferor Amount and (II) the Required Transferor Amount, and (2) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, and pay such amount to the Issuer for application pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
(d)      In the event that there are funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on the earlier to occur of (1) the first Distribution Date following the end of the Revolving Period, and (2) the second Distribution Date following the date on which the most recent Note Principal Balance Increase occurred, the Servicer shall cause the Indenture Trustee to apply all amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account to the Paying Agent for pro rata payment of principal on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, the application of any funds from the Pre-Funding Account to any payment of principal of Series 2017-One Notes shall be considered a prepayment of principal.
(e)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Transaction Document related to the Senior Facility or otherwise, the funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account shall not be available for any payment due under the Senior Facility or any other Series except Series 2017-One.
ARTICLE V
Distributions and Reports to
Series 2017-One Noteholders
Section 5.01.      Distributions .
(a)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-1 Noteholder (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-1 Notes.
(b)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-1 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A-1 Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance on such date.
(c)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-2 Noteholder (other than as provided in

30

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-2 Notes.
(d)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-2 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A-2 Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance on such date.
(e)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-3 Noteholder (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-3 Notes.
(f)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-3 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A-3 Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance on such date.
(g)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-4 Noteholder (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-4 Notes.
(h)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-4 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A-4 Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance on such date.
(i)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-5 Noteholder (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class A-5 Notes.
(j)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class A-5 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class A-5 Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance on such date.
(k)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to the Agent such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay Services Fees, Target Proceeds Amounts and Class A Costs.

31

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(l)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class B Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest on the Class B Notes pursuant to this Supplement.
(m)      On each Special Payment Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Class B Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (other than as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture) such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such date to pay principal of the Class B Notes pursuant to this Supplement up to a maximum amount on any such date equal to the Class B Note Principal Balance on such date.
(n)      On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent, solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement, shall distribute to each Servicer, Backup Servicer, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee and Seller such amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay the Servicing Fee, the Backup Servicing Fee, the Program Fees, the Program Expenses and the Marketing Fee, respectively.
(o)      The distributions to be made pursuant to this Section 5.01 are subject to the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.05 of the Indenture and Section 8.01 of this Supplement.
(p)      Except as provided in Section 10.02 of the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders hereunder shall be made by wire transfer of same day funds to the account that has been designated by the applicable Noteholders not less than ten Business Days prior to such Distribution Date.
Section 5.02.      Reports and Statements to Series 2017-One Noteholders .
(a)      Not later than each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Agent (i) a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit C prepared by the Servicer (the “ Monthly Servicer Statement ”) and (ii) a certificate of a Servicing Officer substantially in the form attached thereto.
(b)      A copy of each statement or certificate provided pursuant to subsection 5.02(a) may be obtained by any Series 2017-One Noteholder or any beneficial owner thereof by a request in writing to the Servicer.
(c)      On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2018, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 2017-One Noteholder, a statement prepared by the Servicer containing the information which is required to be contained in the statement to Series 2017-One Noteholders, as set forth in paragraph (a) above aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 2017-One Noteholder, together with other information as is required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code. Such obligation of the Servicer shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time in effect.

32

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ARTICLE VI
Early Redemption Events; Events of Default
Section 6.01.      Early Redemption Events . If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 2017-One Notes:
(a)      (i) failure on the part of the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer to make any payment or deposit required by the terms of any Transaction Document on or before the date occurring five (5) Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made therein or herein or (ii) failure on the part of the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements in any Transaction Document which continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Seller, the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, obtains actual knowledge of such failure or on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee, or to, the Seller, the Transferor, or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Agent or any Holder of a Class A Note;
(b)      any representation or warranty made by the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer under any Transaction Document which continues to be incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Seller, the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, obtains actual knowledge of such failure or on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Seller, the Transferor or the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Agent or any Holder of a Class A Note; provided , however , that an Early Redemption Event pursuant to this subsection 6.01(b) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
(c)      the occurrence of a Servicer Default;
(d)      the Indenture Trustee shall, for any reason, fail to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Trust Estate;
(e)      without limiting any of the foregoing, the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 2017-One;
(f)      the Class A Notes are not paid in full on or before the Commitment Termination Date;
(g)      any of the following occurs for any Determination Date:
(i) the Three-Month Charge-Off Ratio exceeds [*****]%;
(ii) the Three-Month Delinquency Ratio exceeds [*****]%;
(iii) the Three-Month Excess Spread Percentage is less than [*****]%; or
(h)      No Account Owner is originating Receivables;
(i)      (i) any of the Transaction Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or (ii) the Trust Agreement is terminated or the Owner Trustee resigns

33

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


or is removed under the Trust Agreement and not replaced with a replacement trustee satisfying the eligibility criteria thereunder within the time period prescribed therein;
(j)      one or more judgments or decrees is rendered against the Seller, the Issuer or the Transferor in an amount in excess of $1,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, by a court of final adjudication, which is/are not bonded pending appeal, satisfied, stayed, vacated or discharged of record within ninety (90) consecutive calendar days of being rendered;
(k)      (i) any default or breach occurs, which is not cured within any applicable grace period or waived, (x) in the payment of any amount with respect to any Indebtedness (other than Notes issued under the Indenture) of the Issuer or the Transferor for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, individually or in the aggregate, or (y) in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any provision contained in any agreement, contract, document or instrument to which the Issuer or the Transferor is a party or to which any of their properties or assets are subject or bound under or pursuant to which any Indebtedness (other than Notes issued under the Indenture) having an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100,000, individually or in the aggregate, was issued, created, assumed, guaranteed or secured and such default or breach continues for more than any applicable grace period and permits the holder of any such Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity thereof;
(l)      the Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of the assets of the Issuer or the Transferor and such lien shall not have been released within thirty (30) Business Days, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates and such lien shall not have been released within thirty (30) Business Days;
(m)      Change of Control of the Issuer, Transferor, the Seller or the Servicer;
(n)      removal (by any Person other than the Agent or an affiliate of the Agent) of the member of the Board of the Transferor selected by the Agent;
(o)      (i) the Issuer, the Seller or the Transferor is or becomes party to any material pending or threatened in writing action, suit, proceeding or investigation related to the business of the Issuer, (ii) there exists or occurs any pending or threatened in writing, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or investigation involving the Issuer, the Seller, the Transferor or the Account Owner or their respective businesses that, in any case that could reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture, (iii)  the Issuer, the Seller, the Transferor or the Account Owner is or becomes a party or is or becomes subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority, or there exists or occurs any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation by any Governmental Authority, in either case, that could reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or in the Indenture, or (iv) the Issuer, the Seller or the Transferor has incurred or incurs any accrued and/or unpaid penalties, fines or sanctions imposed by and owing to any Governmental Authority or any other governmental payee;
(p)      any litigation, action, suit, arbitration, proceeding, inquiry or investigation at law or in equity or before or by any court, public board or body is pending or overtly threatened in writing against or affecting any of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Transferor or the Account Owner (i) that questions the validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) which, individually or in the

34

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


aggregate, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Person;
(q)      at any time (i) the Issuer, the Servicer, the Seller, the Transferor or the Account Owner is not in compliance with or does not have all Permits necessary or required by Requirements of Law or any Governmental Authority for the operation of its respective business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted except where noncompliance, violation or lack thereof is not reasonably expected to have or result in an Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect on such Person or (ii) any Permits necessary or required by Requirements of Law or any Governmental Authority for the operation of the respective businesses of the Issuer, the Servicer, the Seller, the Transferor or the Account Owner are in known conflict with the rights of others and such conflict could reasonably be expected to have or result in an Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect on such Person;
(r)      the occurrence of a Regulatory Event; or
(s)      the occurrence of any Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement with respect to the Senior Facility);
then, in the case of any event described in subparagraphs other than (d), (e) or (f) after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the Indenture Trustee at the direction of the Holders of Class A Notes evidencing more than 50% of the Class A Note Principal Balance or such Holders, by notice then given in writing to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee may declare that an Early Redemption Event has occurred with respect to Series 2017-One as of the date of such notice, and, in the case of any event described in subparagraph (d), (e) or (f), an Early Redemption Event shall occur with respect to Series 2017-One without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2017-One Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event, unless such Early Redemption Event is waived by the Holders of Class A Notes evidencing more than 50% of the Class A Note Principal Balance, by notice given in writing to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer.
Section 6.02.      Events of Default . In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 5.02 of the Indenture, any of the Early Redemption Events described in Section 6.01(s) shall constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to Series 2017-One.
ARTICLE VII
Administrative Redemption; Series Termination
Section 7.01.      Administrative Redemption .
(a)      On any day occurring on or after the date on which the Note Principal Balance is reduced to 20% or less of the highest Note Principal Balance at any time on or after the Initial Funding Date, the Issuer, at the direction of the Transferor, shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a redemption price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date first following such day.
(b)      The Issuer shall give the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee at least 30 days prior written notice of the date on which the Issuer intends to exercise such redemption option. The Issuer shall deposit the Redemption Amount into the Collection Account in same day funds on the Business Day prior to such scheduled redemption. Such redemption option is subject to payment in full of the Redemption

35

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Amount. Following the deposit of the Redemption Amount into the Collection Amount in accordance with the foregoing, the Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One shall be reduced to zero and following the payment in full of such Redemption Amount to the Series 2017-One Noteholders and other parties entitled to any of such amount, the Series 2017-One Noteholders shall have no further interest in the Trust Estate. The Redemption Amount shall be distributed as set forth in subsection 8.01(b).
Section 7.02.      Repayment .
The Class A Notes shall be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.
ARTICLE VIII
Redemption of Series 2017-One Notes; Final Distributions
Section 8.01.      Sale of Receivables or Redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.04(c) or 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and Sections 5.05 and 5.17 of the Indenture and Section 7.01 of this Supplement .
(a)      (i)      The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect to Series 2017-One in connection with a reassignment of Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.04(c) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement shall equal the Redemption Amount for the first Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(ii)      The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect to Series 2017-One in connection with any purchase of the Notes, pursuant to the exercise of a right of first refusal contained in Section 8.01(a) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement shall be an amount equal to the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date of any such purchase.
(b)      With respect to the Redemption Amount deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 7.01 or subsection 8.01(a) or any amounts allocable to the Series 2017-One Notes deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Sections 5.05 and 5.17 of the Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer, not later than 2:30 p.m., New York City time, on the related Distribution Date, make deposits or distributions of the following amounts (in the priority set forth below and, in each case after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such date) in same day funds solely in accordance with the Monthly Servicer Statement:
i.
the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A-1 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class A-1 Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, (C) any Class A-1 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A-1 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A-1 Noteholders;
ii.
the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A-2 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class A-2 Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, (C) any Class A-2 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A-2 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders on a prior

36

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A-2 Noteholders;
iii.
the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A-3 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class A-3 Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, (C) any Class A-3 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A-3 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-3 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A-3 Noteholders;
iv.
the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A-4 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class A-4 Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, (C) any Class A-4 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A-4 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-4 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A-4 Noteholders;
v.
the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A-5 Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class A-5 Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-5 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date, (C) any Class A-5 Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class A-5 Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A-5 Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A-5 Noteholders;
vi.
any Services Fees, Target Proceeds Amount and other Class A Costs due and unpaid shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Agent;
vii.
the Series 2017-One Monthly Fees, Program Expenses and Program Fees previously due but not distributed shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Seller; and
viii.
the Class B Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date plus an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date, (B) any Class B Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class B Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date and (C) the amount of Class B Additional Interest for such Distribution Date and any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class B Noteholders on a prior Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B Noteholders shall be distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class B Noteholders.
(c)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Indenture, all amounts distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to subsection 8.01(b) for payment to the Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be deemed distributed in full to the Series 2017-One Noteholders on the date on

37

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


which such funds are distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section and the Series 2017-One Notes shall be deemed to be no longer Outstanding as such term is defined in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous Provisions
Section 9.01.      Ratification of Agreement . As supplemented by this Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.
Section 9.02.      Counterparts . This Supplement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 9.03.      Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED THEREIN WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
Section 9.04.      Certain Tax Matters; Stapled Transfer .
(a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the Paying Agent, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to withhold any amount that it reasonably determines is required to be withheld pursuant to Section 1446 or any other provision of the Code and such amount shall be deemed to have been paid for all purposes of the Indenture.
(b)      Each of the Series 2017-One Noteholders agrees that prior to the date on which the first interest payment hereunder is due thereto, it will provide to the Servicer, the Paying Agent and the Indenture Trustee (i) a duly completed copy of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor applicable or required forms, and (ii) such other forms and information as may be reasonably required to confirm the availability of any applicable exemption from United States federal, state or local withholding taxes. Each Series 2017-One Noteholder agrees to provide to the Servicer, the Paying Agent and Indenture Trustee like additional subsequent duly completed forms (subject to like consent) satisfactory to the Servicer, the Paying Agent and Indenture Trustee on or before the date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete, or upon the occurrence of any event requiring an amendment, resubmission or change in the most recent form previously delivered by it, and to provide such extensions or renewals as may be reasonably requested by the Servicer, the Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee. Without limiting the foregoing, if a payment made under this Supplement or the Indenture would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if the recipient of such payment were to fail to comply with FATCA (including the requirements of Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such recipient shall deliver to the Servicer, the Paying Agent and the Indenture Trustee, at the time or times prescribed by the Code and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Servicer or the Indenture Trustee, such documentation prescribed by the Code (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Servicer, the Paying Agent or the Indenture Trustee to comply with their respective obligations under FATCA, to determine that such recipient has complied with such recipient’s obligations under FATCA, or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. For these purposes, “FATCA” means

38

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any regulations or official interpretations thereof (including any revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice or similar guidance issued by the United States Internal Revenue Service thereunder as a precondition to relief or exemption from taxes under such Sections, regulations and interpretations), any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and including any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Supplement. Each Series 2017-One Noteholder certifies, represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement, or in the case of a Series 2017-One Noteholder which is an assignee as of the date of such Note Assignment, that it is entitled (x) to receive payments under this Supplement without deduction or withholding (other than pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, if applicable) of any United States federal income taxes and (y) to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each Series 2017-One Noteholder represents and warrants that it shall pay any taxes imposed on such Series 2017-One Noteholder attributable to its interest in the Series 2017-One Notes.
(c)      Each Class A Noteholder agrees with the Issuer that: (i) such Class A Noteholder will deliver to the Issuer on or before the Closing Date or the effective date of any participation or Note Assignment a letter (an “ Investment Letter ”) in the form of Exhibit E, executed by such assignee Class A Noteholder, in the case of a Note Assignment, or by the Participant, in the case of a participation, with respect to the purchase by such Class A Noteholder or Participant of a portion of an interest relating to the Class A Notes and (ii) all of the statements made by such Class A Noteholder or Participant, as applicable in its Investment Letter shall be true and correct as of the date made.
(d)      Each Series 2017-One Noteholder, by its holding of an interest in the Series 2017-One Notes, hereby severally represents, warrants and covenants, and each Series 2017-One Noteholder that acquires an interest in the Series 2017-One Notes by Note Assignment shall be deemed to have severally represented, warranted and covenanted upon such Note Assignment that: (i) such Series 2017-One Noteholder has not acquired and shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest in the Series 2017-One Notes, nor cause any interest in the Series 2017-One Notes to be marketed, readily available or readily tradeable, on or through either (A) an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code (including an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or otherwise) or (B) a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code (including a market wherein interests in the Series 2017-One Notes are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Series 2017-One Notes and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others), (ii) either (A) it is not, and will not become, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, grantor trust or an entity disregarded as a separate entity from any such entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (B) it is such an entity, but (x) either (1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any of the interests in the Series 2017-One Noteholder have allowed or caused, or will allow or cause, 50% or more (or such other percentage as the Issuer may establish prior to the time of such proposed transfer) of the value of such interests to be attributable to the Series 2017-One Noteholder’s ownership of Series 2017-One Notes and any other interests in the Issuer or (2) no more than the number of persons specified in clause (i)(B)(2) of its Investment Letter will be treated as “partners” in the Issuer under Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h)(3) solely by reason of the Series 2017-One Noteholder’s ownership of the Series 2017-One Notes and (y) it is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the Series 2017-One Noteholder’s beneficial interest in any Series 2017-One Notes to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) necessary for such partnership not to be classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Code and (iii) such Series 2017-One Noteholder is a “United States person” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each Class A Noteholder further represents, warrants and covenants

39

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


that it shall (A) cause each of its Participants otherwise permitted hereunder to make representations, warranties and covenants similar to the foregoing for the benefit of the Transferor and the Issuer at the time such Participant becomes a Participant and (B) forward a copy of such representations, warranties and covenants to the Indenture Trustee. In the event of any breach of a foregoing representation, warranty or covenant of a Series 2017-One Noteholder or its Participant, such Series 2017-One Noteholder shall notify the Issuer promptly upon such Series 2017-One Noteholder’s becoming aware of such breach, and thereupon the Series 2017-One Noteholder hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement investor which is acceptable to the Issuer not so affected to replace such affected Series 2017-One Noteholder or Participant. In any such event, the Issuer shall also have the right to procure a replacement investor. Each affected Series 2017-One Noteholder agrees to take all actions necessary to permit a replacement investor to success to its rights and obligations hereunder.
(e)      Subject to the provisions of subsection 9.04(g) , each Class A Noteholder may at any time sell, assign or otherwise transfer, to the extent of such Class A Noteholder’s interest in the Class A Notes (each, a “ Note Assignment ”), to any Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Class A Purchase Agreement), all or part of its interest in the Class A Notes; provided , however , that any Note Assignment shall be void unless (i) the minimum amount of such Note Assignment shall be $5,000,000, except as the Issuer may otherwise agree and (ii) such assignee Class A Noteholder shall comply with this Section 9.04 and shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee, prior to the effectiveness of such Note Assignment, a copy of an agreement under which such assignee Class A Noteholder has made the representations, warranties and covenants required to be made pursuant to this Section 9.04 , (iii) following the Note Assignment there shall not be in the aggregate more than 10 beneficial owners of an interest or Participants holding an interest in the Class A Notes (for these purposes including in the number of beneficial owners the aggregate number of persons designated in clause (i)(B)(2) of the Investment Letters for each Class A Noteholder and Participant), and (iv) such proposed assignee shall provide the forms described in subsection 9.04(b) (subject to the Issuer’s consent, as applicable and as set forth therein) in the manner described therein. In connection with any Note Assignment, the assignor Class A Noteholder shall request in writing to the Indenture Trustee (who shall promptly deliver it to the Issuer) for the consent of the Issuer (the Issuer shall respond to any such request within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt and the Issuer will not unreasonably withhold such consent) it being understood that, except in the case of a Note Assignment to a Permitted Transferee, the obtaining of such consent is a condition to the effectiveness of the Note Assignment. Notwithstanding the forgoing, no consent of the Issuer shall be required for any such assignments made after the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event. Each assignee Class A Noteholder is subject to the terms and conditions of subsection 9.04(b) on an ongoing basis and hereby makes the certifications, representations and warranties contained therein.
(f)      Subject to the provisions of subsection 9.04(g) , any Class A Noteholder may at any time grant a participation in all or part of its interest in Class A Notes to any Permitted Transferee (each such Person, a “ Participant ”); provided , however , that such participation shall be void, unless (i) such Participant complies with the applicable provisions of this Section 9.04 , (ii) such Class A Noteholder delivers to the Indenture Trustee, prior to the effectiveness of its participation, a copy of an agreement under which such Participant has made the representations, warranties and covenants required to be made pursuant to this Section 9.04 , and (iii) following the participation there would not be in the aggregate more than 10 beneficial owners of an interest or Participants holding an interest in the Class A Notes (for these purposes including in the number of beneficial owners the aggregate number of persons designated in clause (i)(B)(2) of the Investment Letters for each Class A Noteholder and Participant). Each Class A Noteholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such participation will not alter or affect in any way whatsoever such Class A Noteholder’s direct obligations hereunder and that the Issuer shall have no obligation to have any communication or relationship whatsoever with any Participant of such Class A

40

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Noteholder in order to enforce the obligations of such Class A Noteholder hereunder. Each Class A Noteholder shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee (which shall promptly notify the Issuer) in writing of the identity and interest of each Participant upon any such disposition. As a condition of granting any participation, the Class A Noteholder hereby agrees to deliver to the Issuer a certification of the proposed Participant pursuant to which the Participant certifies, represents and warrants that (i) such Participant is entitled to (x) receive payments with respect to its participation without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (y) an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, (ii) prior to the date on which the first interest payment is due to the Participant, such Series 2017-One Noteholder will provide to the Servicer and Indenture Trustee, the forms described in subsection 9.04(b) (subject to the Issuer’s consent, as applicable and as set forth therein) as though the Participant were a Class A Noteholder, (iii) such Series 2017-One Noteholder similarly will provide subsequent forms as described in subsection 9.04(b) with respect to such Participant as though it were a Class A Noteholder, and (iv) such Participant will pay any taxes imposed on its participation interest in the Class A Notes.
(g)      Except (i) as provided in subsections 9.04(e) and (f) above and (ii) in connection with any pledge to any Federal Reserve Bank to secure any obligation of a Class A Noteholder, no Class A Noteholder may sell, transfer, assign, exchange, participate or otherwise convey or pledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, or otherwise grant a security interest in a Class A Note and any such attempted sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, participation, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, rehypothecation or grant shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Class A Note may be transferred other than pursuant to a transfer of a pro rata portion of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, and Class A-5 Notes (a “Stapled Transfer”).
(h)      The Parties agree to (i) treat the Class A Notes as debt of the Issuer for federal income tax purposes and the Class B Notes as equity in the Issuer for federal income tax purposes and (ii) take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by law.
(i)      Each Class A Noteholder represents, warrants and covenants that, in the event the Class A Notes are re-characterized as equity in the Issuer for federal income tax purposes, it consents to, and will comply with, all of the tax-related provisions in the Trust Agreement as if it were a Certificateholder thereunder, including all provisions relating to subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Code as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015.
Section 9.05.      Transfer of Class B Notes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement, no interest in the Class B Notes may be, directly or indirectly, sold, transferred, assigned, exchanged, participated or otherwise conveyed, pledged, hypothecated or re-hypothecated or made the subject of a security interest (each such transaction for purposes of this Section 9.05, a “Transfer”) (i) without the prior written consent of the Agent and (ii) except to a Person who is a “United States person” for United States federal income tax purposes, and only upon the prior delivery of a Tax Opinion to the Indenture Trustee with respect to such Transfer, and any Transfer in violation of these requirements shall be null and void ab initio.
Section 9.06.      Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Supplement is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association, not individually or personally but solely as trustee of the Issuer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Trust Agreement, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust, National Association but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer and (c) under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust, National Association be personally liable for the payment of any Indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable

41

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Supplement or any other document to which the Issuer is a party.
Section 9.07.      Paired Series . With the prior written consent of the Agent, prior to the start of the Early Redemption Period, the Series 2017-One Notes may be paired with one or more other Series such that the allocation amount of the paired Series will increase proportionately to the decrease in the Adjusted Allocation Amount for Series 2017-One (each, a “ Paired Series ”); provided that no Series shall be deemed to be a Paired Series with Series 2017-One unless the related Indenture Supplement shall explicitly state that it is a Paired Series with Series 2017-One.
Section 9.08.      Additional Eligibility Criteria . (a) For so long as the Series 2017-One Notes remain Outstanding, in addition to the eligibility criteria set forth in the definition of “Eligible Account” in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, an Eligible Account shall also only include consumer revolving credit card accounts which, as of the Cut-Off Date have the following characteristics:
(1)      has a stated annual percentage rate not exceeding 36%;
(2)
the representations and warranties of the Seller made with respect to such Account in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Account Owner made with respect to such Account in the Receivable Sales Agreement were true and correct when made thereunder;
(3)
the Obligor of which is at least eighteen (18) years of age;
(4)
the form of Credit Card Agreement relating to such Account shall be in the form of Exhibit C to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, as amended from time to time as permitted by the Transaction Documents.
(b) For so long as the Series 2017-One Notes remain Outstanding, in addition to the eligibility criteria set forth in the definition of “Eligible Receivable” in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, an Eligible Receivable shall also have the following characteristics:
(1)
which, other than with respect to Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts, at the time of transfer to the Issuer is not a Delinquent Receivable;
(2)
which (i) has been acquired by the Seller from the Account Owner pursuant to the Receivable Sales Agreement and acquired by the Transferor from the Seller pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and (ii) has not at any time been sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by the Account Owner to any Person other than the Seller, sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by the Seller to any Person other than Transferor or sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by the Transferor to another Person and subsequently reacquired by the Transferor;
(3)
which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, represents an undisputed, bona fide transaction between the Account Owner and the applicable Obligor in the ordinary course of the Account Owner’s business, and completed in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in the Credit Card Agreement related thereto;
(4)
for which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, no instrument of release or waiver has been executed in connection with such Receivable, and the related Obligor has not been released from its obligations thereunder, in whole or in part;

42

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(5)
for which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, the Transferor has not received any notice of (i) actual or imminent bankruptcy, insolvency, or material impairment of the financial condition of the related Obligor or (ii) actual or threatened litigation regarding the validity or enforceability of such Receivable;
(6)
for which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, all previous payments have been made by or on behalf the related Obligor and not by the Account Owner, the Seller, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof;
(7)
as to which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, none of the Issuer, the Account Owner, the Seller, the Servicer or the Transferor has previously amended any term or requirement related to such Receivable, the purpose or effect of which was to make such Receivable an “Eligible Receivable”;
(8)
which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, is not evidenced by a judgment and has not been reduced to judgment;
(9)
which at the time of transfer to the Issuer, is assignable without notice to or the consent of the related Obligor or any other Person;
(10)
for which the representations and warranties of the Seller made with respect to such Receivable in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Account Owner made with respect to such Receivable in the Receivable Sales Agreement were true and correct when made thereunder; and
(11)
for which, at the time of transfer to the Issuer, all amounts and information furnished by the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee was true and correct and undisputed by the Obligor thereon.
(12)
which has been originated by the Account Owner;
(13)
which, together with all other Receivables owing by such Obligor that have been transferred to the Issuer, constitute the entirety of the related amount owed by the related Obligor and not any partial interest thereto; and
(14)
at the time of transfer to the Issuer, such Receivable is not a renewal or extension of a Defaulted Receivable.
(c) To the extent that as of the applicable Cut-Off Date, any Account transferred to the Issuer was not an Eligible Account or any Receivable contained in such Account was not an Eligible Receivable, such Account or Receivable, as applicable, shall be subject to reassignment in accordance with Section 2.05 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(d)      For so long as the Series 2017-One Notes remain Outstanding, the Transferor shall have the option, in it sole discretion, to designate as an Ineligible Receivable any Receivable whose principal balance constitutes a portion of an Excess Concentration Amount. If at any time after such designation the principal balance then outstanding of such Receivable no longer constitutes a portion of an Excess Concentration Amount and such Receivable meets all of the criteria to be an Eligible Receivable at such time, such Receivable shall be designated an Eligible Receivable and if not owned by the Issuer at such time, acquired by the Issuer from the Transferor.

43

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first above written.
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
Issuer

By: WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
not in its individual capacity, but solely
as Owner Trustee

    

By:      /s/ Shaheen Mohajer_____________
Name: Shaheen Mohajer
Title: Vice President     


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Indenture Trustee

By:      /s/ Tamara Schultz-Fugh__________
Name: Tamara Schultz-Fugh
Title: Vice President




ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION,
Servicer

By:      /s/ Jeffrey A. Howard____________
Name:      Jeffrey A. Howard
Title: President


For purposes of Section 9.08 only:

Perimeter Funding Corporation,
as Transferor

By: /s/ Rosalind T. Drakeford .
Name: Rosalind T. Drakeford     
Title: Secretary     







CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF
CLASS A-1 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE
THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A-1 NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT THE CLASS A-1 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR PURPOSES OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME, SINGLE BUSINESS, FRANCHISE AND ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE ALLOCABLE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED                                          $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST



CLASS A-1 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class A-1 Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.



__________________     
1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof.
    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-1 Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:
________________________________                    
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class A-1 Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-1 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class A-1 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-2 Notes, the A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class A-1 Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class A-1 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-1 Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class A-1 Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A-1 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class A-1 Note) such Class A-1 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class A-1 Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class A-1 Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-1 Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class A-1 Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class A-1 Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class A-1 Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A-1 Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class A-1 Noteholder or such Class A-1 Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A-1 Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A-1 Notes are exchangeable for new Class A-1 Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-1 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     


Signature Guaranteed:

______________________

2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF
CLASS A-2 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A-2 NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT THE CLASS A-2 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR PURPOSES OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME, SINGLE BUSINESS, FRANCHISE AND ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE ALLOCABLE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED                                          $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-2 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class A-2 Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.





__________________         
1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof.




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-2 Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:                             
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class A-2 Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-2 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class A-2 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class A-2 Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class A-2 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-2 Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class A-2 Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A-2 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class A-2 Note) such Class A-2 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A-2 Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class A-2 Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class A-2 Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-2 Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class A-2 Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class A-2 Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class A-2 Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A-2 Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class A-2 Noteholder or such Class A-2 Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A-2 Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A-2 Notes are exchangeable for new Class A-2 Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-2 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     


Signature Guaranteed:

______________________


______________________

2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF
CLASS A-3 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A-3 NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT THE CLASS A-3 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR PURPOSES OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME, SINGLE BUSINESS, FRANCHISE AND ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE ALLOCABLE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-3 NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-3 NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED                                      $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-3 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class A-3 Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.


__________________

1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. /  


        


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-3 Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:                             
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class A-3 Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-3 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class A-3 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class A-3 Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class A-3 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-3 Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class A-3 Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A-3 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class A-3 Note) such Class A-3 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A-3 Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class A-3 Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class A-3 Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-3 Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class A-3 Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class A-3 Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class A-3 Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A-3 Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class A-3 Noteholder or such Class A-3 Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A-3 Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A-3 Notes are exchangeable for new Class A-3 Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-3 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-3 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.






CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     
/  

Signature Guaranteed:

______________________


____________________
2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

    



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF
CLASS A-4 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A-4 NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT THE CLASS A-4 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR PURPOSES OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME, SINGLE BUSINESS, FRANCHISE AND ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE ALLOCABLE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-4 NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-4 NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED                                      $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-4 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class A-4 Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.


__________________
1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. /  

        


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-4 Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:
__________________                         
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class A-4 Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-4 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class A-4 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class A-4 Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class A-4 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-4 Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class A-4 Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A-4 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class A-4 Note) such Class A-4 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A-4 Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class A-4 Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class A-4 Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-4 Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class A-4 Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class A-4 Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class A-4 Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A-4 Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class A-4 Noteholder or such Class A-4 Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A-4 Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A-4 Notes are exchangeable for new Class A-4 Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-4 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-4 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     
/  

Signature Guaranteed:

______________________


______________________
2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A-5

FORM OF
CLASS A-5 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A-5 NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
THE HOLDER, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT THE CLASS A-5 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS FOR PURPOSES OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME, SINGLE BUSINESS, FRANCHISE AND ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE ALLOCABLE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-5 NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A-5 NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED                                  $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-5 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class A-5 Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

__________________
1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. /  

        


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-5 Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:                             
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class A-5 Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS A-5 ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class A-5 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class A-5 Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class A-5 Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class A-5 Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class A-5 Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class A-5 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class A-5 Note) such Class A-5 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A-5 Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class A-5 Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class A-5 Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-5 Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class A-5 Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class A-5 Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class A-5 Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A-5 Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class A-5 Noteholder or such Class A-5 Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A-5 Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class A-5 Notes are exchangeable for new Class A-5 Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-5 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-5 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     


Signature Guaranteed:

______________________
    

____________
2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF
CLASS B ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE
THIS CLASS B NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS B NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO ANY PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS B NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS B NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS B NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTIONS 9.04 AND 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS B NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS B NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS B NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE SERIES 2017-ONE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS B NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ACQUIRING THIS CLASS B NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS B NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS B NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE
REGISTERED      $__________ 1/     

No. R‑__


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS B ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ”), a Nevada business trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017, for value received, hereby promises to pay to _________________, or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture Supplement, on the Stated Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture Supplement. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest on each Distribution Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Note will accrue for each Distribution Date from and including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, for the initial Distribution Date, from and including the Initial Funding Date to but excluding such Distribution Date. Interest will be computed as provided in the Indenture Supplement. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Master Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

THIS CLASS B NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

__________________
1/      Denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. /  

        


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class B Note to be duly executed.

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST III,
as Issuer

By:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement
By:                             
Name:
Title:


            
Dated: ____________ ____, 2017

    


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the Class B Notes described in the within‑mentioned Indenture.

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Indenture Trustee,


By:      ________________________
Authorized Signatory




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

SERIES 2017-ONE

CLASS B ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions


This Class B Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One (the “ Series 2017-One Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Master Indenture ”), among the Issuer, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Series 2017-One Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes and the Class A-5 Notes will also be issued under the Indenture Supplement.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Note or the Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

The Class B Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (a) the total amount of Class B Note Principal Balance Increases made on or prior to such date, minus (b) the total amount of principal payments made on the Class B Notes on or prior to such date.

The Stated Maturity Date is five years from the Closing Date. Payments of principal of the Class B Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, the Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

On each Distribution Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Class B Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution in respect of this Class B Note) such Class B Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay interest and principal on the Class B Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2017-One Noteholders shall be made by (i) wire transfer to each Series 2017-One Noteholder at the account specified by the Class B Noteholder to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series 2017-One Note or the making of any notation thereon. Final payment of this Class B Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Class B Note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Series 2017-One Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes is reduced to 20% or less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2017-One Notes, the Issuer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2017-One Notes, at a purchase price equal to (i) if such day is a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for such Distribution Date or (ii) if such day is not a Distribution Date, the Redemption Amount for the Distribution Date following such day.

This Class B Note does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in or the assets of, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the Class B Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1. The transfer of this Class B Note shall be registered in the Note Register upon surrender of this Class B Note for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Note Registrar accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Class B Noteholder or such Class B Noteholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class B Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Class B Notes are exchangeable for new Class B Notes in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Note Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such exchange but the Issuer or Note Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class B Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS B NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                  ______________________ 2/     

Signature Guaranteed:

______________________





____________
2/      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

        



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT C


MONTHLY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE

    
 
Perimeter Master Note Business Trust
 
Monthly Servicer Statement
 
mm-yyyy
 
Series 2017-One
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Monthly Period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From:
mm/dd/yyyy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To:
mm/dd/yyyy
 
Number of days in the Monthly Period:
 
 
 
 
 
 ##
 
Determination Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mm/dd/yyyy
 
Transfer Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mm/dd/yyyy
 
Distribution Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mm/dd/yyyy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 3.04(b) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [___], 2017 as amended from time to time, among Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), Perimeter Funding, LLC, as Transferor (the "Transferor"), Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, as Issuer (the "Issuer") and US Bank, NA as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), and Section 5.02(a) of the Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement, dated as of [___], 2017 and as amended from time to time (the "Supplement"), each among Servicer, Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee, Servicer is required to prepare certain information each month regarding the current distributions to the Noteholders and the performance of related collateral during the previous month. The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of the Servicer, does hereby certify in this Monthly Servicer's Certificate (this "Certificate"):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i
Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings set forth in the Transaction Documents. References herein to certain subsections and Sections are references to their respective Subsections and Sections of the Indenture.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii
This Certificate is being delivered Pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of the Indenture Supplement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iii
Atlanticus Services Corporation is the Servicer under the Transaction Documents. The undersigned is an authorized servicing officer of the Servicer.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv
The date of this Certificate is on, or prior to, the Determination Date related to the Distribution Date specified above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
v
No Early Redemption Event has occurred under the Agreement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
vi
As of the date hereof, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the Servicer has performed in all material respects all its obligations under the Transaction Documents for the Monthly Period preceding such Distribution Date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A
Receivables & Collateral Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eligible
 
 
 
1
Receivables on the last day of the Prior Monthly Period (prior month line 10)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2
New Principal Receivables net of returns
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3
Finance and Fees billed net of adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
Principal Collections
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5
Finance Charge and Fee Collections
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6
Collection Adjustments (CBR, NSF, etc)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
Principal Default Amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8
Finance Charge Default Amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
Miscellaneous adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10
Receivables on the last day of the Monthly Period (sum of lines 1 through 9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11
Principal Receivables outstanding on the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
12
Finance Receivables outstanding on the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
13
Total Receivables outstanding on the last day of the Monthly Period (sum of lines 11 through 12)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14
Average Principal Receivables during the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15
Eligible Principal Receivables (line 11)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16
Excess Concentration Amounts of Eligible Principal Receivables at Account's Origination (sum of lines 16(a) and 16(b))
 
 
 
(a)
Obligor does not have a FICO Score or has a FICO Score less than _ exceeds _%
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Obligor is a resident of the State of New York, the State of Connecticut, the State of Vermont or the State of West Virginia _%
 
 
 
17
Pre-Funding Account balance as of the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
18
Special Funding Account balance as of the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
19
Collections Account balance as of the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
20
Net Eligible Receivables Balance (sum of lines 15 through 19)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B
 Default Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21
Defaulted Amount for the Monthly Period Pursuant to Section 1.01 of the TSA
 
 
 
 
22
Series 2017-One Allocable Defaulted Amount for the Monthly Period (line 21 times line 31 times line 34)
 
 
 
23
Reduction Amount Pursuant to Section 4.06 (the amount by which (line 46 plus line 47 plus line 53(f) plus line 59 exceeds line 45)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C
Investor Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Class A1
 Class A2
 Class A3
 Class A4
 Class A5
 Class B
 Total
 
 
24
Note Principal Balance on the last day of the prior Monthly Period
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
25
Note Principal Balance Increases made during the Monthly Period
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
26
Note Principal Balance Decreases made during the Monthly Period
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
27
Note Principal Balance on the last day of the Monthly Period
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Class A1
 Class A2
 Class A3
 Class A4
 Class A5
 Class B
 Total
 
 
28
The average Note Principal Balance during the Monthly Period
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total
 
 
29
Allocation Amount on the last day of the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30
Transferor Amount (line 20 minus line 27)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D
Series Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31
Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
Series Allocation Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
34
Floating Allocation Percentage for the related Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
35
Class A Required Amount Pursuant to Section 4.04(a) of the Indenture Supplement (the amount, if any, by which (the sum of line 46(a) & line 53(f) exceeds line 45)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F
Collection Information For The Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36
Net Eligible Collections for the Monthly Period (sum of lines 4 through 6)
 
 
 
 
 
37
Net Ineligible Collections for the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38
Collections of Interchange and net earnings on Eligible Investments for the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
39
Recoveries for the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40
Collections of Principal Receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41
Aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables (lines 36 through 39 minus line 40)
 
 
 
42
The Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections (line 40 times line 31)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections (line 42 times line 33)
 
 
 
 
(b)
The Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections (line 42 times (1 minus lines 33))
 
 
 
43
The Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Collections (line 41 times line 31)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Allocable Finance Collections (line 43 times line 34)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor percentage of Series 2017-One Finance Collections (line 43 times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
44
Cross check s/b zero: (line 40 plus line 41 minus line 42 minus line 43)
 
 
 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G
Withdrawal Information From The Collection Account Relating To Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Reallocated Principal Collections
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45
Available Funds to be distributed (line 43(a) plus line 70(b))
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(i)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46
Monthly Servicing Fee (line 92(a))
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Monthly Servicing Fee (line 92(a) times 34)
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Monthly Servicing Fee (line 92(a) times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
47
Previously due but not distributed Monthly Servicing Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(i)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48
Program Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Program Fees (line 48 times 34)
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Program Fees (line 48 times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
 
49
Previously due but not distributed Program Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(i)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50
Monthly Backup Servicing Fee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Monthly Backup Servicing Fee (line 50 times 34)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Monthly Backup Servicing Fee (line 50 times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
51
Previously due but not distributed Monthly Backup Servicing Fees
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(iii) to (vii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
Number of Days in Interest Period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning:
 
mm/dd/yyyy
Ending:
mm/dd/yyyy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53
Class A Monthly Interest
Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Class A -1 Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Class A -2 Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Class A -3 Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Class A -4 Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Class A -5 Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)
Total Class A Interest for Monthly Period (line 53(a) through (e))
 
 
 
 
 
54
Previously due not distributed Class A Monthly Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(viii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55
Services Fees (line 93)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56
Target Proceeds Amount Due
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57
Class A Costs owed to Agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58
Previously due but not distributed Services Fees, Target Proceeds Amount, & Class A Costs owed to Agent
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(ix)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
59
Series Default Amount for the Monthly Period shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections (line 22)
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(x)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60
Aggregate amount of Reduction Amounts and Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.07 were used to fund the Class A1-5 Required Amount which have not been previously reimbursed shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(xi)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61
If an Early Redemption Event has occurred on or prior to such Distribution Date, an amount up to the Class A Note Principal Balance on such Distribution Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(xii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62
An amount equal to Monthly Marketing Fee for such Distribution Date (line 94(a))
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Monthly Marketing Fee for such Distribution Date (line 94(a) times 34)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Monthly Marketing Fee for such Distribution Date (line 94(a) times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
63
Previously due but not distributed Monthly Marketing Fee
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(xiii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64
An amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date
 
 
 
 
 
65
Previously due not distributed Class B Monthly Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(xiv)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66
An amount equal to Program Expenses for such Distribution Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Noteholder portion of the Series 2017-One Program Expenses (line 66 times 34)
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Transferor portion of Series 2017-One Program Expenses (line 66times (1 minus lines 34))
 
 
 
67
Previously due not distributed Program Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(xv)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
 
68
The balance, if any, of Available Finance Charge Collections (“Excess Collections”) shall be distributed to the Transferor.
 
 
 
 
(line 45 minus the sum of line 46 through line 65 excluding lines 46(b), 50(b), & 62(b))
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Transferor (_% of line 68)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
TEC Share Amount (_% of line 68)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
H
Withdrawal Information From The Collection Account Relating To Collections of Principal Receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
69
Noteholder portion of Collections of Principal Receivables (line 42(a))
 
 
 
 
 
70
Noteholder portion of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables recharacterized as Available Principal Collections Pursuant to Section 4.05(a) (Sum of (line 70(a) through line 70(c))
 
 
 
 
(a)
Series Default Amount for the preceding Monthly Period shall be treated as Available Principal Collections (line 59)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Aggregate amount of Reduction Amounts and Reallocated Principal Collections that under Section 4.06 were used to fund the Class A Required Amount which have not been previously
 
 
 
 
 
 reimbursed shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections (line 60)
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
If an Early Redemption Event has occurred, an amount up to the Class A Note Principal Balance shall be treated as Available Principal Collections (line 61)
 
 
 
71
Reallocated Principal Collections Pursuant to Section 4.06 (line 35)
 
 
 
 
 
 
72
Available Principal Collections (line 69 plus line 70 minus line 71)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If Revolving Period, the amount specified in line 72 shall be allocated as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(b)(ii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73
Amount equal to the Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency (line 27 minus line 20)(if positive) shall be distributed pro rata to the Class A Noteholders
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 4.05(b)(iii)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74
Amount equal to the balance, if any, of such Available Principal Collections shall be distributed to the Transferor.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I
Instructions To Make Certain Payments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture Supplement, the Servicer does hereby instruct the Indenture Trustee and the Paying Agent to pay on the Distribution Date in accordance with
 
 
Section 5.01 from amounts held by the Paying Agent, the following amounts as set forth below:
 
 
 
 
75
Total Collections (line 42 plus line 43)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76
Permitted Series 2017-One Allocable Principal Collections withdrawals made by the Servicer from the Collection Account during Monthly Period
 
 
 
77
Net collections (line 75 plus line 76)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78
Pay to Servicer (line 46 plus line 47)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79
Pay to Owner Trustee (line 48 plus line 66)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80
Pay to Indenture Trustee (line 48 plus line 66)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81
Pay to Backup Servicer (line 50 plus line 51)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82
Pay to Class A Noteholders (line 53 plus line 54 plus line 73)
 
 
 
 
 
 
83
Pay to Agent (sum of lines 55 through 58)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84
Pay to Seller (line 62 plus line 63)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85
Pay to Class B Noteholders (line 64 plus line 65)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86
Pay to Transferor (line 42(b) plus line 43(b) plus line 68(a) plus line 74 minus line 76 minus line 46(b) minus line 48(b) minus line 50(b) minus line 62(b) minus line 66(b))
 
 
 
87
Pay to Class A Certificateholder (line 68(b))
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88
Cross check should be zero: Sum of line 78 through line 87 must equal line 77
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
J
Management Reporting Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89
Charge-Off Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Charge-Off Ratio for the current Monthly Period ((line 21 minus line 39) divided by line 14 times 12)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Charge-Off Ratio previous Monthly Period (prior month line 89(a))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Charge-Off Ratio two months ago (prior month line 89(b))
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Three-Month Charge-Off Ratio (average of lines 89(a), (b), and (c))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Required average Three-Month Charge-Off Ratio for any three consecutive Monthly Periods Pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(i)
 
 
 
 
(f)
Line 89(d) less than or equal to line 89(e)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90
Monthly Principal Delinquency Information:
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Current
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
 
 
(b)
1-30 Days
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
31-60 Days
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
61-90 Days
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
91-120 Days
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)
121-150 Days
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)
151-180 Days
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)
180+ Days
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)
Total Principal Receivables (line 90(a) through line 90(h))
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)
Delinquency Ratio for current Monthly Period (line 90(e) through line 90(h))
 
 
 
 
(k)
Delinquency Ratio previous Monthly Period (prior month line 90(j))
 
 
 
 
(l)
Delinquency Ratio two months ago (prior month line 90(k))
 
 
 
 
(m)
Three-Month Delinquency Ratio (average of lines 90(j), (k), and (l))
 
 
 
 
(n)
Required average Three-Month Delinquency Ratio for any three consecutive Monthly Periods Pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(ii)
 
 
 
 
(o)
Line 90(m) is less than line 90(n)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91
Monthly Excess Spread Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Excess Spread Percentage for the current Monthly Period ((line 41 minus line 21) divided by line 14 times 12)
 
 
 
 
(b)
Excess Spread Percentage previous Monthly Period (prior month line 91(a))
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Excess Spread Percentage two months ago (prior month line 91(b))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Three-Month Excess Spread Percentage (average of lines 91(a), (b), and (c))
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Required average Three-Month Excess Spread Percentage for any three consecutive Monthly Periods Pursuant to Section 6.01(g)(iii)
 
 
 
 
(f)
Line 91(d) greater than or equal to line 91(e)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92
Servicing Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Monthly Servicing Fee (($_ time line 92(b)) plus ($_ times line 92(c)) plus ($_ times line 92(d)) plus ($_ times line 92(e))
 
 
 
 
(b)
Accounts opened during the current Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Accounts opened previous Monthly Period (prior month line 92(b))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Delinquent Accounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Accounts not included in line 92(b) or line 92(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93
Services Fees:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Services Fees (line 93(b) times line93(c))
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Services Fee rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Note Principal Balance Increases during the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94
Marketing Fee:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Marketing Fee (94(b) times line 94(c))
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Marketing Fee rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Accounts in which the first Receivable has been created during the Monthly Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate on mm, dd, yyyy:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CLASS B NOTE PRINCIPAL BALANCE INCREASE NOTICE
[Date]
U.S. Bank National Association,
as Indenture Trustee
Mail Code EP-MN-WS3D
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107

[__________],
as the Purchaser
__________________________
__________________________

Re:      Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, Series 2017-One Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:
Pursuant to subsection 4.08(f) of the Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement dated as of February 8, 2017, to the Master Indenture dated as of February 8, 2017, each by and among Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, a Nevada business trust, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), the Issuer hereby irrevocably requests a Note Principal Balance Increase as follows:
1.
The requested aggregate amount of such Class B Note Principal Balance Increase is $_____________.
2.
Such Class B Note Principal Balance Increase is requested to be made on ______________, (an “ Increase Date ”).
3.
Proceeds of such Class B Note Principal Balance Increase shall be remitted on the applicable Increase Date in immediately available funds to [ specify payment instructions ] .
Very truly yours,
 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST ,
Issuer
By:
Wilmington Trust, National Association,
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee
By: ______________     
Name:
Title:



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT E


FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER


_____ __, 2017



Perimeter Funding Corporation
3993 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 250, Office 210
Las Vegas, NV 89109
Attn.: Chief Financial Officer
Re:      Perimeter Master Note Business Trust;
Purchase of Series 2017-One Class A Notes
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter (the “Investment Letter”) is delivered by the undersigned (the “Purchaser”) pursuant to subsection 9.04(c) of the Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement (the “Indenture Supplement”), dated as of February 8, 2017 among Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, as Issuer (the “Issuer”), Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “Servicer”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) to the Master Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of February 8, 2017 among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth, or incorporated by reference, in the Indenture Supplement. The undersigned Class A Purchaser (the “Purchaser”) represents to and agrees with the Issuer as follows:
(a)      The Purchaser is authorized to enter into the Class A Purchase Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.
(b)      The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Class A Notes and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment. The Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions as it deems necessary to make an investment decision, and has received all information it has requested in connection with making such investment decision. The Purchaser has, independently and without reliance upon any agent, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Accounts, the Receivables, the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Account Owner and the Indenture Trustee and made its own decision to purchase its interest in the Class A Notes, and will, independently and without reliance upon any agent, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under the Purchase Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Accounts, the Receivables, the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Account Owner and the Indenture Trustee.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(c)      The Purchaser is an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), and is a sophisticated institutional investor. [On resales, the preceding sentence may be replaced, if applicable, with the following: The Purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer (within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and is acquiring the Class A Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder.] The Purchaser understands that the offering and sale of the Class A Notes has not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and has not and will not be registered or qualified under any applicable “blue sky” law, and that the offering and sale of the Class A Notes has not been reviewed by, passed on or submitted to any federal or state agency or commission, securities exchange or other regulatory body.
(d)      The Purchaser is acquiring an interest in the Class A Notes without a view to any distribution, resale or other transfer thereof except, with respect to the Class A Notes or any interest or participation thereon, as contemplated in the following sentence. The Purchaser will not resell or otherwise transfer the Class A Notes except in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement and (i) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or (ii) to a person who the Purchaser reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in compliance with Rule 144A. In connection therewith, the Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not resell or otherwise transfer the Class A Notes or any interest therein unless the purchaser thereof provides to the addressee hereof a letter from such Purchaser substantially in the form hereof.
(e)      The Purchaser understands that each Class A Note will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:
THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”). THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS TO A PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“ RULE 144A ”) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER, THE NOTE REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAW.
EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR, THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA )) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ”), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF ANY SUCH PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

NEITHER THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO ERISA, OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE.

ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTION 9.04 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT.
THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE WILL BE REDUCED FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL. IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE REQUEST OF THE ISSUER SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE CLASS A PURCHASE AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS [A-1/2/3/4/5] NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
(f)      The Purchaser represents and warrants that (i) the Purchaser is not an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) which is subject to ERISA, (ii) the Purchaser is not a plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) including an individual retirement account, which is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) the Purchaser is not directly or indirectly purchasing the Class A Note or any interest therein, on behalf of, as investment manager of, as named fiduciary of, as trustee of, or with assets of such plan, and (iv) the Class A Note or interests therein, will not constitute part of the assets of any such plan.
(g)      This Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and general principles of equity, and indemnification sought in respect of securities laws violations may be limited by public policy.
(h)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that it has not acquired, and shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest in the Class A Note, nor cause any interest in the Class A Note to be marketed, readily available or readily tradable, on or through either, (i) an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code (including an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or otherwise) or (ii) a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code (including a market wherein interests in the Class A Note are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Class A Note and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others).
(i)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that it either (A) is not, and will not become, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, grantor trust or an entity disregarded as a separate entity from any such entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (B) is such an entity, but (x) either (as indicated by checking the applicable box) [ ] (1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any of the interests in the Purchaser have allowed or caused, or will allow or cause, 50% or more (or such other percentage as the Issuer may establish prior to the time of such proposed transfer) of the value of such interests to be attributable to the Purchaser’s ownership of Class A Notes and any other interests in the Issuer or [ ] (2) no more than [FILL IN NUMBER] persons (or such lower number of persons as specified by the Purchaser in an updated Investment Letter) will be treated as “partners” in the Issuer under Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h)(3) solely by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Series 2017-One Notes and (y) it is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the Purchaser’s beneficial interest in any Class A Notes to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) necessary for such partnership not to be classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Code.
(j)      The Purchaser agrees to treat the Notes in a manner consistent with the intended characterization referred to in Section 4.4 of the Purchase Agreement and Section 9.04(h) of the Indenture Supplement.

(k)      Under applicable United States federal income tax law no taxes will be required to be withheld by, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer or any person with respect to any payments to be made to such Purchaser in respect of an interest in the Class A Notes, and the Purchaser represents and warrants that it shall pay any taxes imposed on such Purchaser attributable to its interest in the Class A Notes.
(l)      The Purchaser agrees (for the benefit of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Noteholders) to provide those forms required to be provided by Section 9.04 of the Indenture Supplement at the time and in the manner described therein, and to comply with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations regarding withholding taxes. Under penalties of perjury, the Purchaser certifies that it is a “United States person” for federal income tax purposes, that its U.S. employer identification number is __________, that its [home [in the case of individuals]] [office [otherwise]] address is ___________________.
(m)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that it shall (i) cause any Participant otherwise permitted under the Indenture Supplement to make representations, warranties and covenants similar to those in paragraphs (h), (i) and (m) hereof for the benefit of the Transferor and the Issuer at the


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


time such Participant becomes a Participant and (ii) forward a copy of such representations, warranties and covenants to the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.
(m)      In the event of any breach of a foregoing representation, warranty or covenant of a Purchaser or its Participant, such Purchaser shall notify the Issuer promptly upon such Purchaser’s becoming aware of such breach, and thereupon the Purchaser hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement investor that is not so affected (and that is acceptable to the Issuer) to replace such affected Purchaser or Participant. In any such event, the Purchaser agrees that the Issuer shall also have the right to procure a replacement investor. Each affected Purchaser hereby agrees to take all actions necessary to permit a replacement investor to succeed to its (or the related Participant’s) rights and obligations hereunder.
(n)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that, in the event the Class A Notes are re-characterized as equity in the Issuer for tax purposes, it consents to, and will comply with, all of the tax-related provisions in the Trust Agreement as if it were a Certificateholder thereunder, including all provisions relating to subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Code as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015.
(o)      The Purchaser agrees to provide such continuing assurances, comfort, evidence and information in support of and in connection with the continuing truth of the representations and compliance with the covenants and agreements set forth in this letter as the Transferor and the Issuer may reasonably request from time to time.



Very truly yours,

__________________________


By: _______________________
Name:_____________________
Title: _____________________












CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Schedule 1


Backup Servicing Fee ” shall mean the fee payable pursuant to a backup servicing agreement to be entered into by the Servicer, the Issuer, the Backup Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.

Servicing Fee ” shall mean, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount equal to $[*****] times the number of Accounts that were created in the system of record during such Monthly Period, (ii) the amount equal to $[*****] times the number of Accounts that were created in the system of record in the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Monthly Period; (iii) the amount equal to $[*****] times the number of Delinquent Accounts (as defined below) during such Monthly Period and (iv) the amount equal to $[*****] times the number of Accounts not described in clauses (i) and (ii) above.
 
Marketing Fee ” shall mean, for any Monthly Period, the amount equal to the product of $[*****] times each Account in which the first Receivable was created by an Obligor of such Account during such Monthly Period, including $[*****] for each Account established prior to the Initial Funding Date in which Receivables exist.

Delinquent Account ” shall mean each Account as to which any payment or part thereof remains unpaid for 3 days or more from the original due date thereof.



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
 
ARTICLE I
 
 
Creation of the Series 2017-One Notes
 
Section 1.01.
Designation
1
 
ARTICLE II
 
 
Definitions
 
Section 2.01.
Definitions
2
 
ARTICLE III
 
 
Fees
 
Section 3.01.
Servicing Compensation; Marketing Fee
15
 
ARTICLE IV
 
 
Rights of Series 2017-One Noteholders and Allocation and Application of Collections
 
Section 4.01.
Collections and Allocations
16
Section 4.02.
Determination of Monthly Interest
18
Section 4.03.
Limited Redemption; Optional Redemption
21
Section 4.04.
Class A Required Amount
22
Section 4.05.
Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal Collections
22
Section 4.06.
Defaulted Amounts; Reduction Amounts
26
Section 4.07
Reallocated Principal Collections
26
Section 4.08
Principal Amount Increases
27
Section 4.09.
Series 2017-One Distribution Account
28
Section 4.10.
Pre-Funding Account
29
 
ARTICLE V
 
 
Distributions and Reports to Series 2017-One Noteholders
 
Section 5.01.
Distributions
30
Section 5.02.
Reports and Statements to Series 2017-One Noteholders
32
 
ARTICLE VI
 
 
Early Redemption Events; Events of Default
 
Section 6.01.
Early Redemption Events
33
Section 6.02.
Events of Default
35
 
ARTICLE VII
 
 
Administrative Redemption; Series Termination
 
Section 7.01.
Administrative Redemption
35
Section 7.02.
Repayment
36
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 
Redemption of Series 2017-One Notes; Final Distributions
 
Section 8.01.
Sale of Receivables or Redemption of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.06 or 8.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and Sections 5.05 and 5.17 of the Indenture and Section 7.01 of this Supplement
36
 
ARTICLE IX
 
 
Miscellaneous Provisions
 
Section 9.01.
Ratification of Agreement
38

i

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
 
Section 9.02.
Counterparts
38
Section 9.03.
Governing Law
38
Section 9.04.
Certain Tax Matters; Stapled Transfer
38
Section 9.05.
Transfer of Class B Notes
41
Section 9.06.
Limitation of Liability
41
Section 9.07.
Paired Series
42
Section 9.08.
Additional Eligibility Criteria
42

An extra section break has been inserted above this paragraph. Do not delete this section break if you plan to add text after the Table of Contents/Authorities. Deleting this break will cause Table of Contents/Authorities headers and footers to appear on any pages following the Table of Contents/Authorities.





ii
CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Exhibit 10.1(b)
EXECUTION COPY

PURCHASE AGREEMENT
by and among
TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP,
as an Investor,
TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP,
as a Certificateholder,
TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP,
as Agent,

PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION,
as Transferor,
ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION,
as Servicer,
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST,

as Issuer


(Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4 and Class A-5; Class A Trust Certificate)

Dated as of February 8, 2017







1

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Table of Contents
 
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1

 
SECTION 1.1
Defined Terms.
1

 
SECTION 1.2
Other Terms
7

 
SECTION 1.3
Computation of Time Periods
8

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE
8

 
SECTION 2.1
Purchase and Sale of the Offered Notes and the Class A Trust Certificate
8

 
SECTION 2.2
Purchases of Note Principal Balance Increases
8

 
SECTION 2.3
Note Interest, Additional Interest, Fees and Other Costs and Expenses
10

 
SECTION 2.4
Payments and Computations, Etc
10

 
SECTION 2.5
Purchase Price Allocation
11

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
11

 
SECTION 3.1
Conditions Precedent on the Closing Date
11

 
SECTION 3.2
Conditions Precedent on each Increase Date
13

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
14

 
SECTION 4.1
Representations and Warranties of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer
14

 
SECTION 4.2
Covenants of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer
22

 
SECTION 4.3
Periodic Notices and Reports
31

 
SECTION 4.4
Tax Treatment
35

 
SECTION 4.5
Board of Directors of Transferor.
35

ARTICLE V INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS
36

 
SECTION 5.1
Indemnities by the Transferor
36

 
SECTION 5.2
Taxes
38

 
SECTION 5.3
Indemnities by the Servicer
39

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS
 
41

 
SECTION 6.1
Term of Agreement; Survival
41

 
SECTION 6.2
Waivers; Amendments
41

 
SECTION 6.3
Notices; Payments
42

 
SECTION 6.4
Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Service Agent
43

 
SECTION 6.5
Integration
44

 
SECTION 6.6
Severability of Provisions
44

 
SECTION 6.7
Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery
45

 
SECTION 6.8
Successors and Assigns; Binding Effect; Stapled Transfers of Offered Notes
45

 
SECTION 6.9
Confidentiality
45

 
SECTION 6.10
No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Issuer or the Transferor
46


i

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


 
SECTION 6.11
No Recourse Against Issuer
46

 
SECTION 6.12
Limitation of Liability
46

 
SECTION 6.13
Amounts Limited to Available Collections
46

ARTICLE VII THE AGENT
46

 
SECTION 7.1
Authorization and Action
46

 
SECTION 7.2
Delegation of Duties
48

 
SECTION 7.3
Exculpatory Provisions
48

 
SECTION 7.4
Reliance
48

 
SECTION 7.5
Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Investors and Certificateholder
48

 
SECTION 7.6
Reimbursement and Indemnification
49

 
SECTION 7.7
Agent in its Individual Capacity.
49

 
SECTION 7.8
Successor Agent
49

 
 
 
 
SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A
Increase Notice
 
EXHIBIT B
Tradenames of Transferor
 
EXHIBIT C
Permitted Transferee
 
 
EXHIBIT D
Senior Facility Requirements
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
Definitions
 
 
SCHEDULE 4.1(x)
List of Beneficial Owners of Issuer
 
SCHEDULE 4.1(ee)
List of Affiliated Agreements
 
SCHEDULE 4.1(ff)
List of Deposit Accounts
 
 
SCHEDULE 4.2(y)
List of Investment Property
 


ii

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


This PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 8, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, this “Agreement”), is by and among TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as an investor (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Investors ”), TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the holder of the Class A Trust Certificate (the “ Certificateholder ”) TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Agent ”), PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation, as transferor (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Transferor”), ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION, a Georgia corporation, as servicer (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Servicer”) and PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST, a Nevada business trust, as issuer (the “ Issuer ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer intends to issue Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, Class A-5 Notes and Class B Notes (the “ Notes ”) and the Class A Trust Certificate; and
WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement, the Transferor will cause the Issuer to issue the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and Class A-5 Notes (the “ Offered Notes ”) to the Investors on the Closing Date and the Class A Trust Certificate to the Certificateholder on the Initial Funding Date;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1      Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) and not defined herein are defined in, or incorporated by reference into, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. Additionally, the following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement:
Agent ” is defined in the preamble.
Agent Designee ” is defined in Section 4.5(a) .
Agreement ” is defined in the preamble.
Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq., as amended.
Board ” is defined in Section 4.5(a) .
“Certificateholder ” is defined in the preamble.
Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not to exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00), as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.2(d) .


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Class A-1 Note Rate ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Class A-1 Notes ” means the Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-1, issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not to exceed the product of (i) 25% times (ii) an amount equal to (a) Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00) minus (b) the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount on such date, as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.2(d) .
Class A-2 Note Rate ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Class A-2 Notes ” means the Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-2, issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not to exceed the product of (i) 33.33% times (ii) an amount equal to (a) Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00) minus (b) the sum of the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount and the Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, in each case on such date, as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.2(d) .
Class A-3 Note Rate ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Class A-3 Notes ” means the Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-3, issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not to exceed an amount equal the product of (i) 50% times (ii) an amount equal to (a) Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00) minus (b) the sum of the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount, the Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount and the Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount, in each case on such date.
Class A-4 Note Rate ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Class A-4 Notes ” means the Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-4, issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Class A-5 Maximum Principal Amount ” means, on any date, an amount not to exceed (a) Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00) minus (b) the sum of the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount, the Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, the Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount and the Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount, in each case on such date.
Class A-5 Note Rate ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Class A-5 Notes ” means the Variable Funding Notes, Series 2017-One, Class A-5, issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date.
Class A Trust Certificate ” means the Class A Certificate of Perimeter Master Note Business Trust issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Trust Agreement on the Closing Date.
Closing Date ” means February 8, 2017.
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Investor and for each Class, the percentage set forth immediately below such Investor’s name on the signature pages of this Agreement or in any assignment to an Investor in accordance with the provisions set forth herein; provided , however , that the aggregate Commitment Percentage with respect to all of the Investors shall at all times equal 100%.
Debtor Relief Laws ” means (i) the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, arrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, adjustment of debt, marshalling of assets or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.
ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.
Excepted Persons ” is defined in Section 6.9 .
Excluded Liabilities ” is defined in Section 5.1 .
Excess Concentration Amounts ” means each of the following amounts:
(a)      The amount by which the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables that constitute Eligible Receivables for which the related Obligor at the time of the origination of the related Account does not have a FICO Score or has a FICO Score less than [*****] exceeds [*****]% of the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables that constitute Eligible Receivables; and
(b)      The amount by which the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables that constitute Eligible Receivables for which the related Obligor was a resident of the State of New York, the State of Connecticut, the State of Vermont or the State of West Virginia as of the time of such Receivable’s creation exceeds [*****]% of the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables that constitute Eligible Receivables.
Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any Indemnified Party, (i) any tax (including any franchise tax) imposed on or measured by the gross or net income (however denominated), branch profits, gross or net receipts, capital, net worth or similar items (including any interests, penalties or additions with respect thereto) of such Indemnified Party by the United States or by the jurisdiction or political subdivision or taxing authority thereof in which such Indemnified Party’s principal office or lending offices are located or are resident, managed or controlled, in which such Indemnified Party or lending office is incorporated or organized or otherwise doing business, or for which there is a present or former connection between such jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority thereof and such Indemnified Party (excluding any connection arising solely out of the execution, delivery or enforcement of the Transaction Documents), (ii) in the case of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), any taxes imposed by the United States or such state by means of withholding at the source unless such withholding results from a change in applicable law after the date such Indemnified Party becomes entitled to the benefits of any of the Transaction Documents with respect to the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, Class A-4 Note Principal Balance or Class A-5 Note Principal Balance, as applicable, or portion thereof affected by such change (provided that taxes withheld pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code shall be Excluded Taxes in any event), (iii) any taxes to which an Indemnified Party is subject (to the extent of the tax rate then in effect) on the date this Agreement is executed or to which an Indemnified Party would be subject on such date if a payment hereunder had been received by such Person on such date, and with respect to any

3

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Indemnified Party that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof, any taxes to which such Indemnified Party is subject on the date it becomes a party hereto (other than in each case taxes for which each of the other Indemnified Parties is entitled to reimbursement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), (iv) taxes to which the Indemnified Party becomes subject subsequent to the date referred to in clause (iii) above as a result of a change in residence, place of incorporation, or principal place of business of such Indemnified Party, a change in the branch or lending office of such Indemnified Party participating in the transactions specified herein or other similar circumstances or as a result of the recognition by an Indemnified Party of gain on the sale, assignment or participation by such Indemnified Party of any interest to which it is entitled hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, (v) taxes attributable to such Indemnified Party’s failure to comply with Section 5.2(b) of this Agreement and (vi) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.
FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations thereunder or official governmental interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
FICO Score ” shall mean, for each Obligor, the credit bureau-based industry standard score created by Fair Isaac Co. of such Obligor obtained from Equifax, Inc., Experian Information Solutions, Inc., TransUnion, LLC or Fair Isaac Corporation at the time of origination of the related Account.
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such accounting profession, in effect from time to time.
Holdings ” means Atlanticus Holdings Corporation, a Georgia corporation.
Increase Date ” means a date upon which a Note Principal Balance Increase occurs.
Increase Notice ” is defined in Section 2.2(b) .
Indemnified Amounts ” is defined in Section 5.1 .
Indemnified Parties ” is defined in Section 5.1 .
Indenture ” means the Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017, by and among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms and in effect.
Indenture Supplement ” means the Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement, dated as of February 8, 2017, to the Master Indenture, by and among the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms and in effect.
Indenture Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee, and its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.
Insolvency Event ” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the commencement of an involuntary proceeding in a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property under any applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, or the

4

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, and any such proceeding shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or such Person shall otherwise be dissolved or liquidated, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
Institutional Parties ” is defined in Section 4.5(d) .
Investors ” is defined in the preamble.
Issuer ” is defined in the preamble.
Law ” means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Governmental Authority.
Maximum Principal Amount ” means Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000.00), as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
1940 Act ” means The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Note Principal Balance ” is defined in the Indenture Supplement.
Note Principal Balance Increase ” is defined in the Indenture Supplement.
Notes ” is defined in the recitals.
NYC Debt Collector’s Law ” means Title 20, subchapter 30, of the New York City Administrative Code (N.Y. ADC. LAW §§20-488 to -494), as may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
Offered Notes ” is defined in the recitals.
Owner Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner trustee of the Issuer, and its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.
Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001), as amended.
payor ” is defined in Section 5.2(a) .
Permitted Transferee ” means (a) any investment fund managed by TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P. identified on Exhibit C attached hereto and any entity directly or indirectly controlled by any one or more of such investment funds, and (b) each other Person who has been consented to as a potential transferee by the Transferor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in each case under (a) or (b) other than (i) a member of an expanded group (as defined in Treasury Regulation section

5

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


1.385-1(c)(4) or any successor regulation then in effect) that includes the Transferor or the Issuer (or an entity which for U.S. federal income tax purposes is considered the same Person as the Transferor or the Issuer) other than a member of a consolidated group (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-1(h)) that includes the Transferor or the Issuer (or an entity which for U.S. federal income tax purposes is considered the same Person as the Transferor or the Issuer), (ii) a “controlled partnership” (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.385-1(c)(1) or any successor regulation then in effect) of such expanded group or (iii) a disregarded entity owned directly or indirectly by a Person described in preceding clause (i) or (ii).

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA.
Proprietary Information ” means (a) confidential or proprietary information relating to pricing or compensation paid by the Servicer to any third parties with whom the Servicer has a contractual relationship that directly relates to the Receivables and the performance by the Servicer or such third parties of their obligations under such agreements; (b) data on an account-by-account basis, modeling results or projections, account management strategies; and (c) other similar information that the Servicer reasonably regards as proprietary to its business; provided , however , that Proprietary Information shall not include (i) monthly reports containing complete and accurate data classified according to the data fields and other categories as set forth in Exhibit C to the Indenture Supplement and (ii) the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated herein.
Receivable Sales Agreement ” means the Receivable Sales Agreement dated as of February 29, 2012 between the Account Owner and the Seller, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
recipient ” is defined in Section 5.2(a) .
Reportable Event ” is defined in Title IV of ERISA.
Requirements of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any Law applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject.
Seller ” means Fortiva Funding, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns.
Servicer ” is defined in the preamble.
Services Fee ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Solvent ” means, as to any Person at any time, having a state of affairs such that all of the following conditions are met: (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such Person’s liabilities as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) the present fair salable value of the property of such Person in an orderly liquidation of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person believes it is able to realize upon its property and pay its debts and other liabilities as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

6

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Stapled Transfer ” is defined in Section 6.8 .
Support Letter ” means the Support Letter, dated as of February 8, 2017, executed by Holdings in favor of the Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms and in effect.
Target Proceeds Amount ” is defined in Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein.
Taxes ” is defined in Section 5.2(a) .
TCP ” is defined in Section 4.5(c) .
Termination Date ” is defined in Section 6.1 .
Transaction Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Offered Notes, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Class B Note Purchase Agreement, the Class A Trust Certificate, the Support Letter, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and all other agreements heretofore or hereafter executed or delivered to the Agent and/or the Investors in connection with any of the foregoing or the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate, in each case, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
Transfer and Servicing Agreement ” means the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, by and among the Transferor, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms and in effect.
Transferor ” is defined in the preamble.
Trust Account ” means any bank, trust or other depository account of the Issuer, in each case together with all sub-accounts thereof and all separate accounts ledgered as sub-accounts thereof.
UCC ” means the applicable Uniform Commercial Code.
SECTION 1.2      Other Terms . All terms defined directly or by incorporation herein shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined therein. For purposes of this Agreement and all such certificates and other documents, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined herein, and accounting terms partly defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under, and shall be construed in accordance with, GAAP; (b) terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9; (c) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business on such day; (d) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement (or such certificate or document); (e) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made) and references to any paragraph, Section, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, Section, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (f) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (g) references to any Law refer to that Law as amended from time to time and include any successor Law; (h) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended or

7

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; (i) references to any Person include that Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and (j) headings are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.
SECTION 1.3      Computation of Time Periods . Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”, and the word “within” means “from and excluding a specified date and to and including a later specified date”.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE
SECTION 2.1      Purchase and Sale of the Offered Notes and the Class A Trust Certificate . (a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Notes and the Class A Trust Certificate shall take place on the Closing Date.
(b)      On the Closing Date, the Transferor agrees to cause the Issuer to issue to the Investors, in the name of the Agent, the Offered Notes.
(c)      On the Closing Date, the Transferor will cause the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and Class A-5 Notes, each dated the Closing Date, to be delivered to the Agent, registered in the name of the applicable Investors, on behalf of the Investors, having a maximum principal amount up to the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount and Class A-5 Maximum Principal Amount, respectively, duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
(d)      On the terms and subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement and the Indenture Supplement, the Investors, from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Period, shall acquire Note Principal Balance Increases by providing funds to the Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer.
(e)      On the Initial Funding Date, the Transferor agrees to cause the Issuer to issue to the Certificateholder the Class A Trust Certificate.
(f)      On the Initial Funding Date, the Transferor will cause the Class A Trust Certificate, dated the Initial Funding Date, to be delivered to the Certificateholder, duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.
SECTION 2.2      Purchases of Note Principal Balance Increases . (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, including Article III , in consideration for the sale of the Offered Notes by the Transferor to the Investors hereunder from time to time during the Revolving Period, on request of the Transferor on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , the Investors shall pay to the Issuer an amount equal in each instance to the lesser of (i) the amount requested by the Issuer, (ii) the largest amount that will not cause the Class A Note Principal Balance to exceed the Maximum Principal Amount and (iii) the largest amount for each Class of Offered Notes that will not cause the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance or the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance to exceed the Class A-1 Maximum

8

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Principal Amount, Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount or Class A-5 Maximum Principal Amount, respectively, at such time.
(b)      The purchase of each Note Principal Balance Increase shall be made pursuant to the terms of an increase notice (the “ Increase Notice ”) in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A , delivered by the Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer, to the Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day which is not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed Increase Date. Each such notice shall specify (i) the aggregate amount of the Note Principal Balance Increase with regard to the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes and/or Class A-5 Notes, as applicable, which amount must (A) satisfy the applicable minimum requirement set forth below and (B) be allocated on a pro rata basis among the Notes which are available to be increased as of such date, and (ii) the proposed Increase Date. Any such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable. The Issuer shall deliver no more than two such notices to the Agent in any calendar month, and each amount specified in any such notice must be in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000. On the date of purchase of the Note Principal Balance Increase, each Investor shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III , make available to the Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer, in same day funds, at such bank or other location reasonably designated by the Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer, in its Increase Notice given pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) , an amount equal to its Commitment Percentage of the Note Principal Balance Increase.
(c)      The Issuer may prepay all or any portion of the Note Principal Balance at any time upon three (3) Business Days notice to the Agent. Any such repayment amount shall be applied as follows:
(i)      first, to the extent available, an amount equal to the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance shall be applied to repay the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance;
(ii)      second, once the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, to the extent available, an amount equal to the Class A-2 Note Principal shall be applied to repay the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance;
(iii)      third, once the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, to the extent available, an amount equal to the Class A-3 Note Principal shall be applied to repay the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance;
(iv)      fourth, once the Class A-3 Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, to the extent available, an amount equal to the Class A-4 Note Principal shall be applied to repay the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance; and
(v)      fifth, once the Class A-4 Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero, to the extent available, an amount equal to the Class A-5 Note Principal shall be applied to repay the Class A-5 Note Principal Balance.
(d)      When any portion of the Note Principal Balance has been repaid on the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount shall automatically be reduced by such amount. When any portion of the Note Principal Balance has been repaid on the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount shall automatically be reduced by such amount. When any portion of the Note Principal Balance has been repaid on the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount shall automatically be reduced by such amount.

9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(e)      In the event the Issuer prepays all or a portion of the Class A Note Principal Balance other than (i) with proceeds of a Senior Facility or (ii) in accordance with Sections 4.01(b), 4.05(a)(xv) or 4.05(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Maximum Principal Amount shall automatically be reduced in part or in whole by the amount of such prepayment. Each such reduction shall be irrevocable.
(f)      To the extent that there is a Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency (subject to Transferor’s ability to transfer additional Eligible Receivables to the Issuer to cure such deficiency) as evidenced by any report delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(iii) hereof or any information requested by Agent pursuant to Section 4.3(a)(vi) hereof, or as otherwise known to Issuer or Transferor at any time, the Issuer shall repay the amount of such Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency on the next Distribution Date.
SECTION 2.3      Note Interest, Additional Interest, Fees and Other Costs and Expenses . (a) The Issuer shall pay, as and when due in accordance with the Indenture Supplement and this Agreement, the Class A-1 Monthly Interest, the Class A-2 Monthly Interest, the Class A-3 Monthly Interest, the Class A-4 Monthly Interest, the Class A-5 Monthly Interest, the Class A-1 Additional Interest, the Class A-2 Additional Interest, the Class A-3 Additional Interest, the Class A-4 Additional Interest, the Class A-5 Additional Interest, the Services Fee and all amounts payable by it pursuant to Section 2.3(c) below and Article V , if any. The Issuer shall pay the Services Fee to the Agent for the benefit of TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P. in connection with any initial draw of the Note Principal Balance of the Offered Notes.
(b)      In the event that during the three (3) years following the Closing Date the Issuer repays all or any portion of the Note Principal Balance other than (i) with proceeds of a Senior Facility or (ii) pursuant to Sections 4.01(b), 4.05(a)(xv) or 4.05(b)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement, the Issuer shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Investors an amount equal to the Target Proceeds Amount in accordance with the Indenture Supplement.
(c)      Transferor shall reimburse the Agent for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates on behalf of the Investors in connection with the routine administration of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided, that Transferor’s reimbursement obligation for such costs and expenses shall not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollar ($25,000.00) per annum in the aggregate when combined with the amounts due and payable by the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.2(d) .
(d)      The Class A Notes shall be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.
SECTION 2.4      Payments and Computations, Etc . All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Transferor or the Servicer hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds; if such amounts are payable to the Investors they shall be paid or deposited in the account indicated under the heading “Payment Information” in Section 6.3 , until otherwise notified by the Agent. All computations of per annum fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Any computations by the Investors of amounts payable under Article V shall be supported by a certificate prepared in good faith setting forth the basis and the calculation of the amount (in reasonable detail) of each request by the Investors, shall be binding upon the Issuer and the Transferor absent manifest error, and the Investors shall deliver a copy thereof to the Transferor and the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to require the Issuer or the Transferor to pay any amount to the Investors to the extent the Investors have been compensated therefor under another provision of this Agreement or to the extent such amount is already reflected in the

10

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


computations of Class A-1 Additional Interest, Class A-2 Additional Interest, Class A-4 Additional Interest, Class A-4 Additional Interest, Class A-5 Additional Interest or any other fees hereunder.
SECTION 2.5      Purchase Price Allocation . Of all amounts to be paid by the Investors and Certificateholder under this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to allocate an amount equal to $1,500,000.00 to the purchase of the Class A Trust Certificate on the Initial Funding Date and the balance shall be allocated to the purchase of, or future funding under, the Class A Notes for United States federal income tax purposes. The parties hereto shall file all tax returns and information reports in a manner consistent with such allocation. The Agent shall reimburse for costs the Issuer shall incur in connection with the filing of its taxes in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per annum. Such amount shall be payable each year upon the filing of the Issuer’s Internal Revenue Service Form 1065.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
SECTION 3.1      Conditions Precedent on the Closing Date . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a)      the Agent shall have received the items listed below:
(i)      A copy of this Agreement duly executed by the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer;
(ii)      Officer’s Certificates of each of the Seller, the Transferor, the Issuer, Holdings and the Servicer, each dated the date of this Agreement, certifying (1) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of such Person authorized to sign this Agreement (if such Person is a party hereto) and the other documents to be delivered by it hereunder (on which certificate the Agent and the Investors may conclusively rely until such time as the Agent and the Investors shall receive from the Seller, the Transferor, the Issuer, Holdings or the Servicer, as the case may be, a revised certificate meeting the requirements of this paragraph (b)(ii)), (2) that the copy of the certificate of incorporation or formation, as applicable, and limited liability company agreement or by-laws, as applicable, of each of the Seller, the Transferor, Holdings and the Servicer and the Nevada certificate of trust and the Trust Agreement, in the case of the Issuer, attached thereto is a complete and correct copy and such document and has not been amended, modified or supplemented and is in full force and effect, and (iii) to the extent applicable, the resolutions of such Person’s board of directors approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of the Transaction Documents to which such Person is a party and the documents related thereto;
(iii)      A good standing certificate for the Seller issued by the Secretary of State of Georgia, a good standing certificate for the Transferor issued by the Secretary of State of Nevada, a good standing certificate for the Issuer issued by the Secretary of State of Nevada, a good standing certificate for the Servicer issued by the Secretary of State of Georgia, and a good standing certificate for Holdings issued by the Secretary of State of Georgia;
(iv)      Acknowledgment copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-1) naming (i) the Account Owner as the debtor with respect to the Receivables and such other related property, and the Seller as secured party, (ii) the Seller as the debtor with respect to the Receivables and such other related property, and the Transferor as secured party, (iii) the Transferor as the debtor with respect to the Receivables and such other related property, and the Issuer as the secured party

11

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


and (iv) the Issuer as the debtor with respect to the Receivables and such other related property, and the Indenture Trustee, as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents as may be necessary or in the reasonable opinion of the Agent desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law to evidence the perfection of the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the Receivables and such other related property;
(v)      Acknowledgment copies of proper financing statements, if any, necessary to release and terminate all security interests and other rights of any Person in the property transferred to the Issuer;
(vi)      Certified copies of request for information or copies (Form UCC-11) (or a similar search report certified by parties reasonably acceptable to the Agent) dated a date reasonably prior to the Closing Date listing all effective financing statements which name the Issuer, the Account Owner, the Seller and the Transferor (under its present name and any previous names) as debtor and which are filed with respect to the Issuer, the Account Owner, the Seller and the Transferor, together with copies of such financing statements, and such search report shall show no Liens on the Trust Estate (other than Permitted Liens);
(vii)      An executed copy of the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement, the Support Letter and an executed or a certified copy of each of the other Transaction Documents executed by the Seller, the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer;
(viii)      (A) Opinion of Rosalind Drakeford, Assistant General Counsel for Atlanticus, Seller and Holdings, relating to certain corporate matters;
(B)      Opinion of Fennemore Craig P.C., special Nevada Counsel to the Transferor and the Issuer, relating to due authorization and the conveyance of Receivables;
(C)      Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (“Orrick”), special New York counsel to the Servicer, the Transferor and the Issuer, with respect to the enforceability of certain agreements;
(D)      Opinion of Chapman and Cutler, counsel to the Indenture Trustee, regarding organization, authority, due execution, enforceability, certain other corporate matters with respect to the Indenture Trustee;
(E)      Opinion of Richards Layton and Finger, counsel to the Owner Trustee, regarding certain corporate matters;
(F)      Opinion of Orrick with respect to creation of security interest granted by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under the Indenture;
(G)      Opinion of Burr & Forman LLP, regarding perfection of security interest granted by the Seller to the Transferor;
(H)      Opinion of Orrick regarding true sale of receivables by the Seller to the Transferor under the Receivables Purchase Agreement;
(I)      Opinion of Orrick regarding substantive consolidation;

12

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(J)      Opinion of Orrick regarding certain receivership matters in connection with the transfer of Receivables to the Seller from Mid America Bank;
(K)      Opinion of Orrick to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Issuer will not be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation;
(ix)      The Offered Notes duly executed by the Issuer and duly authenticated by the Indenture Trustee and issued in the name of the Agent on behalf of the Investors pursuant to the Indenture Supplement; and
(x)      The Class A Trust Certificate duly executed by the Issuer and duly authenticated by the Owner Trustee and issued in the name of TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
SECTION 3.2      Conditions Precedent on each Increase Date . On any Increase Date, each Investor shall purchase and pay for the initial Note Principal Balance Increase and the Class A Trust Certificate, in the case of the Initial Funding Date, or any Note Principal Balance Increases, in the case of any Increase Date, provided that each of the following conditions have been satisfied or waived.
(a)      Not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed Increase Date, the Agent shall have received a duly completed Increase Notice.
(b)      On the Increase Date, the following statements shall be true and the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer shall be deemed to have certified, each as to itself only and not as to any other, that:
(i)      Its representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 and each other Transaction Document are true and correct on and as of such day as though made on and as of such date;
(ii)      With respect to the Issuer, no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Transaction which constitutes an Early Redemption Event;
(iii)      On and as of such day, after giving effect to such purchase of the Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, Class A-4 Note Principal Balance and Class A-5 Note Principal Balance will not exceed the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount and Class A-5 Maximum Principal Amount, respectively;
(iv)      On and as of such day, it has performed all of the agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party to be performed by such person at or prior to such day and to the extent each is a party thereto;
(v)      No Law shall prohibit, and no order, judgment or decree of any federal, state or local court or governmental body, agency or instrumentality shall prohibit or enjoin, the paying of such Note Principal Balance Increase by the Investors in accordance with the provisions hereof;
(vi)      With respect to the Issuer, no Class A-1 Monthly Interest, Class A-2 Monthly Interest, Class A-3 Monthly Interest, Class A-4 Monthly Interest, Class A-5 Monthly Interest, Class A-1 Additional Interest, Class A-2 Additional Interest, Class A-3 Additional Interest, Class

13

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


A-4 Additional Interest, Class A-5 Additional Interest, other fees and costs due and payable to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or any unreimbursed Reduction Amounts shall be outstanding as of such Increase Date;
(vii)      The Revolving Period is in effect;
(viii)      No suit, action or other proceeding, investigation or injunction, or final judgment relating thereto, shall be pending or, to its knowledge, threatened before any court or governmental agency, seeking to restrain or prohibit or to obtain damages or other relief in connection with any of the Transaction Documents, the Receivable Sales Agreement, the Loan Servicing Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby;
(ix)      The Credit Card Guidelines shall not have been amended or otherwise modified in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer or the Receivables;
(x)      Both before and immediately following such purchase, the Class B Note Principal Balance shall be no less than 10% of the sum of (i) the Note Principal Balance and (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Facility;
(xi)      Both before and immediately following such purchase, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Series of Notes issued under the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement shall not exceed the Net Eligible Receivables Balance as of such date; and
(xii)      With respect to the Initial Funding Date, certificates of the chief financial officer (or, in the absence of a chief financial officer, the chief executive officer) of the Transferor, in his or her capacity as such and not in his or her individual capacity, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion (each, a “ Solvency Certificate ”) certifying that the Transferor and the Issuer will be Solvent following the consummation on the Initial Funding Date of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the transfer by the Transferor to the Issuer of the Transferred Assets.

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
SECTION 4.1      Representations and Warranties of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer . As of the Closing Date and as of any Increase Date, each of the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as to itself only and not as to any other, represents and warrants to the Agent, the Investors and the Certificateholder, that all representations and warranties made by it in this Section 4.1 , with respect to itself, are true and correct as of such day as though made on and as of such day:
(a)      Organization and Good Standing . The Transferor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Servicer is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia. Each of the Transferor and the Servicer has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The Issuer is a business trust duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the

14

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


State of Nevada and has full power, authority and legal right to (i) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (ii) own its properties and assets (including, without limitation, the Trust Estate) and carry on its business as now being conducted and as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, (iii) consummate the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (iv) grant the Liens with regard to the Trust Estate pursuant to the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
(b)      Due Qualification . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a business trust or a corporation, as applicable, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect thereto, in each jurisdiction in which failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable.
(c)      Due Authorization . The execution and delivery by the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, by all necessary action on the part of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as the case may be.
(d)      No Violation . The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as the case may be, will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or an event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute or result in a conflict, breach or default under, any Requirements of Law applicable to the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, the Nevada certificate of trust or the Trust Agreement of the Issuer or any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, is a party or by which it or any of its respective property is bound.
(e)      Binding Obligation . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, enforceable against such party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors generally and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
(f)      No Proceedings . There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, threatened, against the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, nor, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, are there any proceedings or investigations pending or threatened against the Account Owner, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (iv) seeking

15

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (v) seeking any determination or ruling that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or operations of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable. None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, the Account Owner, is party or subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority, nor is there any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation by any Governmental Authority, in either case, that could reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Transaction Documents. None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, the Account Owner, has any existing accrued and/or unpaid penalties, fines or sanctions imposed by and owing to any Governmental Authority or any other governmental payee, and in the case of the Servicer only, which is not currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and against which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
(g)      All Consents Required . All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any Governmental Authority required to be obtained by the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, on or prior to the date hereof in connection with the execution and delivery by the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance by the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the fulfillment by the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(h)      Solvency: Transferor . Each of the Transferor and the Issuer will be Solvent following the consummation on each Increase Date of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the transfer by the Transferor to the Issuer of the Transferred Assets. The transfers of the Receivables to the Issuer for the benefit of the Noteholders are not being made by the Transferor with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud itself or its creditors.
(i)      Taxes . The Transferor and the Issuer have filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed. The Transferor and the Issuer have paid or caused to be paid all present Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges made against it or any of its property (other than any amount of Tax the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been provided on the books of the Transferor), and, to the best of the Transferor’s and the Issuer’s knowledge, no Tax lien has been filed and no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such Tax, fee or other charge.
(j)      ERISA . The Transferor, the Issuer and their respective ERISA benefit plans are in compliance with ERISA in all material respects.
(k)      Use of Proceeds . Neither the Transferor nor the Issuer is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any acquisition of an interest in the Notes, directly or indirectly, will be used for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulations T, U and X promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board from time to time.

16

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(l)      Reports Accurate . No information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished by the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, to the Agent in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or any transaction contemplated hereby is inaccurate in any material respect as of the date it is dated or as of the date so furnished, and no such document contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(m)      Place of Business . As of the Closing Date, the principal place of business and chief executive office of the Transferor is located at 101 Convention Drive, Suite 850-20A, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, the principal place of business and chief executive office of the Issuer is located at 3993 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 250, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169, and the principal place of business and chief executive office of the Servicer is located at Five Concourse Parkway, Suite 300, Atlanta, Georgia 30346, and the office where the Servicer keeps all of the instruments, documents, agreements, books and records relating to the Accounts and the Receivables is located in DeKalb County, Georgia.
(n)      Tradenames . As of the Closing Date, the Transferor has, within the last five (5) years, operated only under the tradenames identified in Exhibit B hereto, and, within the last five (5) years, has not changed its name, merged with or into or consolidated with any other corporation or been the subject of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding applicable to the Transferor.
(o)      Value . The Transferor has received or will receive reasonably equivalent value in return for the transfer of its interest in the Receivables and the other property transferred pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(p)      Security Interest . The Transferor has granted a security interest (as defined in the UCC) to the Issuer in the Receivables, which is enforceable in accordance with applicable law upon execution and delivery of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The Issuer has granted a security interest (as defined in the UCC) to the Indenture Trustee, in the Receivables, which is enforceable in accordance with applicable law upon execution and delivery of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. Upon the filing of UCC-1 financing statements naming the Indenture Trustee as secured party and the Issuer as debtor, the Indenture Trustee shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables. All filings (including, without limitation, such UCC filings) as are necessary in any jurisdiction to perfect the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables have been made. As of the Closing Date, no financing statement naming the Issuer as “Debtor” and relating to any of the Trust Estate is on file in any public office except those on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and those related to the Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, the Issuer is not party to any agreement, document or instrument that conflicts with this Section 4.1(p) .
(q)      Investment Company Act . Neither the Transferor nor the Issuer is or is controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act.
(r)      No Early Redemption Event or Event of Default . After giving effect to issuance of the Notes, and the purchase on each Increase Date of each Note Principal Balance Increase, no Early Redemption Event (with respect to the Issuer), Event of Default (with respect to Series 2017-One) or Servicer Default (with respect to the Servicer) has occurred and is continuing, and no event, act or omission has occurred and is continuing which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice or both, would constitute such an Early Redemption Event (with respect to the Issuer), Event of Default (with respect to Series 2017-One) or Servicer Default (with respect to the Servicer).

17

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(s)      No Registration under the Securities Act, Trust Indenture Act . With respect to the Issuer, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Offered Notes to the Investors or the Class A Trust Certificate to the Certificateholder to register the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate under the Securities Act. With respect to the Issuer, the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement are not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
(t)      Additional Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Transferor in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, with regard to itself as Transferor and with respect to the Receivables (individually and in the aggregate), are true and correct as of the applicable date set forth in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The representations and warranties of the Servicer in the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, with regard to itself as Servicer, are true and correct as of the applicable date set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The representations and warranties of the Issuer in the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with regard to itself as Issuer, are true and correct as of the applicable date set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(u)      Credit Card Guidelines . Since December 16, 2016, there have been no material changes in the Credit Card Guidelines other than as permitted hereunder.
(v)      Liens . Except as set forth herein or in the other Transaction Documents, the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Issuer will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer.
(w)      Transfer and Servicing Agreement . The Transfer and Servicing Agreement is the only agreement pursuant to which the Issuer purchases the Receivables and the related Transferred Assets. The Issuer has furnished to the Agent a true, correct and complete copy of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The purchase by the Issuer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement constitutes a sale or the grant of a security interest enforceable against creditors of the Transferor. There is no provision in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement that would restrict the ability of the Issuer to collaterally assign its rights thereunder to the Indenture Trustee.
(x)      Subsidiaries, Capitalization and Ownership Interests . The Issuer has no subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. The outstanding equity interests in the Issuer are directly owned (both beneficially and of record) by the Transferor. The outstanding ownership or voting interests of the Issuer have been duly authorized and validly issued. Schedule 4.1(x) attached hereto, lists all beneficiaries, administrators, managers or managing members or directors of the Issuer as of the Closing Date. Except as disclosed pursuant to Section 4.1(ff) , the Issuer does not (i) own any Investment Property or (ii) own any interest or participate or engage in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements with any Person.
(y)      Title to Receivables . Upon the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer will be the lawful owner of, and have good title to, or have security interest in, each Receivable, free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens).
(z)      Other Agreements . None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition contained in any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or to which any of its properties or assets are subject, nor is there any event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time or

18

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


both, would constitute or result in a conflict, breach, default or event of default under, any of the foregoing. As of the Closing Date, each of the Issuer and the Transferor is newly formed and is not a party to any material agreements other than the Transaction Documents.
(aa)      Financial Statements and Reports . Any financial statements and financial information relating to the Transferor or Holdings delivered to Agent by the Transferor (a) are consistent with the books of account and records of the Transferor or Holdings, as applicable, (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Agent after disclosure in writing by the Transferor to the Agent), on a consistent basis throughout the indicated periods, except that the unaudited financial statements contain no footnotes or year-end adjustments, and (c) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, assets and liabilities and results of operations of the Transferor or Holdings, as applicable, at the dates and for the relevant periods indicated in accordance with GAAP (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Agent after disclosure in writing by the Transferor to the Agent) on a basis consistently applied. Neither the Transferor nor Holdings has any material obligations or liabilities of any kind required to be disclosed therein that are not disclosed in such financial statements, and since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Agent pursuant to Section 4.4 , there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Transferor, the Servicer, the Seller, the Issuer or Holdings or, to the knowledge of the Transferor, the Servicer or the Issuer, the Account Owner.
(bb)      Compliance with Law . The Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer and, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the Account Owner (in the case of the Account Owner, solely with respect to the Receivables, the sale of the Receivables and the origination of the Receivables) (a) are in compliance with all Requirements of Law, and (b) are not in violation of any order of any Governmental Authority or other board or tribunal, except, in the case of both (a) and (b), where noncompliance or violation could not reasonably be expected to be, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on such Person. None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer nor, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the Account Owner (in the case of the Account Owner, solely with respect to the Receivables, the sale of the Receivables and the origination of the Receivables) have received any notice that the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner is not in material compliance in any respect with any of the requirements of any of the foregoing. The Issuer has not established and does not maintain or contribute to any “benefit plan” that is covered by Title IV of ERISA. The Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer and, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the Account Owner, have maintained in all material respects all records required to be maintained by any applicable Governmental Authority. Since its formation, the Issuer has not engaged, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the activities set forth herein and in the other Transaction Documents.
(cc)      Licenses and Permits . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer and, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the Account Owner (in the case of the Account Owner solely with respect to the Receivables, the sale of the Receivables and the origination of the Receivables) are in compliance with and have all Permits necessary or required by Requirements of Law or any Governmental Authority for the operation of their respective businesses as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted except where noncompliance, violation or lack thereof is not reasonably expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner. All Permits necessary or required by Requirements of Law or Governmental Authority for the operation of the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, the Servicer’s and, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the Account Owner’s (in the case of the Account Owner, solely with respect to the Receivables, the sale of the Receivables and the origination of the Receivables) businesses are not

19

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


in known conflict with the rights of others, except where such conflict or lack of being in full force and effect is not reasonably expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner.
(dd)      Existing Indebtedness, Investments, Guarantees and Certain Contracts . The Issuer does not (a) have any outstanding Indebtedness, except Indebtedness incurred under the Transaction Documents or documents related to other Series issued pursuant to the Indenture, or (b) own or hold any equity investments in, or have any outstanding guarantees for, the obligations of any other Person.
(ee)      Affiliated Agreements . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1(ee) attached hereto, there are no existing or proposed agreements or transactions between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Issuer’s members, managers, administrators, trustees, managing members, investors, officers, directors, stockholders, other equity holders, employees, or Affiliates or any members of their respective families, on the other hand.
(ff)      Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and other Investment Property . Schedule 4.1(ff) attached hereto, lists all of the Issuer’s Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and other Investment Property as of the Closing Date.
(gg)      Non-Subordination . The Secured Obligations are not subordinated in any way to any other obligations of the Issuer or to the rights of any other Person.
(hh)      Servicing . The Issuer has entered into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with the Servicer pursuant to which the Issuer has engaged the Servicer, as servicer to monitor, manage, enforce and collect the applicable Receivables and disburse any collections in respect thereof as provided by the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(ii)      Broker’s or Finder’s Commissions . No broker’s, finder’s or placement fee or commission will be payable to any broker or agent engaged by the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer or any of their respective officers, directors or agents with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Transferor agrees to indemnify the Agent and the Investors and hold each harmless from and against any claim, demand or liability for broker’s, finder’s or placement fees or similar commissions, whether or not payable by the Transferor, incurred or alleged to have been incurred in connection with such transactions, other than any broker’s or finder’s fees payable to Persons engaged by the Agent and/or the Investors without the knowledge of the Transferor.
(jj)      Anti-Terrorism; OFAC; AML
(i)      For purposes of this Section: “ Transaction Person ” includes the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, any Person controlling or controlled by the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, any Person having a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, and any Person for whom the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this transaction; “ Sanctions ” means any economic sanctions law, regulation, Executive Order, program or list administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), including without limitation Section 1 of EO 13224 and OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List; “ EO 13224 ” means Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001); “ Sanctioned Person ” means any person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking, or with whom dealing is otherwise prohibited or restricted,

20

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


pursuant to any Sanctions; and “ Sanctioned Country ” means country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (currently including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea region of Ukraine).
(ii)      No Transaction Person (1) is a Sanctioned Person; (2) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of EO 13224 or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, is otherwise a known associate based on publicly available information with any such Sanctioned Person in any manner that violates Section 2 of such executive order; or (3) to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, is located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country. To the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, no part of the proceeds of the Notes will be used by the Issuer or the Transferor or lent, contributed or otherwise made available to any other Person, directly or indirectly (1) to fund any activities or business of or with any Sanctioned Person or in any Sanctioned Country or (2) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by the Agent, the Investors or any other Person.
(iii)      To the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, no part of the proceeds of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments (i) to fund or facilitate any money laundering or terrorist financing activities or business; or (ii) in any other manner that would cause or result in violation of Patriot Act laws, rules or regulations.
(iv)      To the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, no part of the proceeds of the Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable law, rule or regulation prohibiting bribery or corruption.
(v)      The Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer acknowledge by executing this Agreement that the Agent has notified the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer that, pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, the Agent and each Investor is required to obtain, verify and record such information as may be necessary to identify the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer, or any Person owning twenty-five percent (25.00%) or more of the equity interests of the Transferor (including, without limitation, the name and address of such Person) in accordance with the Patriot Act.
(kk)      Other Business Activity . The Issuer has no other business activity except as contemplated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and is not party to any other debt, financing or other material transaction or agreement other than the Transaction Documents or documents related to any other Series issued pursuant to the Indenture.
(ll)      Ordinary Course of Business . Each payment of interest and principal on the Offered Notes will have been (i) in payment of a debt incurred in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs on the part of the Issuer and (ii) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Issuer.
(mm)      NYC Debt Collector’s Law . The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party do not and will not result in the Issuer being deemed a “debt collection agency” or require licensing under, or violate any provision of the NYC Debt Collector’s Law and the Issuer is in compliance in all respects with any applicable provisions of the NYC Debt Collector’s Law.

21

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(nn)      Schedule . The information contained in the schedule of Receivables attached to the report delivered pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iii) as supplemented from time to time, and in each data tape or data file provided to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.4 is true, correct and complete in all material respects.
The representations and warranties set forth in this section shall survive the purchase of any portion of the Offered Notes by an Investor and any portion of the Class A Trust Certificate by the Certificateholder. Upon discovery by the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer, the Agent or any Investor of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others.
SECTION 4.2      Covenants of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer . Each of the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer covenants, with respect to itself only and not as to any other, as follows:
(a)      Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations, Preservation of Corporate or Trust Existence . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders and preserve and maintain its corporate or trust existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected (i) to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, or on the transaction documented under this Agreement, or (ii) have an Adverse Effect. The Transferor and the Issuer will comply, in all material respects, with all acts, rules, regulations, orders, decrees and directions of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Accounts or any part thereof, provided , however , that the Issuer and the Transferor may contest any act, rule, regulation, order, decree or direction in any reasonable manner which will not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables or the collectability of the Receivables. Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer shall (A) pay all Taxes, assessments, fees, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and all other obligations or liabilities of any kind for which it is liable when due and payable, except liabilities being contested in good faith and against which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and (B) properly file all reports required to be filed by it with any Governmental Authority, except under clause (B) where the failure to file could not reasonably be expected to be, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on such Person.
(b)      Organization . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, will preserve and maintain its existence as a trust or as a corporation, as applicable, duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada, in the case of the Transferor and the Issuer, and the State of Georgia, in the case of the Servicer; provided , however , that the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, may consolidate or merge to the extent permitted by the Transaction Documents.
(c)      Books and Records . The Servicer, will, at its own cost and expense, maintain Records with respect to the Accounts and the Receivables and copies of all documents relating to each Account as custodian for the Indenture Trustee, and prior to the Closing Date or the Increase Date, indicate clearly and unambiguously in its computer files that the Receivables have been transferred and assigned to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders pursuant to the Transaction Documents or documents related to any other Series issued under the Indenture.
(d)      Access to Information . From the Closing Date until six (6) months after the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1, each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, will, at any time and from time to time during regular business hours, on at least five (5) Business Days (or if an Early Redemption Event has occurred, one Business Day) notice to the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as the case may be, permit the Agent on behalf of the Investors, or their agents or representatives (i) to examine all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in

22

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


the possession or under the control of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as the case may be, relating to the Receivables (other than names of account holders and Proprietary Information, including strategic plans for the Servicer’s credit card business), including the forms of Credit Card Agreements under which such Receivables arise, (ii) to engage a third-party to perform a loan to file review of the Receivables and (iii) to visit the offices and properties of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above and observing and discussing collection practices and business and financial prospects generally. Unless an Early Redemption Event has occurred, the Agent and the Investors shall be limited to one visit per year, which visit shall be at the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s or the Servicer’s, as applicable, reasonable cost and expense (and otherwise at the expense of the Investors), in no event to exceed Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollar ($25,000.00) per annum in the aggregate when combined with any reimbursement amounts due and payable by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.3(c), unless a first examination indicates material deficiencies and an additional visit is required, in the sole discretion of the Agent; provided, however, any visits following the termination of this Agreement shall be at the expense of the Agent. In addition, each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, as applicable, will, instruct its independent accountants and financial advisors to cooperate with the Agent and its agents and representatives in their investigation pursuant to this Section 4.2(d) . Any information obtained by the Agent and the Investors pursuant to this Section 4.2(d ) shall be held in confidence by the Agent and the Investors in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.9 hereof.
(e)      Credit Card Agreements . Each of the Transferor and the Issuer shall comply with and perform its obligations, if any, under the applicable Credit Card Agreements relating to the Accounts, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected (i) to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, or on the transaction documented under this Agreement, or (ii) have an Adverse Effect.
(f)      Notice of Liens . The Transferor and the Issuer shall advise the Agent promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien asserted or claim made against any of the Receivables (other than any Lien permitted hereunder or under the Indenture). The Transferor and the Issuer shall take all actions, and execute and deliver all documents and instruments, necessary to promptly release and terminate any such Liens.
(g)      Change of Location . Each of the Transferor and the Issuer, as applicable, (i) will not without providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent and without filing any new financing statements and such amendments to any previously filed financing statements as the Agent may reasonably require, change its name, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization, (ii) will not delete or otherwise impair the marking of its Records referred to in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and (iii) will promptly take all actions required of each relevant jurisdiction in order to continue the first priority perfected security interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Trust Estate.
(h)      Other Actions . Following prior request from the Agent, each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer (but only to the extent of its obligations as Servicer under the Transaction Documents) shall make available to the Agent copies of any and all documents, instruments, materials and other items that relate to, secure, evidence, give rise to or generate or otherwise involve the Trust Estate, including, without limitation, the Receivables, in each case to the extent such Person has access to such documents, instruments, materials and other items without incurring any significant cost, time or expense. Each of the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer (but only to the extent of its obligations as Servicer under the Transaction Documents), as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent on behalf of the Investors all such documents and instruments and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary or reasonably required by the Agent, acting on behalf of the Investors, or the Indenture Trustee to enable the

23

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Indenture Trustee or the Agent on behalf of the Investors to exercise and enforce their respective rights under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents and to realize thereon, and the Transferor, the Servicer (but only to the extent of its obligations as Servicer under the Transaction Documents) and the Issuer shall record and file and re-record and refile all such documents and instruments, at such time or times, in such manner and at such place or places, as may be necessary or reasonably required by the Indenture Trustee or the Agent to validate, preserve, perfect and protect the position of the Indenture Trustee, including, without limitation, the Indenture Trustee’s first priority (other than with respect to property or assets covered by Permitted Liens) perfected Lien on the Trust Estate, or the Agent under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement (to the extent the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer is a party thereto), and the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer shall maintain this Agreement as part of its official records; provided , however , that none of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer will have any obligation to prepare or file financing statements in the names of the Investors. Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer (but only to the extent of its obligations as Servicer under the Transaction Documents other than this Agreement) shall defend the Trust Estate and the Indenture Trustee’s first priority (other than with respect to property or assets covered by Permitted Liens) perfected Lien thereon against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to the Indenture Trustee, and pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such defense.
(i)      Transfer of Receivables . The Transferor shall cause the Seller to comply with its agreements and obligations pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, including the obligation set forth in Section 5.01(l) thereof. The Issuer shall enforce its rights with respect to all obligations of the Transferor and the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(j)      Resignation or Removal of the Indenture Trustee or Administrator . The Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, promptly shall notify the Agent on behalf of the Investors of any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Administrator under the Administration Agreement. The Issuer shall not remove the Indenture Trustee or Administrator or appoint any successor thereto without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(k)      No Change in Business or Credit Card Guidelines . None of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer will make any change in the character of its business or, except pursuant to any Requirements of Law, in the Credit Card Guidelines, which change would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable.
(l)      Amendments to the Transaction Documents . Each of the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, shall not terminate (except in accordance with the terms thereof and only if at the time of such termination none of the Class A Note Principal Balance or other amounts payable to the Agent or the Investors hereunder are unpaid), amend, waive any right or obligation of any party under or any condition precedent under, or otherwise modify any Transaction Document to which it is a party without the prior written consent of the Agent on behalf of the Investors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless such amendment or waiver is of the Indenture Supplement in which case the Agent’s consent shall be in its sole discretion to any change other than an administrative change which does not have an economic impact on the Investors. The Transferor shall not enter into any receivables purchase agreement, including an agreement matching the description in clause (ii) of the definition of Receivables Purchase Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Agent on behalf of the Investors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

24

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(m)      No Additional Series Without Consent . Other than a Series of notes satisfying the requirements of a Senior Facility set forth on Exhibit D, Issuer will not issue any additional Series of notes under the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement without obtaining the Agent’s prior written consent.
(n)      No Paired Series Without Consent . Series 2017-One shall not become a Paired Series without the Agent’s prior written consent.
(o)      Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence and Assets . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer shall (a) collect (or, in the case of the Issuer and the Transferor, shall cause the Servicer to collect) all Receivables in the ordinary course of business, (b) maintain and keep in full force and effect its existence and all material Permits and qualifications to do business and remain in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or lease of property or the nature of its business makes such Permits or qualification necessary and in which failure to maintain such Permits or qualification is reasonably expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on such Person and (c) remain in good standing and maintain operations in all jurisdictions in which currently located, except where the failure to remain in good standing or maintain operations could not reasonably be expected to be, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on such Person.
(p)      True Books . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer shall (a) keep true, complete and accurate in all material respects (in accordance with GAAP (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Agent after disclosure in writing to the Agent), except for the omission of footnotes and year-end adjustments in interim financial statements) books of record and account in accordance with commercially reasonable business practices in which true and correct entries are made of all of its dealings and transactions in all material respects; (b) set up and maintain on its books such reserves as may be required by GAAP (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Agent after disclosure in writing to the Agent) with respect to doubtful accounts and all Taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims and with respect to its business and (c) maintain a revenue recognition method in accordance with GAAP (except to the extent consented to in writing by the Agent after disclosure in writing to the Agent).
(q)      Other Liens . If Liens other than Permitted Liens exist on the Trust Estate, the Issuer or the Transferor shall take all actions, and execute and deliver all documents and instruments, necessary to promptly release and terminate such Liens. Upon discovery of any Lien other than a Permitted Lien, the Issuer or the Transferor shall notify the Agent.
(r)      Special Purpose Entity . Each of the Issuer and the Transferor, at all times:
(i)      shall do all things necessary to observe corporate formalities, and preserve its existence as a single-purpose, bankruptcy-remote entity;
(ii)      shall allocate fairly and reasonably and pay from its own funds the cost of (i) any overhead expenses (including paying for any office space) shared with any of its Affiliates and (ii) any services (such as asset management, legal and accounting) that are provided jointly to it and one or more of its Affiliates;
(iii)      shall maintain and utilize separate invoices and checks bearing its own name;
(iv)      shall be, and at all times hold itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct (other than for tax purposes) from any other Person;

25

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(v)      shall comply with any other customary rating agency requirements for a single purpose entity as the Agent may require from time to time by notice to the Issuer and the Transferor;
(vi)      shall conduct its business and activities in all respects in compliance with the assumptions contained in the legal opinion delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(viii)(I) of this Agreement;
(vii)      shall not engage in any business or activity other than the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Receivables, the issuance of the Notes and activities incidental thereto;
(viii)      shall not acquire or own any material assets other than the Receivables, and such incidental personal property as may be necessary for the operation of the Receivables;
(ix)      shall not merge into or consolidate with any Person or dissolve, terminate or liquidate in whole or in part, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or change its legal structure, without in each case the Agent’s consent;
(x)      shall not fail to preserve its existence as an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, and qualifications to do business, or without the prior written consent of the Agent, amend, modify, terminate or fail to comply with the provisions of its partnership agreement, certificate of limited partnership, bylaws, articles of incorporation, operating agreement, articles of organization, certificate of trust, trust agreement or other similar organizational documents, as the case may be;
(xi)      shall not own any Subsidiary (except for the Issuer) or make any equity investment in any Person without the consent of the Agent;
(xii)      except in connection with the servicing of the Receivables, shall not commingle its assets with the assets of any of its members, general partners, shareholders, Affiliates, principals or of any other Person;
(xiii)      shall not incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation), other than the Secured Obligations;
(xiv)      shall not fail to maintain its records, books of accounts and bank accounts separate and apart from those of its members, partners, shareholders, principals and Affiliates or any other Person;
(xv)      shall not, other than its formation documents or any Transaction Documents or as otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents, enter into any contract or agreement with any of its members, general partners, shareholders, principals or Affiliates, or any member, general partner, shareholder, principal or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, except upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arms-length basis with third parties other than any of its members, general partners, shareholders, principals or Affiliates, or any member, general partner, shareholder or Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
(xvi)      shall not seek its dissolution or winding up in whole, or in part;

26

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(xvii)      shall not fail to correct any known misunderstandings regarding its separate identity;
(xviii)      other than as provided in the Transaction Documents, shall not hold itself out to be responsible for the Indebtedness or liabilities of another Person;
(xix)      shall not, other than owning the Receivables purchased from the Seller pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, solely in the case of the Transferor, and owning the Receivables purchased from the Transferor pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, solely in the case of the Issuer, make any loans or advances to any third party, including any member, general partner, shareholder, principal or Affiliate of the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the Transferor or any member, general partner, shareholder, principal or Affiliate of any of the foregoing;
(xx)      shall not fail to maintain adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations (provided that this clause shall not require any owner of the Transferor or the Issuer to make any contribution of capital to the Transferor or the Issuer); and
(xxi)      shall not, except for invoicing for collections and servicing of Receivables, share any common logo with (i) any of its general partners, shareholders, principals, members or Affiliates, (ii) any Affiliate of any of its general partners, shareholders, principals or members, or (iii) any other Person.
(s)      Collections . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer covenants that it shall:
(i)      At all times comply, and in the case of the Issuer and the Transferor, require the Servicer to comply, with the terms of Section 3.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(ii)      Prevent the deposit into the Collection Account of any funds other than collections from Receivables or other funds to be deposited into the Collection Account under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; provided that, this covenant shall not be breached to the extent that funds are inadvertently deposited into the Collection Account and upon discovery are promptly segregated and removed from the Collection Account.
(t)      [ Reserved ].
(u)      Actions with respect to Bankruptcy Petitions . To the extent permitted by law, each of the Issuer and the Transferor will timely object to all proceedings of the type described in the definition of Insolvency Event instituted against it.
(v)      NYC Debt Collector’s Law . Each of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer shall comply in all respects with any applicable provisions of the NYC Debt Collector’s Law.
(w)      Indebtedness . The Issuer shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except (i) Indebtedness under the Transaction Documents and documents related to any other Series issued pursuant to the Indenture and in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) fees, trade payables to third party service providers and other general unsecured liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business not to exceed $10,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

27

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(x)      Liens . Neither of the Issuer or the Transferor shall create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon, in or against, or pledge of, any of the Trust Estate, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”): (a) Liens under the Transaction Documents or otherwise arising in favor of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, (b) any right of setoff granted in favor of any financial institution in respect of Trust Accounts opened and maintained in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement; provided , that with respect to any such Trust Account, the Indenture Trustee has a perfected Lien thereon and control thereof, in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion and (c) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith and against which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
(y)      Investments; Investment Property; Collateral; Subsidiaries . Other than as contemplated in the Transaction Documents, neither the Issuer nor the Transferor shall, directly or indirectly, (a) merge with, purchase, own, hold, invest in or otherwise acquire any equity interests of, or any other interest in, all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person or any joint venture, (b) purchase, own, hold, invest in or otherwise acquire any Investment Property (except (i) those set forth in Schedule 4.2(y) attached hereto as of the Closing Date, (ii) Trust Accounts with financial institutions and investments in the ordinary course of business; provided , that with respect to any such Trust Accounts, the Indenture Trustee has a perfected Lien thereon and control thereof, in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion and (iii) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business) or (c) make or permit to exist any loan, advances or guarantees to or for the benefit of any Person or assume, guarantee, endorse, contingently agree to purchase or otherwise become liable for or upon or incur any obligation of any Person except as provided in clause (b) above. The Issuer shall not purchase, lease, own, operate, hold, invest in or otherwise acquire any property or asset that is located outside of the United States except as provided in clause (b) above. The Issuer shall not have any Subsidiaries.
(z)      Transactions with Affiliates . Neither the Issuer nor the Transferor shall enter into or consummate any transaction of any kind with any of its Affiliates other than (a) the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents, and (b) to the extent not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, other transactions upon fair and reasonable terms materially no less favorable to such Person than would be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.
(aa)      Charter Documents; Fiscal Year; Dissolution; Use of Proceeds; Insurance Policies; Taxes; Trade Names . Neither the Transferor nor the Issuer shall (i) amend, modify, restate or change its certificate of trust, trust agreement, certificate of formation, operating agreement, articles of incorporation, bylaws or similar charter or governance documents, (ii) change its fiscal year, (iii) amend, alter, suspend, terminate or make provisional in any material way, any Permit, the suspension, amendment, alteration or termination of which could reasonably be expected to be, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer or the Transferor without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (iv) wind up, liquidate or dissolve (voluntarily or involuntarily) or commence or suffer any proceedings seeking or that would result in any of the foregoing, (v) use any proceeds of any Note for “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” as defined in Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, (vi) amend, modify, restate or change any insurance policy in a manner adverse to the Agent or any other Investor in any material respect, (vii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than as set forth herein, (viii) establish new or additional trade names without providing not less than thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Agent or (ix) certificate, or cause to have certificated, any equity ownership interest in the Issuer that is not

28

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


evidenced by a certificate as of the Closing Date, without the Agent’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(bb)      Transfer of Trust Estate; Amendment of Receivables .
(i)      Except as provided in the Transaction Documents, the Issuer shall not sell, lease, transfer, pledge, encumber, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Trust Estate without the prior consent of Agent.
(ii)      None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer shall extend, amend, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or permit the rescission or cancellation of any Receivable, whether for any reason relating to a negative change in the related Obligor’s creditworthiness or inability to make any payment under the Receivable or otherwise, except as permitted by the Credit Card Guidelines.
(cc)      Contingent Obligations and Risks . Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents, neither the Issuer nor the Transferor shall enter into any Contingent Obligations or assume, guarantee, endorse, contingently agree to purchase or otherwise become liable for or upon or incur any obligation of any Person (other than indemnities to officers and directors of such Person to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law); provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 4.2(cc) shall prohibit the Issuer or the Transferor from indorsing checks in the ordinary course of its business.
(dd)      Truth of Statements . None of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer shall furnish to the Agent any information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report that contains any untrue statement of a material fact or that omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make it not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was furnished.
(ee)      Anti-Terrorism; OFAC; AML .
(i)      No Transaction Person (as defined in Section 4.1(jj) ) shall (a) be or become a Sanctioned Person (as defined in Section 4.1(jj) ) whose property or interests in property are blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (b) engage in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or to the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, otherwise be associated with any such Sanctioned Person in any manner that violates Section 2 of such executive order, or (c) otherwise become a Sanctioned Person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons in violation of the limitations or prohibitions under any other OFAC regulation or executive order.
(ii)      To the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the proceeds of any Note shall not be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments (i) to fund or facilitate any money laundering or terrorist financing activities or business; or (ii) in any other manner that would cause or result in violation of Patriot Act laws, rules or regulations.
(iii)      To the knowledge of the Issuer, the Transferor and the Servicer, the proceeds of any Note shall not be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper

29

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable law, rule or regulation prohibiting bribery or corruption.
(ff)      Deposit Accounts and Payment Instructions .
(i)      Aside from Series Accounts opened with the Indenture Trustee in connection with other Series, the Issuer shall not open a deposit account or securities account (other than those listed in Schedule 4.2(ff) attached hereto as of the Closing Date), or move a deposit account or securities account to a different bank or securities intermediary, as applicable, without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, but may be conditioned upon the delivery of an account control agreement with such successor bank or securities intermediary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent. In the event that any bank or securities intermediary at which a Trust Account is maintained ceases to be an Eligible Institution, then the Issuer shall, within 30 days of such occurrence, move such Trust Accounts to an Eligible Institution that is approved by the Agent in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, but may be conditioned upon the delivery of an account control agreement with such successor bank or securities intermediary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.
(ii)      Neither the Issuer nor the Transferor shall make any change in the instructions to the Servicer with respect to the deposits of collections regarding Receivables to the Collection Account in accordance with the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
(gg)      No Adverse Selection . Each of the Transferor and the Issuer covenants and agrees that all Receivables selected to be purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing from all other similar receivables that are included in the Seller’s pipeline of loans for acquisition from the Account Owner shall, at all times, (i) be selected at random and with no intention to select receivables that would be more adverse to the Issuer than any other Person and (ii) when compared to all credit card receivables originated through the Seller’s platform be allocated among the Issuer and all other entities directly or indirectly managed or controlled by the Seller or any of its Affiliates, selected at random and not selected in a manner that would be more adverse to the Issuer or the Noteholders than to any such other entity and its creditors.
(hh)      Account Owner . Prior to the addition of any Account Owner, the Transferor shall (i) consult with the Agent, (ii) provide the Agent with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of such proposed Account Owner, (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to the Agent such information requested by the Agent as is reasonably necessary to allow the Agent to perform substantially the same diligence review of the Account Owner and the proposed arrangement as it performed with respect to existing Account Owner as of the Closing Date; and (iv) provide the Agent with drafts of the proposed agreements and form documents to be executed and used in connection with such Account Owner at least five Business Days’ prior to such addition and consider in good faith the Agent’s comments to such agreements and documents.
(ii)      Repurchase . The Transferor covenants to purchase Ineligible Receivables pursuant to Section 2.05(a) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and, to the extent that the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement require the Seller to repurchase such Receivables resell such Ineligible Receivables to Seller, in the event that a Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency occurs and remains uncured as a result of any unrepurchased Ineligible Receivables’ principal balance being reduced to zero.

30

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(jj)      Senior Facility . The Transferor and the Issuer covenants and agrees not to enter into any financing other than one or more non-concurrent Series of notes satisfying the requirements of a Senior Facility set forth on Exhibit D without obtaining the Agent’s prior written consent.
(kk)      Backup Servicer . The Transferor and the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to engage a backup servicer subject to the consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the Closing Date. In the event of the termination or resignation of a backup servicer, the Transferor and the Issuer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to engage a backup servicer acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such resignation or termination.
(ll)      Transfer of Class B Notes; Class B Note Purchase Agreement . The Class B Notes shall not be transferred in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Agent. The Class B Note Purchase Agreement shall not be amended, restated or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Agent.
(mm)      Transferor Amount . From the Initial Funding Date until the date on which the Class A Note Principal Balance first equals the Maximum Principal Amount, the Transferor Amount shall not exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).
(nn)      Sale of the Receivables . Each of the Transferor and the Issuer shall in good faith request that the Noteholders under the Senior Facility agree to provide the Class A Noteholders a right of first refusal to purchase the Receivables in the event of a sale of Receivables after an “Event of Default” under the Senior Facility.
(oo)      Enforcement of Rights . The Issuer shall enforce its rights with respect to all obligations of the Transferor and the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and all other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer and the Transferor or the Servicer is a party. The Transferor shall enforce its rights with respect to all obligations of the Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
(pp)      Deposit of Collections . In the event that the Servicer fails to deposit any Collections into the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following the Date of Processing, the Servicer shall pay to the Issuer, in immediately available funds, the amount of such Collections.
(qq)      Release of Collections . In the event that the Servicer releases any Collections from the Collection Account in contravention of the Series 2017-One Indenture Supplement or any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party, the Servicer shall pay to the Issuer, in immediately available funds, the amount of such improperly released Collections.
SECTION 4.3      Periodic Notices and Reports .
(a)      Financial Reporting . From the Closing Date until the Termination Date, the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, shall furnish to the Agent:
(i)      Annual Reporting . Within ninety (90) days following the end of each fiscal year of each of the Transferor and Holdings, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, the audited consolidated balance sheet of each of the Transferor and Holdings as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Transferor and Holdings for such fiscal year, which financial statements shall be prepared and certified without any material qualification and accompanied by any management letter of the

31

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Transferor’s or Holdings’, as applicable, independent certified public accounting firm and an Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor;
(ii)      Quarterly Reporting . Within forty-five (45) days following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Transferor and Holdings, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of each of the Transferor and Holdings as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Transferor and Holdings for such fiscal quarter;
(iii)      Monthly Reporting . The Servicer shall furnish to the Investors (or cause to be furnished to the Investors), on a monthly basis on or before each Determination Date, such information relating to the status of the Receivables, accounts relating to the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement for the preceding Monthly Period and such other information with respect to the Issuer’s property in a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture Supplement;
(iv)      Compliance Certificate . Together with the financial statements required under this Section, a compliance certificate signed by the Transferor’s president, chief financial officer, treasurer or other executive officer stating that, to the best of such Person’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the financial statements delivered to the Investors have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately reflect the financial condition of the Transferor and a certificate of the Transferor that no Early Redemption Event exists, or if any Early Redemption Event exists, stating the nature and status thereof and the steps taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
(v)      Filings with Governmental Authorities . Promptly after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Transferor or the Issuer may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous governmental authority;
(vi)      Other Information . Such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Accounts, the Receivables or the servicing thereof or the Issuer as the Agent on behalf of the Investors may from time to time reasonably request (as can be reasonably obtained or provided by the Transferor or the Servicer); and such publicly available information, documents, records or reports respecting the Servicer, the Transferor, the Issuer or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Servicer, the Issuer or the Transferor as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request; provided , that neither the Servicer nor the Transferor shall be required to disclose any information reasonably determined by it to be Proprietary Information;
provided , however , for so long as Holdings is subject to, and in compliance with, the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and such requirements require public disclosure of the items specified in the above clauses (i) , (ii) , (iv) and (v) , Holdings shall be required to furnish such items only upon the request of the Agent.
(b)      Notices . The Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, shall notify the Agent in writing of any of the following with respect to itself only promptly and in any event within five (5) days upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:
(i)      Notice of Early Redemption Events . As soon as possible and in any event, within five (5) days after learning of the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event or Event of Default,

32

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


accompanied by a statement of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Transferor or the Issuer or an Officer’s Certificate of a Servicing Officer, as applicable, specifying the nature and status thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action is proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
(ii)      Judgment and Proceedings . The entry of any judgment or decree against the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, in excess of $5,000,000, or the institution of any material lawsuit or other proceeding against such Person;
(iii)      Litigation . The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Receivable Sales Agreement or the Loan Servicing Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Receivable Sales Agreement or the Loan Servicing Agreement, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Receivable Sales Agreement or the Loan Servicing Agreement, (v) seeking any determination or ruling that, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or operations of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, (vi) that makes a claim or claims against or affecting the Issuer or the Transferor, or that makes a claim or claims in an aggregate amount greater than $5,000,000, in the case of the Servicer or the Account Owner, or (vii) that is commenced by or against the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer as debtor under any applicable Debtor Relief Law;
(iv)      ERISA . The occurrence of any Reportable Event under Section 4043(c) (5), (6) or (9) of ERISA with respect to any Plan of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, any decision to terminate or withdraw from a Plan of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, any finding made with respect to a Plan of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, under Section 4041(c) or (e) of ERISA, the commencement of any proceeding with respect to a Plan of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable under Section 4042 of ERISA, the failure to make any required installment or other required payment under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA on or before the date for such installment or payment, or any material increase in the actuarial present value of unfunded vested benefits under all Plans of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer, as applicable, over the preceding year;
(v)      Defaults Under Transaction Documents . The occurrence of (A) a breach of any obligation, (B) any event giving rise to a right of termination or (C) any notice of termination delivered under any Transaction Document or the Receivable Sales Agreement or the Loan Servicing Agreement;
(vi)      Defaults Under Other Agreements . The occurrence of a default or an event of default under any other financing arrangement pursuant to which the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer is a debtor or an obligor;

33

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(vii)      Events of Default or Early Redemption Events Under Senior Facility . The occurrence of any “Event of Default” or “Early Redemption Event” under the Senior Series (as defined in Exhibit D); provided that giving notice pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be solely the obligation of the Servicer.
(viii)      Modifications to the Senior Supplement . Any waiver, amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to the Senior Supplement (as defined in Exhibit D) and will provide a copy thereof at the same time as such notice; provided that giving notice pursuant to this clause (viii) shall be solely the obligation of the Transferor.
(ix)      Material Adverse Effect . Any other development, event, fact, circumstance or condition that is reasonably expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on any of the Issuer, the Transferor, or the Servicer, in each case describing the nature and status thereof and the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
(x)      Trust Estate . Any matter(s) in existence affecting in any material respect the value, enforceability or collectability of the Trust Estate taken as a whole.
(xi)      Regulatory Scrutiny . (A) The Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or, to the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, or the Servicer’s knowledge, the Account Owner is being placed under regulatory supervision, has received any subpoena or material request for information from a Governmental Authority, has had a legal action, litigation, suit or arbitration proceeding brought or threatened against it by any Governmental Authority or has received a material notice or request from any Governmental Authority regarding any liability of the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner, (B) any license, permit, charter, registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, the Servicer’s or, to the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, or the Servicer’s knowledge, the Account Owner’s business is to be, or has been suspended or revoked, or (C) the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Account Owner has received any notice or order by any Government Authority to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or, to the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, or the Servicer’s knowledge, the Account Owner in the conduct of its respective business, and such cessation may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or, to the Issuer’s, the Transferor’s, or the Servicer’s knowledge, the Account Owner;
(xii)      Tax Lien . The filing, recording or assessment of any federal, state, local or foreign tax lien against the Trust Estate or the Issuer;
(xiii)      Transaction Documents . Any termination, waiver, amendment or modification of, as the case may be, the terms of (including the applicable fee schedule to) the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, any other Transaction Document, the Receivable Sales Agreement or the Loan Servicing Agreement and will provide a copy thereof at the same time as such notice;
(xiv)      Indebtedness . Any failure to pay when due any Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer;
(xv)      Change of Name or Location . Any change in the legal name, jurisdiction of organization or type of organization of the Issuer or the Transferor;

34

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(xvi)      Contract Termination . The loss, termination or expiration of any contract to which the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer is a party or by which its properties or assets are subject or bound that is reasonably expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer;
(xvii)      Eligible Receivable . Any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to cause a Receivable owned by the Issuer to fail to satisfy clause (e) of the definition of “Eligible Receivable”; and
(xviii)      Other Information . Such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Trust Estate or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the Investors’ interests under or as contemplated by this Agreement; provided (A) that the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, shall provide such requested information, documents, records or reports within (30) days of receipt of such request from the Agent and (y) that the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer, as applicable, has possession or access to such information, documents, records or reports without incurring any significant costs, time or expenses.
(c)      Copies of Notices . The Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, as applicable, shall promptly furnish to the Agent a copy of each certificate, report, statement, notice or other communication furnished by or on behalf of itself under the Transaction Documents to the holders of the Offered Notes, to the Indenture Trustee concurrently therewith and furnish to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof a copy of each notice, demand or other communication received by or on behalf of it pursuant to this Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement. Each such communication provided hereunder shall be furnished to the Agent in writing.
SECTION 4.4      Tax Treatment .
Each Investor hereby agrees to treat the Offered Notes for purposes of federal and state income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income as indebtedness unless otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service.
SECTION 4.5      Board of Directors of Transferor.
(a) For so long as the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate remain Outstanding, the Transferor shall cause its Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) to be comprised of five members including one member designated by the Agent or an Affiliate of the Agent (the “Agent Designee”). None of the Transferor, the Board or any committee of the Board shall undertake or approve any of the following actions without the unanimous consent of all Board members:
(i)      dissolution, liquidation or termination of the Transferor or the Issuer;
(ii)      institution of a case or other proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law involving the Transferor or the Issuer;
(iii)      material amendment of any Transaction Document to which the Transferor or the Issuer is a party; or
(iv)      change in the business of the Transferor or the Issuer.

35

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(b) For so long as the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate remain Outstanding, (i) the Agent Designee may be removed or replaced, with or without cause, only with the written consent of the Agent and (ii) if the Agent requests the removal and/or replacement of the Agent Designee, the Transferor shall take all actions necessary to effect such request.
(c) The assumption by the Agent Designee of his or her duties under the Articles of Incorporation of the Transferor will be without prejudice to the rights of the Agent Designee, TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P. (“ TCP ”) or the rights of their respective affiliates to pursue or participate in other interests and activities including, without limitation, investments in and devotion of time to other businesses which compete with the Transferor, and to receive and enjoy profits or compensation therefrom.
(d)     The Agent Designee, TCP and their respective affiliates (the “ Institutional Parties ”) may engage in any capacity (as owner, employee, manager, consultant or otherwise) in any activity, whether or not such activity competes with or is benefited by the business of the Transferor, without being liable to the Transferor or the other members of the Board for any income or profit derived from such activity, and none of the Institutional Parties shall be obligated to make available to the Transferor or any other member of the Board any business opportunity of which an Institutional Party is or becomes aware.
(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to the Institutional Parties.  The Transferor renounces any interest or expectancy of the Transferor in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Institutional Party.  No Institutional Party shall have any duty to communicate knowledge of or offer any potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Transferor to the Transferor, and no Institutional Party shall be liable to the Transferor or to the members for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires for, or directs such opportunity to, another person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Transferor. No amendment or repeal of this paragraph (e) shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Institutional Party for or with respect to any opportunities of which such Institutional Party becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS
SECTION 5.1      Indemnities by the Transferor . Without limiting any other rights which the Indemnified Parties may have hereunder or under applicable Law and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, including Section 5.03 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless (on an after tax basis) the Agent, each Investor and their respective successors and permitted assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, representatives, members, managers, advisors, shareholders, attorneys, Affiliates and agents (collectively, “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, deficiencies, obligations, fines, penalties, actions (whether threatened or existing), judgments, suits (whether threatened or existing), costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the Receivable Sales Agreement, the Loan Servicing Agreement, the ownership or maintenance, either directly or indirectly, by such Investor of the Offered Notes or by the Certificateholder of the Class A Trust Certificate or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or in respect of the Trust Estate, except, (i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have

36

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


directly resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, (ii) to the extent that any Indemnified Amount relates to Excluded Taxes or amounts payable by the Issuer under Sections 5.2 or 5.3 , (iii) for recourse for the payment of principal of or interest on, or other amounts due in respect of, the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate as a result of nonpayment by Obligors on the Accounts or the related Receivables (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Transferor shall indemnify each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:
(a)      any representation or warranty made by the Transferor or the Issuer or any officers of the Transferor or the Issuer under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, or any other information or report delivered by the Transferor or the Issuer pursuant hereto, or pursuant to any of the other Transaction Documents having been incomplete, false or incorrect when made or deemed made;
(b)      the failure by the Transferor or the Issuer to comply with any applicable Law with respect to any Receivable or the related Credit Card Agreement, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or the related Credit Card Agreement with any such applicable Law;
(c)      any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than bankruptcy) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable (including a defense based on such Receivable or the related Credit Card Agreement not being the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms);
(d)      the failure by the Transferor or the Issuer to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to perform any of its respective duties or obligations under the Receivables or related Contracts; or
(e)      any action taken by the Transferor or the Issuer in the enforcement or collection of any Receivable.
Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this Section 5.1 , notify the Transferor, provided , however , the omission to so notify the Transferor will not relieve the Transferor from any liability which it may have to any such Indemnified Party under this Section 5.1 , except to the extent the Transferor was actually prejudiced by the failure to give such notices promptly.
Thereafter, the Indemnified Party and the Transferor shall consult, to the extent appropriate, with a view to minimizing the cost to the Transferor of its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall obligate any Indemnified Party to take any action that imposes on such Person any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens which in such Person’s reasonable opinion, would have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition. In case any Indemnified Party receives written notice of any damage, loss or expense in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder by it and it notifies the Transferor thereof, the Transferor will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnified Party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such Indemnified Party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory at all times to such Indemnified Party; provided , however , that if the parties against which any damage, loss or expense arises include both the Indemnified Party and the Transferor, and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Transferor, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select one separate counsel for such Indemnified Party to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to

37

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


participate in the defense of such damage, loss or expenses on behalf of such Indemnified Party. Upon receipt of notice from the Transferor to such Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense of such action and approval by the Indemnified Party of such counsel, the Transferor shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section 5.1 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the Indemnified Party shall have employed such counsel in connection with assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence, (ii) the Transferor shall not have employed and continued to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the Transferor shall have authorized the employment of counsel for the Indemnified Party at the expense of the Transferor.
SECTION 5.2      Taxes . (a) All payments and distributions made hereunder by the Issuer, Transferor or the Servicer (each, a “ payor ”) to each Investor (a “ recipient ”) shall be made, to the extent permitted by applicable law, free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future income, excise, stamp or franchise taxes and any other taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any taxing authority on any recipient (or any assignee of such parties), but excluding Excluded Taxes (such non-excluded items being called “ Taxes ”). In the event that any withholding or deduction from any payment made by the payor hereunder is required in respect of any Taxes, then the payor (or if such payor is the Servicer, the Issuer):
(i)      shall pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;
(ii)      shall promptly forward to such Investor an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to such Investor evidencing such payment to such authority; and
(iii)      shall pay to the recipient such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the recipient will equal the full amount such recipient would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required.
Moreover, if any Taxes are directly asserted against any recipient with respect to any payment received by such payment recipient hereunder, the recipient may pay such Taxes and the payor (or if such payor is the Servicer, the Issuer) will promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalties, interest or expenses), as shall be necessary in order that the net amount received by the payment recipient after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount such payment recipient would have received had such Taxes not been asserted.
If the payor fails to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the recipient the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the payor (or if such payor is the Servicer, the Issuer) shall indemnify the recipient for any incremental Taxes, interest, or penalties that may become payable by any recipient as a result of any such failure.
(b)      Each Investor shall, prior to becoming a party to any Transaction Document, deliver to each payor two duly completed copies of an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or applicable successor form.
(i)      Each Investor shall deliver to each payor two (2) further copies of any such form or certification previously delivered on or before the date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the payor;

38

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(ii)      Each Investor shall obtain such extensions of time for filing and complete such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the payor; unless, in any such case, an event (including, without limitation, any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred after the Closing Date and prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Investor from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it, and such Investor so advises the payor. In such event, the Investor shall make reasonable efforts to cooperate with the payor in availing itself of any other then reasonably available exemption for Taxes. Each such Investor shall certify that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax;
(iii)      If a payment made to a recipient would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such recipient were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such recipient shall deliver to the Transferor at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the payor such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the payor as may be necessary for the payor to comply with its obligations under FATCA and to determine that such recipient has complied with such recipient’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(c)      If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.2 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.2), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant government or taxing authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this subsection 5.2(c) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant government or taxing authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such government or taxing authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection 5.2(c), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this subsection 5.2(c) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(d)      Each Investor agrees that it will use reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate any claim for compensation pursuant to this Section 5.2, including but not limited to designating a different office in which any funding hereunder is made, accounted for or booked if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any additional amount or amounts otherwise owing pursuant to this Section 5.2 and will not, in the good faith opinion of such Investor, be unlawful or otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Investor.
SECTION 5.3      Indemnities by the Servicer . (a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, including Section 6.03 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless (on an after tax basis) each

39

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Indemnified Party from and against any Indemnified Amount suffered or sustained by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of the duties of the Servicer, by reason of reckless disregard or breach of covenants, obligations and duties of the Servicer hereunder or under any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party or by reason of the failure of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date made or deemed made; provided , however , that the Servicer shall not indemnify any such Indemnified Party for any such Indemnified Amount suffered or sustained by reason of any action taken or omitted at the written request of any such Indemnified Party; and provided , further , that the Servicer shall not indemnify any such Indemnified Party for any such Indemnified Amount to the extent determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, with respect to the uncollectibility of the Receivables on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor or with respect to any Excluded Taxes required to be paid by any such Indemnified Party in connection herewith to any taxing authority. The Servicer shall not be liable for acts or omissions of any Successor Servicer. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an injured party subject to the limitations hereof.
(b)      Each Indemnified Party shall use its good faith efforts to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any losses, expenses or claims for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall obligate any Indemnified Party to take any action that imposes on such Person any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens which in such Person’s reasonable opinion, would have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition.
(c)      Promptly after the receipt by an Indemnified Party of written notice of any damage, loss or expense in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 5.3 by it, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim is to be made against the Servicer, notify the Servicer thereof in writing; but the omission so to notify the Servicer will not relieve the Servicer from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party except as may be required or provided otherwise than under this Section 5.3 . Thereafter, the Indemnified Party and the Servicer shall consult, to the extent appropriate, with a view to minimizing the cost to the Servicer of its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall obligate any Indemnified Party to take any action that imposes on such Person any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens which in such Person’s reasonable opinion, would have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition. In case any Indemnified Party receives written notice of any damage, loss or expense in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder by it and it notifies the Servicer thereof, the Servicer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnified Party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such Indemnified Party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory at all times to such Indemnified Party; provided , however , that if the parties against which any damage, loss or expense arises include both the Indemnified Party and the Servicer, and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Servicer, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select one separate counsel for such Indemnified Party to assume such legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such damage, loss or expenses on behalf of such Indemnified Party. Upon receipt of notice from the Servicer to such Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense of such action and approval by the Indemnified Party of such counsel, the Servicer shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section 5.3 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the Indemnified Party shall have employed such counsel in connection with assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to

40

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


the next preceding sentence, (ii) the Servicer shall not have employed and continued to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the Servicer shall have authorized the employment of counsel for the Indemnified Party at the expense of the Servicer.
(d)      Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Section 5.3 , (i) the Servicer shall not be liable for any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of any order adjudicating or otherwise disposing of any damage, loss or expense effected without its consent and (ii) after the Servicer has assumed the defense of any damage, loss or expense under this Section 5.3 with respect to any Indemnified Party, it will not settle, compromise or consent to entry of any order adjudicating or otherwise disposing thereof (1) if such settlement, compromise or order involved the payment of money damages, unless the Servicer agrees with such Indemnified Party to pay such money damages and, if not simultaneously paid, to furnish such Indemnified Party with satisfactory evidence of its ability to pay such money damages, (2) if such settlement, compromise or order involved any relief against such Indemnified Party, other than the payment of money damages, without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Party and (3) if such settlement, compromise or order does not provide a full release of the Indemnified Party, without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Party.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 6.1      Term of Agreement; Survival . This Agreement shall terminate on the later of (i) the date on which the Offered Notes and any other amounts owed to the Agent, any Investor or any Indemnified Party under the Transaction Documents have been paid in full (other than unasserted indemnity claims) and (ii) the date on which all amounts required to be distributed under the Class A Trust Certificate have been distributed to the Certificateholder (the “Termination Date”); provided , however , that (i) the rights and remedies of the parties hereto with respect to any representations or warranties made or deemed to be made by such party in this Agreement, and (ii) the provisions of Article V and Sections 6.9 , 6.10 and 6.11 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full of the Note Principal Balance. Furthermore, all representations, warranties, covenants, guaranties and indemnifications contained in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the sale and transfer of the Offered Notes and the Class A Trust Certificate.
SECTION 6.2      Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
(b)      This Agreement may be amended from time to time only with the written consent of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Issuer, the Agent and Investors in Offered Notes representing more than 66 2/3% of the Class A Note Principal Balance.
(c)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, any provision of this Agreement that requires consent of the Investors or of each Investor shall be satisfied by the consent of Investors in Offered Notes representing more than 66 2/3% of the Class A Note Principal Balance.

41

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SECTION 6.3      Notices; Payments . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including facsimile) and mailed, facsimiled, emailed or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its address specified below or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party hereto. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, be effective three (3) days after deposit in the mails, when facsimiled or emailed, be effective when confirmed by telephone or email, and when hand delivered, upon delivery.
If to the Agent:
TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP
c/o TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P.
Park Avenue Tower
65 East 55th Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Glenn Miller and Walter Weil
Telephone: 212-699-2218
Telecopy: 917-591-4789

If to the Investors:
TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP
c/o TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P.
Park Avenue Tower
65 East 55th Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Glenn Miller and Walter Weil
Telephone: 212-699-2218
Telecopy: 917-591-4789
    
If to the Certificateholder:
TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP
c/o TowerBrook Capital Partners L.P.
Park Avenue Tower
65 East 55th Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Glenn Miller and Walter Weil
Telephone: 212-699-2218
Telecopy: 917-591-4789

If to the Transferor:
Perimeter Funding Corporation
101 Convention Center Drive
Suite 850, Room 20-A
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attn: Joshua Miller
Telecopy: (702) 446-0466)


42

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice)

Colleen Dolan
Fennemore Craig, P.C.
300 East Second Street, 15th Floor
Reno, Nevada 89501
Telephone:      (775) 788-2218
Telecopy:      (775) 778-2219

If to the Servicer:
Atlanticus Services Corporation
Five Concourse Parkway, Suite 300
Atlanta, Georgia 30346
Attention:      General Counsel
Telephone:      (770) 828-2850
Telecopy:      (770) 206-6187

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice)

Law Office of Reagan Beck
P.O. Box 202
Wayland, Massachusetts 01778
Telecopy:      (855) 202-8711

If to the Issuer:
Perimeter Master Note Business Trust
c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association
3993 Howard Hughes Parkway
Suite 250
Las Vegas, Nevada 89169
Attention:      Corporate Trust Administration
Telephone:      (702) 866-2202
Telecopy:      (702) 866-2244

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice)

Colleen Dolan
Fennemore Craig, P.C.
300 East Second Street, 15th Floor
Reno, Nevada 89501
Telephone:      (775) 788-2218
Telecopy:      (775) 778-2219


SECTION 6.4      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Service Agent


43

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(a)      THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTION 5‑1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 6.4 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS.
(b)      EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AMONG ANY OF THEM ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATING TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.
(c)      Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.3 of this Agreement; provided , that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any such party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
(d)      In the event of a dispute or litigation under any Transaction Document, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive all expenses incurred therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.
(e)      Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that any breach or threatened breach of Section 4.2(jj) of this Agreement is likely to cause irreparable harm for which money damages may not be an appropriate or sufficient remedy. Each party hereto therefore agrees that the party alleging such breach or threat to commit such breach is entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief to remedy or prevent any breach or threatened breach of Section 4.2(jj) of this Agreement. Such remedy is not the exclusive remedy for any breach or threatened breach of Section 4.2(jj) of this Agreement, but is in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity and pursuant to this Agreement.
SECTION 6.5      Integration . This Agreement contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
SECTION 6.6      Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such provisions shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of such other provisions.

44

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SECTION 6.7      Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Electronic delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an executed counterpart hereof.
SECTION 6.8      Successors and Assigns; Binding Effect; Stapled Transfers of Offered Notes
. This Agreement shall be binding upon each of and inure to the benefit of the Transferor, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Certificateholder and the Investors and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any subsequent holders of the Offered Notes or the Class A Trust Certificate). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 5.02 or 6.02 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Agent on behalf of the Investors. Each Investor with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) may Transfer its rights hereunder in whole or in part to any Permitted Transferee without the consent of the Transferor and to any other Person with the prior written consent of the Transferor, in each case in compliance with the Indenture Supplement; provided that if an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Investor may Transfer its rights hereunder in whole or in part to any Person without the consent of the Transferor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Offered Note may be transferred other than pursuant to a transfer of a pro rata portion of Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4 Notes, and Class A-5 Notes (a “ Stapled Transfer ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Class A Trust Certificate can be transferred separately from the Offered Notes.
SECTION 6.9      Confidentiality . Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that it will not disclose the contents of this Agreement, any information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement including confidential information of or with respect to the Investors, the Agent, the Certificateholder, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Issuer to any other Person; except that each such party, its Affiliates and such party’s and it’s Affiliates’ respective officers, managers, members, partners, advisors, consultants and employees may disclose this Agreement and such information (i) to its external accountants and attorneys, financing sources, potential financing sources, investors, potential investors, and the agents of such Persons (“Excepted Persons”), and as required by an applicable law or order of any judicial or administrative proceeding or regulatory examination, (ii) to any Permitted Transferee or potential Permitted Transferee; provided that to the extent that such Permitted Transferee or potential Permitted Transferee actually receives the confidential information described below, it will enter into a confidentiality agreement for the benefit of the Transferor and its Affiliates in a mutually agreeable form and (iii) in any suit, action, proceeding or investigation (whether in law or in equity or pursuant to arbitration) involving this Agreement for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its claims, rights, remedies or interests under or in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that the disclosing party shall, as a condition to any such disclosure, direct and require any Excepted Person receiving such information to maintain the confidentiality of such information and the disclosing party shall be liable for any failure of such Excepted Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information. It is understood that the financial terms that may not be disclosed except in compliance with this Section 6.9 are: all fees and other pricing terms, and all provisions relating to Early Redemption Events. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Section is likely to cause the disclosing party irreparable harm for which money damages may not be an appropriate or sufficient remedy. The party receiving confidential information therefore agrees that the disclosing party is entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief to remedy or prevent any breach or threatened breach of this Section. Such remedy is not the exclusive remedy for any breach or threatened breach of this

45

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Section, but is in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity and pursuant to this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party (and each employee, representative or other agent of each party) hereto may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the United States federal income “tax treatment” and “tax structure” of the transactions contemplated hereby (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such parties (or their representatives) relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other information, this sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 6.10      No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Issuer or the Transferor . Each of the parties hereto, by entering into this Agreement, covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer or the Transferor any proceeding of a type referred to in the definition of Insolvency Event.
SECTION 6.11      No Recourse Against Issuer . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement shall be payable at such time as funds are received by or are available to the Issuer in excess of funds necessary to pay in full all outstanding Notes and, to the extent funds are not available to pay such obligations, the claims relating thereto shall not constitute a claim against the Issuer but shall continue to accrue. Each party hereto agrees that the payment by the Issuer of any “claim” (as defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code) of any such party hereunder shall be subordinated to the payment in full of all Notes.
SECTION 6.12      Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Wilmington Trust, National Association, not individually or personally but solely as trustee of the Issuer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it under the Trust Agreement, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust, National Association but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer and (c) under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust, National Association be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party.
SECTION 6.13      Amounts Limited to Available Collections . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Issuer and Transferor hereunder shall be payable hereunder solely to the extent funds are available therefor and, to the extent such funds are insufficient or unavailable to pay any amounts owing by the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, hereunder, it shall not constitute a claim against the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable.

ARTICLE VII
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.1      Authorization and Action .

46

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


(a)      Each Investor and Certificateholder hereby irrevocably designates and appoints TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as Agent hereunder, and authorizes the Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf, including execution of the other Transaction Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with the Investor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist for the Agent, regardless of whether an Event of Default or Early Redemption Event has occurred and is continuing. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Agent shall act solely as agent for the Investors and the Certificateholder and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer or any of their successors or assigns. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Investors and the Certificateholder, and none of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Servicer shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions. The Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers; provided that, the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Transaction Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any applicable law, and (ii) except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents, the Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default or Early Redemption Event unless and until written notice thereof is given to Agent by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or an Investor, and the Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (A) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Transaction Document, (B) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Transaction Document, (C) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Transaction Document, (D) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Transaction Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (E) the creation, perfection or priority of Liens on the Trust Estate or the existence of the Trust Estate or (F) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere in any Transaction Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent. The Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any act or omission of the Account Bank.
(b)      Each Investor and each subsequent Investor hereby consents to the registration of the Class A Notes in the name of Agent as the “Class A Noteholder” (as defined in the Indenture Supplement) solely for the purposes of administration and convenience, and that as such Class A Noteholder, the Agent shall have no beneficial ownership interest in the Class A Notes. Without limiting the authorization of and delegation to the Agent set forth in the foregoing Section 7.1(a) , it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that all payments in respect of the Class A Notes and in respect of fees and other amounts owing to the Investors under this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be remitted by the applicable payor to the Agent as the Class A Noteholder, and the Agent in such capacity shall distribute all such amounts, promptly following receipt thereof, to the applicable parties in interest according to their respective interests therein, determined by reference to the terms of the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement, this Agreement and the Agent’s books and records relating to the Class A Notes, the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and this Agreement (it being agreed that the

47

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


entries made in such books and records of the Agent shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error).
SECTION 7.2      Delegation of Duties .
The Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The exculpatory provisions set forth in Section 7.3 shall apply to any such agents or attorneys-in-fact.

SECTION 7.3      Exculpatory Provisions .
Neither the Agent nor any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, members, managers, shareholders, partners, officers, agents, representatives or employees shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any Investor or Certificateholder for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer to perform its obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified herein. The Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Investor or Certificateholder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Servicer. The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Early Redemption Event unless the Agent has received notice from the Transferor, the Issuer or the Investor.

SECTION 7.4      Reliance .
The Agent (including in its capacity as “Class A Noteholder”) shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Servicer, the Transferor or the Issuer), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Investors as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Investors, provided that unless and until the Agent shall have received such advice, the Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as the Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Investors. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of an Investor, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon each Investor.

SECTION 7.5      Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Investors and Certificateholder .

48

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


The Investors and Certificateholder expressly acknowledge that neither the Agent nor any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, members, managers, shareholders, partners, officers, agents, representatives or employees has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Servicer, the Issuer, the Account Owner, the Seller or the Transferor, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent. Each Investor and Certificateholder represents and warrants to the Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any Investor and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Transferor, the Seller, the Issuer, the Account Owner and the Servicer and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.

The Investors and Certificateholder are not partners or co-venturers, and no Investor shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Agent) authorized to act for, any other Investor or Certificateholder. The Agent shall have the exclusive right on behalf of the Investors to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Offered Note after the date such principal or interest has become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.6      Reimbursement and Indemnification .
The Investors and Certificateholder agree to reimburse and indemnify the Agent (including in its capacity as “Class A Noteholder”) and each of its of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, members, managers, shareholders, partners, officers, agents, representatives or employees ratably according to their pro rata shares, to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Issuer (a) for any amounts for which the Agent, acting in its capacity as Agent, is entitled to reimbursement by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Issuer hereunder and (b) for any other expenses incurred by the Agent, acting in its capacity as Agent, in connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.7      Agent in its Individual Capacity.
The Agent and each of its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Servicer, the Seller, the Issuer or the Transferor as though the Agent was not the Agent hereunder. With respect to purchasing the Offered Notes or Class A Note Principal Balance Increases or Class A Trust Certificate pursuant to this Agreement, the Agent and each of its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Investor and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the terms “Investor” and “Investors” shall include the Agent, in its individual capacity.

SECTION 7.8      Successor Agent .
The Agent may, upon 5 days’ notice to the Transferor, the Issuer, the Investors and Certificateholder resign as Agent. If the Agent shall resign, then Investors holding a majority of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes during such 5-day period shall appoint a successor agent. If for any reason no successor Agent is appointed by the Investors and accepted such appointment during such 5-day period, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Investors and Certificateholder, appoint a successor Agent. Any successor agent shall be an Investor, a Certificateholder or an Affiliate of an Investor who shall agree to comply with Section 6.9 hereof; provided that any successor agent that is

49

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


not an Investor or a Certificateholder shall comply with Section 9.04 of the Indenture Supplement as if it were a Class A Noteholder. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. Such successor Agent shall be designated as the “Class A Noteholder” as described in Section 7.1(b) hereof. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.


[Signatures Follow]




50

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Purchase Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date and year first above written.
PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION, as Transferor


By: /s/ Joshua C. Miller     
Name: Joshua C. Miller
Title: Assistant Secretary

ATLANTICUS SERVICES CORPORATION, as Servicer


By: /s/ Jeffrey A. Howard     
Name: Jeffrey A. Howard
Title: President

PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST, as Issuer

By: Wilmington Trust, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee


By: /s/ Shaheen Mohajer     
Name: Shaheen Mohajer
Title: Vice President

TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as Agent

By: TowerBrook TSO GP (Alberta), L.P., its General Partner

By: TowerBrook Investors, Ltd., its General Partner

By: /s/ Glenn F. Miller     
Name: Glenn F. Miller
Title: Attorney-in-Fact


TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as Investor

By: TowerBrook TSO GP (Alberta), L.P., its General Partner

By: TowerBrook Investors, Ltd., its General Partner

By: /s/ Glenn F. Miller     
Name: Glenn F. Miller
Title: Attorney-in-Fact

S-1

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED



Class A-1 Commitment Percentage: 100%
Class A-2 Commitment Percentage: 100%
Class A-3 Commitment Percentage: 100%
Class A-4 Commitment Percentage: 100%
Class A-5 Commitment Percentage: 100%


TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, as Certificateholder

By: TowerBrook TSO GP (Alberta), L.P., its General Partner

By: TowerBrook Investors, Ltd., its General Partner

By: /s/ Glenn F. Miller     
Name: Glenn F. Miller
Title: Attorney-in-Fact





S-2

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SCHEDULE A

DEFINITIONS


Class A-1 Note Rate ” means (i) initially, [*****]% per annum, (ii) on and after the date which is 270 days following the Closing Date, [*****]% per annum, (iii) on an after the date which is 365 days following the Closing Date, [*****]% per annum, (iv) on and after the date which is 540 days following the Closing Date, [*****]% per annum, and (v) on and after the date which is 730 days following the Closing Date, [*****]% per annum.

Class A-2 Note Rate ” means (i) initially, [*****]% per annum and (ii) on and after the date which is 730 days following the Closing Date, [*****]% per annum.

Class A-3 Note Rate ” means [*****]% per annum.

Class A-4 Note Rate ” means [*****]% per annum.

Class A-5 Note Rate ” means [*****]% per annum.

Services Fee ” means an amount equal to 0.50% of a Note Principal Balance Increase with respect to any amount of the Note Principal Balance of the Offered Notes not previously funded by the Investors.

Target Proceeds Amount ” means the following:

(a) with respect to any prepayment described in Section 2.3(b) occurring in the first twenty-four months following the Closing Date (the “Initial TPA Period”), an amount equal to (i) the product of [*****]% and the amount of Class A Note Principal Balance prepaid minus (ii) any amounts previously paid to the Investors other than in respect of the repayment of the principal balance of the Offered Notes; provided that if the highest balance of the Class A Note Principal Balance at any time within twelve months of the Closing Date is more than 60% of the Maximum Principal Amount, then with respect to any such prepayment occurring in the thirteenth through twenty-fourth months following the Closing Date, clause (i) above shall equal the sum of (1) the product of [*****]% and the amount of Class A Note Principal Balance prepaid which was funded by the Investors during the first twelve months following the Closing Date and (2) the product of [*****]% and the amount of Class A Note Principal Balance prepaid which was funded by the Investors during the thirteenth through twenty-fourth months following the Closing Date, and

(b) with respect to any prepayment described in Section 2.3(b) occurring after the Initial TPA Period, an amount equal to the sum of the following:

(i) for amounts funded during the first twelve months following the Closing Date, an amount equal to the product of [*****]% and the amount of Class A Note Principal Balance prepaid which was funded by the Investors during the first twelve months following the Closing Date, plus

(ii) for amounts funded during the thirteenth through twenty-fourth months following the Closing Date, an amount equal to the product of (A) (1) [*****]%, if the highest balance of the Class A Note Principal Balance at any time within twelve months of the Closing Date is less than 60% of the Maximum Principal Amount) or (2) [*****]%, if the highest balance of the Class A


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Note Principal Balance at any time within twelve months of the Closing Date is more than 60% of the Maximum Principal Amount and (B) the amount of Class A Note Principal Balance prepaid which was funded by the Investors during the thirteenth through twenty-fourth months following the Closing Date, plus

(iii) for amounts funded during the twenty-fifth through thirty-sixth months following the Closing Date, if during the Initial TPA Period, the Class A Note Principal was greater than 80%, 0; provided, however, if (A) the highest balance of the Class A Note Principal Balance during the Initial TPA Period was less than 80% of the Maximum Principal Amount and (B) following the Initial TPA Period, the Class A Note Principal Balance is greater than the sum of (x) 20% of the Maximum Principal Amount and (y) the highest balance of the Class A Note Principal Balance during the Initial TPA Period, (the amount by which the Class A Note Principal Balance exceeds the sum of (x) and (y) above, the “Excess Commitment Amount”), an amount equal to the product of (1) [*****]% and (2) the Excess Commitment Amount, minus

(iv) any amounts previously paid to the Investors other than in respect of the repayment of the principal balance of the Offered Notes.

For purposes of calculating the Target Proceeds Amount, the first amounts funded by the Investors shall be considered the first amounts prepaid.




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SCHEDULE 4.1(x)
List of Beneficial Owners of Issuer


1. Perimeter Funding Corporation
2. TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SCHEDULE 4.1(ee)
List of Affiliate Agreements


[None]



CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SCHEDULE 4.1(ff)
List of Deposit Accounts

1. Collection Account
2. Special Funding Account
3. Series 2017-One Distribution Account
4. Series 2017-One Pre-Funding Account




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


SCHEDULE 4.2(y)
List of Investment Property

None




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT A
FORM OF INCREASE NOTICE
February [___], 2017
I, [ Name ] of PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION (the “ Transferor ”) , hereby certify that, with respect to that certain Purchase Agreement (as amended from time to time the Agreement ) , dated as of February 8, 2017, by and among the Transferor, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as the Servicer, Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, as the Issuer, TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as Agent, TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, as a Certificateholder and TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as an Investor, the following is true and correct as of the date hereof:
:
1.
The Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer, hereby requests that a purchase of the Note Principal Balance Increase be made in accordance with the following terms:
a.
The aggregate amount of such Note Principal Balance Increase shall be $____________ and the amount for each class of Notes shall be:
Class A-1: $
Class A-2: $
Class A-3: $
Class A-4: $
Class A-5: $
i.
Deposit Information:
1.
Pre-Funding Account: $
US Bank ABA# TBD Account # TBD Address TBD
2.
Perimeter Funding Corporation: $
Wells Fargo ABA# TBD Account # TBD Address TBD
b.
The Increase Date of such Note Principal Balance Increase shall be _______ [ ], 201__ .
2.
The Transferor, on behalf of the Issuer, hereby confirms as follows:
a.
The representations and warranties of the Transferor contained in Section 4.1 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on the date hereof.
b.
No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the purchase of the Note Principal Balance Increase occurring on the date hereof, which constitutes an Early Redemption Event.
c.
The conditions to the purchase of such Note Principal Balance Increase pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Agreement have been satisfied in full.
d.
On and as of such day, after giving effect to such purchase of the Note Principal Balance Increase, the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance, Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, Class A-3 Note Principal Balance, Class A-4 Note Principal Balance and Class A-5 Note


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


Principal Balance will not exceed the Class A-1 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-2 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-3 Maximum Principal Amount, Class A-4 Maximum Principal Amount and Class A-5 Maximum Principal Amount, respectively;
e.
On and as of the date hereof, the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer have each performed all of their agreements contained in the Agreement and each other Transaction Document to be performed by such Person at or prior to such day.
f.
No law, rule or regulation prohibits, and no order, judgment or decree of any federal, state or local court or governmental body, agency or instrumentality prohibits or enjoins, the making of the Class A Note Principal Balance Increase occurring on the Purchase Date indicate herein.
3.
Attached hereto is a portfolio report as of _______[___], 201_.
4.
The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.
[SIGNATURE SET FORTH ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto signed my name as of the date first above written.
PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION,
a Nevada corporation

By: _________________________     
Name:      _______________________
Title:      _______________________


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED



Portfolio Report
[Date]
1
Eligible Principal Receivables (after application of the Series 2017-One Allocation Percentage and the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage)
   
2
Excess Concentration Amounts
 
 
(a)
Obligor does not have a FICO Score or has a FICO Score less than [*****] exceeds [*****]%
 $
 
(b)
Obligor is a resident of the State of New York, the State of Connecticut, the State of Vermont or the State of West Virginia exceeds [*****]%
 $
3
Pre-Funding Account balance
 $
4
Special Funding Account balance
 $
5
Collections Account balance
 $
6
Net Eligible Receivables Balance (sum of lines 1 through 5)
 $
 
 
 
 
Note Balance including requested Increase
 
7
Class A1
 $
8
Class A2
 $
9
Class A3
 $
10
Class A4
 $
11
Class A5
 $
12
Class B
 $
13
Total Note Principal Balance Increase (sum of lines 7 through 12)
 $
 
 
 
 
14
Net Eligible Receivables Balance after the Note Principal Balance Increase (line 6 minus line 13)
 $
 
 
 
 
15
Does a Net Eligible Receivables Balance Deficiency exist after giving effect to the Note Principal Balance Increase? (Is line 14 less than zero?)
 



















CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT B
TRADENAMES, FICTITIOUS NAMES AND
“DOING BUSINESS AS” NAMES


[None]




CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT C
LIST OF PERMITTED TRANSFEREES

TowerBrook Investors Structured Opportunities Fund (OS), L.P.
TowerBrook Investors Structured Opportunities Fund (Onshore), L.P.
TowerBrook Investors Structured Opportunities Executive Fund, L.P.
TowerBrook TSO Team Daybreak L.P.






CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


EXHIBIT D
SENIOR FACILITY REQUIREMENTS


A. [*****]

1. [*****]

(a) [*****]

(b) [*****]

2. Aside from the Servicing Fee, the Backup Servicing Fee and the Marketing Fee, the Collections allocated to the Noteholders under the Senior Supplement shall not be used to pay any other amounts to any Account Owner, the Issuer, the Transferor or any Affiliate of any such Person.

3. [*****]

4. The “Distribution Date” under the Senior Supplement shall be the same as the Distribution Date for Series 2017-One.

5. [*****]

6. Conditions precedent to draws under the Senior Notes must include a condition that as of the date of the draw, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables plus any amounts deposited in the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and any Series Accounts allocated to Principal Collections as of the date of such draw shall be greater than (a) the sum of the numerators used to determine the Series Allocation Percentages with respect to Principal Receivables for each Series outstanding on such date, plus (b) the Required Transferor Amount on such date.

7. No draws under the Senior Supplement may occur unless before and immediately following such draw, the Class B Note Principal Balance shall be no less than 10% of the sum of (i) the Note Principal Balance and (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Facility.

8. [*****]

9. The Senior Supplement will include allocation mechanics (including applicable definitions) that are substantially similar to those set forth in Article IV of the Indenture Supplement.

10. The Servicer shall notify the Subordinated Lender of the occurrence of any “Event of Default” or “Early Redemption Event” under the Senior Series.

11. The provisions referenced in this Exhibit D shall not be waived, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Agent. The Transferor shall provide copies of any waiver, amendment, restatement, supplement or modification to the Senior Supplement.

B. The Senior Lender shall be a Person listed on Annex A attached hereto or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agent.

C. The senior facility will be evidenced as a Series under the Indenture subject to the Transaction Documents as defined in the Indenture.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED



D. Prior to the execution of the Senior Supplement or any waivers, amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, drafts will be provided to the Subordinated Lender to review and provide comments within five (5) Business Days of receipt. Final executed copies of such documents shall also be provided to the Subordinated Lender as soon as reasonably possible after the execution thereof.

E. [*****]

F. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Transaction Document related to the Senior Series or otherwise, the Senior Lender’s rights against the Subordinated Lender or to the Collections or Receivables or other property allocated to Series 2017-One shall be limited to only those rights set forth in the Transaction Documents that have been agreed to in writing by the Subordinated Lender.

G. The Transferor and the Issuer shall in good faith request that the Senior Lender agree to provide the Subordinated Lender a right of first refusal to purchase the Receivables in the event of a sale of Receivables after an Event of Default under the Senior Facility.


 


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [*****] HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED


ANNEX A
LIST OF APPROVED SENIOR LENDERS



1. All banks licensed in the United States.

2. All lending institutions domiciled in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom or any member country of the European Union.






Exhibit 10.1(c)
EXECUTION COPY
 


TRUST AGREEMENT
Dated as of February 8, 2017
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

between
PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION
as Transferor
and
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Owner Trustee


______________________________________________________________________________________________________







PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of February 8, 2017, between PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada, as Transferor and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Owner Trustee.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.      Capitalized Terms . For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Administration Agreement” shall mean the Administration Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, among Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Administrator, Perimeter Funding, LLC, as Transferor, and the Trust, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
“Administrator” shall mean Atlanticus or any successor Administrator under the Administration Agreement.
“Agreement” shall mean this Trust Agreement of Perimeter Master Note Business Trust, as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.
“Business Trust Statute” shall mean Chapter 88A of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Certificates” shall mean, unless otherwise indicated, the Trust Certificate, the Transferor Certificates, the Class A Certificate and the Supplemental Certificates.
“Certificateholders” shall mean the registered holders of Certificates.
“Class A Certificate” shall mean the certificates executed by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
“Class A Certificateholder” shall mean the registered holder of the Class A Certificate.
“Class A Termination Date” shall mean the date on which the Purchase Agreement terminates.
“Class B Noteholder” shall mean CCFC Corp., a Nevada corporation, and its permitted successors and assigns
“Class B Note Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Class B Note Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017 by and among CCFC Corp., as Class B Noteholder, the Transferor, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as servicer, and the Issuer, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Corporate Trust Office” shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at 3993 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 250, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (facsimile no. (702) 866-2244); or at such other address as the Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Transferor, or the principal




corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the successor Owner Trustee will notify the Transferor).
“Distribution Date” shall mean the fifteenth day of each calendar month, or if such fifteenth day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.
“Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02 .
“Funding” shall mean Perimeter Funding Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada.
“Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02 .
“Indenture” shall mean the Master Indenture among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer, dated as of February 8, 2017, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Indenture Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, and any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.
“Monthly Period” shall mean a calendar month.
“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Nevada Certificate of Trust” shall mean the Nevada Certificate of Trust which has been filed for the Trust pursuant to Section 88A.210 of the Business Trust Statute.
“Owner” shall mean the registered holder of the Trust Certificate.
“Owner Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under this Agreement (unless otherwise specified herein), and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.
“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2017 by and among TSO-Fortiva Notes Holdco LP, as Investor and as Agent, TSO-Fortiva Certificate Holdco LP, as Class A Certificateholder, the Transferor, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as servicer, and the Issuer, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“Secretary of State” shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.
“Standard & Poor’s” shall mean S&P Global Ratings.
“Supplemental Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(b) .
“Transaction Documents” shall mean the Nevada Certificate of Trust, this Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, each Indenture Supplement, the Administration Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Class B Note Purchase Agreement and any other note purchase agreement relating to any Notes.
“Transfer and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Transfer and Servicing Agreement among the Trust, Funding, as Transferor, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer, and the Indenture

2



Trustee, dated as of February 8, 2017, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
“Transferor” shall mean Funding in its capacity as Transferor hereunder or its successor under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
“Transferor Certificates” shall mean the certificates executed by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
“Transferor Certificate Supplement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(b) .
“Trust” shall mean the trust created by this Agreement and the filing of the Nevada Certificate of Trust.
“Trust Accounts” shall mean the Collection Account and the Series Accounts, as such terms are defined in the Indenture.
“Trust Assets” shall mean all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and Article II of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, all monies, investment property, instruments and other property from time to time on deposit in or credited to the Trust Accounts and all other property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Transaction Documents.
“Trust Certificate” shall mean the certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of the Owner in the Trust, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .
“Trust Excess Collections” shall mean, for any Monthly Period, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be distributed to the Transferor or the Issuer on the related Distribution Date after all other Collections of Finance Charge Receivables are applied and distributed in connection with the payment of servicing fees, marketing fees and all non-principal amounts owed to the Noteholders of such Series. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust Excess Collections shall not include any amounts allocated in respect of the Transferor Percentage.

“Trust Officer” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office including any Vice President, Managing Director, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer or any other officer of the Owner Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge and familiarity with the particular subject.
“Trust Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(a) .
Section 1.02.      Other Definitional Provisions .
(a)      Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture (including by way of reference to other documents).

3



(b)      All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.
(c)      As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.
(d)      The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”
(e)      The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.01.      Name . The Trust created hereby shall be known as “Perimeter Master Note Business Trust,” in which name the Trust and the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust each shall have power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered to and may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.
Section 2.02.      Office . The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in the State of Nevada as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the Owner, the Indenture Trustee and the Transferor.
Section 2.03.      Purpose and Powers . The purpose of the Trust is to engage in the activities set forth in this Section 2.03 . The Trust shall have power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, without the need for further action on the part of the Trust, and the Owner Trustee shall have power and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered, in the name of and on behalf of the Trust, to do or cause to be done all acts and things necessary, appropriate or convenient to cause the Trust to engage in the activities set forth in this Section 2.03 as follows:
(i)      to execute, deliver and issue the Notes from time to time pursuant to the Indenture and to execute, deliver, authenticate, and issue the Certificates pursuant to this Agreement and, in connection with such execution, delivery or issuance of such Notes and Certificates, to purchase or enter into any futures, forwards, swaps, option contracts, interest rate caps or other financial instruments with similar characteristics, which financial instruments cannot be contrary to the status of the Trust as a qualified special purpose entity under existing accounting literature;
(ii)      with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to acquire the Trust Assets from the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

4



(iii)      to assign, grant a security interest in, grant, transfer, pledge and mortgage the Trust Estate pursuant to the Indenture and to hold, manage and distribute to the Transferor and the Owner or the Noteholders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents any portion of the Trust Estate released from the lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;
(iv)      to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents to which it is to be a party;
(v)      to engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and
(vi)      subject to compliance with the Transaction Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Trust Assets and the making of payments to the Noteholders and distributions to the Transferor, which activities shall not be contrary to the status of the Trust as a qualified special purpose entity.
The Trust shall not have power, authority or authorization to, and shall not, engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.
Section 2.04.      Appointment of Owner Trustee . The Transferor hereby appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.
Section 2.05.      Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Assets . The Transferor hereby assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $1 in consideration for the Trust Certificate. The Owner Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt in trust from the Transferor, as of the date hereof, of the foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial Trust Assets and shall be held by the Owner Trustee. The Transferor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee. Upon termination of the Trust, the Owner will receive the $1 conveyed to the Trust in consideration for the Trust Certificate, and the Owner shall have no other economic interest in the Trust by virtue of its ownership of the Trust Certificate.
Section 2.06.      Declaration of Trust . The Owner Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the Trust Assets provided to it in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the holders of the Certificates, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Transaction Documents. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitutes the governing instrument of such business trust. The parties hereto agree that they will take no action contrary to the foregoing intention. Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and authority set forth herein and, to the extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Business Trust Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.
Section 2.07.      Title to Trust Property . Legal title to all the Trust Assets shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust Assets to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case legal title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee (subject to prior written consent from the Owner Trustee), a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

5



Section 2.08.      Situs of Trust . The Trust will be located in the State of Nevada. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Nevada or the State of New York. The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than Nevada; provided , however , that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees within or without the State of Nevada. Payments will be received by the Trust only in Nevada or New York, and payments will be made by the Trust only from Nevada or New York. The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in Nevada.
Section 2.09.      Representations and Warranties of Transferor . The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) that:
(a)      The Transferor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other documents related hereto to which it is a party and to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby and thereby.
(b)      The Transferor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement), and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses or approvals would have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other document related hereto to which the Transferor is a party.
(c)      The Transferor has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Transferor is a party and to carry out the terms of the same; the Transferor has full power and authority to assign the property to be assigned to and deposited with the Trust and the Transferor shall have duly authorized such assignment and deposit to the Trust by all necessary action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Transferor has been duly authorized by the Transferor by all necessary action.
(d)      The execution and delivery by the Transferor of this Agreement and the consummation by the Transferor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment by the Transferor of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Transferor, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Transferor is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents); nor violate any law or, to the Transferor’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Transferor of any court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Transferor or its properties.
(e)      There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or, to the Transferor’s knowledge, threatened, against the Transferor before any court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Transferor or its properties which (i) assert the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, (ii) seek to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, or (iii) seek any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Transferor of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

6



Section 2.10.      Liability of Certificateholders . The registered holders of the Trust Certificate, the Transferor Certificates and any Supplemental Certificates shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.
Section 2.11.      Tax Matters.
(a)      If the Trust has only one owner of its equity, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be reported to such owner, and the Servicer shall file, or cause to be filed, appropriate U.S. federal and state tax returns for each taxable year.
(b)      If the Trust has more than one owner of its equity, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated as a partnership for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax, and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, and the Servicer shall timely file, or cause to be filed, any and all forms required to effect such treatment and the Certificateholders as partners of such partnership for all U.S. federal, state, and local tax purposes.
(c)      The parties hereto and each Certificateholder, by acceptance of a Certificate, agrees to treat the Trust in accordance with the intention specified in this Section 2.11 and, unless otherwise required by law, not to take any action or direct any other party to take any action inconsistent therewith. No election will be made by or on behalf of the Trust to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
(d)      Each nominee holder of a Certificate shall provide the Servicer the information required by Section 6031(c) of the Code, and each beneficial owner of a Certificate, whether such Certificate is held directly or through a nominee, shall provide the Servicer any information or certifications the Servicer requires for tax purposes and reasonably requests in writing.
(e)      The Servicer shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, maintain books and records with respect to the Trust created hereunder on a calendar year or fiscal year basis, as determined by the Servicer.
(f)      Unless the Trust has only one owner of its equity, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Servicer will maintain, or cause to be maintained, capital accounts for each Certificateholder and Class B Noteholder in accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code and the capital account balance for each Certificateholder and Class B Noteholder shall be determined by the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Where partnership rules apply, all income, gain, deduction, expense, and loss of the Trust shall be allocated to the Certificateholders and Class B Noteholders in a manner that, to the extent possible, results in the same allocation of income to the Certificateholders and Class B Noteholders as if the partnership rules did not apply.
(g)      Unless the Trust has only one owner of its equity, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Servicer will timely prepare, or cause to be prepared, and file a partnership information return (Internal Revenue Service Form 1065) with the Internal Revenue Service for each taxable year of the Trust and will report the allocable share of items of income, gain, loss, deduction, expense and credit of the Trust and of each Certificateholder and Class B Noteholder to the Certificateholders and Class B Noteholders and the Internal Revenue Service on Schedule K-1 and shall also prepare any corresponding state returns. The returns of the Trust shall be prepared with any elections as the Servicer determines in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no election shall be made

7



to have the Trust treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Agent shall reimburse the Servicer for costs the Servicer shall incur in connection with the filing of the Trusts’s tax returns in an amount equal to Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per annum, payable each year upon the filing of the Trust’s Internal Revenue Service Form 1065.
(h)      In the event that the Trust is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Transferor shall be designated the “tax matters partner” of the Trust pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury regulations (the “Tax Matters Partner”). The Tax Matters Partner shall sign the tax returns on behalf of the Trust.
(i)      Prior to December 31, 2017 or such later date that subchapter C of chapter 63 of subtitle F of the Code as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (the “Amended Partnership Audit Rules”) shall apply to the Trust, (A) each Certificateholder shall provide to the Servicer and Trust any information required by the Trust to comply with the Amended Partnership Audit Rules, including Section 6226(a) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules and (B) if it is not the beneficial owner of a Certificate, such beneficial owner shall provide to the Servicer and Trust any further information required by the Trust to comply with the Amended Partnership Audit Rules, including Section 6226(a) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules and, to the extent the Trust determines such appointment necessary for it to make an election under Section 6226(a) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules, hereby appoints the Servicer as its agent for purposes of receiving any notifications or information pursuant to the notice requirements under Section 6226(a)(2) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules. In the event that the Trust is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as of any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, or if later, the date that the Amended Partnership Audit Rules apply to the Trust, the Servicer is hereby designated as the partnership representative under Section 6223(a) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules to the extent allowed under the law. The Trust shall, or the Servicer shall cause the Trust to, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6221(b) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules with respect to determinations of adjustments at the partnership level and take any other action such as disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. If the election described in the preceding sentence is not available, to the extent applicable, the Trust shall or the Servicer shall cause the Trust to make the election under Section 6226(a) of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules with respect to the alternative to payment of imputed underpayment by partnership and take any other action such as filings, disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust and the Servicer are each authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules and take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Code and conduct the Trust’s affairs under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules. Each Certificateholder and, if different, each beneficial owner of a Certificate shall promptly provide the Trust and the Servicer any requested information, documentation or material to enable the Trust to make any of the elections described in this clause (i) and otherwise comply with Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules. Each Certificateholder and, if different, each beneficial owner of a Certificate shall hold the Trust and its affiliates harmless for any losses resulting from a beneficial owner of a Certificate not properly taking into account or paying its allocated adjustment or liability under Section 6226 of the Amended Partnership Audit Rules.
(j)      If any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or, if the Trust is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to such Certificateholder in accordance with this clause (j). The Trust (and any party making payments on its behalf) is hereby authorized to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to such Certificateholder, sufficient funds for the payment of any

8



withholding tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trust from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such Certificateholder, at the time it is withheld by the Trust for remittance to the appropriate taxing authority. If the Trust determines that there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution, the Trust may in its sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this clause (j). If a Certificateholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Trust shall reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder in making such claim so long as such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee, the Trust and the Servicer for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred.
ARTICLE III
CERTIFICATES
Section 3.01.      Initial Ownership . The Owner, in its capacity as owner of the Trust Certificate, the Class A Certificateholder, as owner of the Class A Certificate, and the Transferor, as the owner of a Transferor Certificate, (i) shall be the sole beneficial owners of the Trust and (ii) shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 3.02.      Form of Certificates . On the date hereof, a Trust Certificate will be issued in registered form in substantially the form of Exhibit A . On the date hereof, a Transferor Certificate will be issued in registered form, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B . On the date hereof, a Class A Certificate will be issued in registered form, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C . The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee. The Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall, when duly authenticated pursuant to Section 3.03 , be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of the Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of the Certificates.
Section 3.03.      Authentication of Certificates . Concurrently with the initial assignment of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause (i) a single Trust Certificate to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to the Owner, (ii) a single Transferor Certificate to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to the Transferor, and (iii) a single Class A Certificate to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to the Class A Certificateholder. No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided herein, executed by the Owner Trustee or the Owner Trustee’s authentication agent, by manual or facsimile signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that the Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Each Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication.
Section 3.04.      Issuance of New Transferor Certificates .
(a)      Taken together, the Transferor Certificate and Trust Certificate shall represent an undivided beneficial interest in the Trust Assets subject to the Class A Certificate and the lien of the Notes as provided in the Indenture, including the right to receive Collections with respect to the Receivables and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to

9



be paid to the Transferor on behalf of all holders of the Transferor Certificates. All amounts payable to the Trust under and pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the Indenture Supplements are to be paid to the holders of the Transferor Certificates except with respect to the TEC Share, as set forth in Section 3.06 below, to the holder of the Class A Certificate.
(b)      At any time the Transferor may surrender its Transferor Certificate to the Owner Trustee in exchange for a newly issued Transferor Certificate and a second certificate (a “ Supplemental Certificate ”), the form and terms of which shall be defined in a supplement (a “ Transferor Certificate Supplement ”) to this Agreement (which Transferor Certificate Supplement shall be subject to Section 10.01 to the extent that it amends any of the terms of this Agreement) to be delivered to or upon the order of the Transferor. The issuance of any such Supplemental Certificate shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i)      on or before the fifth day immediately preceding the Transferor Certificate surrender and exchange, the Transferor shall have given the Owner Trustee, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee notice (unless such notice requirement is otherwise waived) of such Transferor Certificate surrender and exchange;
(ii)      the Transferor shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee any related Transferor Certificate Supplement in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, executed by each party hereto; and
(iii)      such surrender and exchange will not result in any Adverse Effect and the Transferor shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such surrender and exchange to the effect that the Transferor reasonably believes that such surrender and exchange will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, have an Adverse Effect and that all other conditions to the issuance of such Supplemental Certificate have been satisfied.
Section 3.05.      Restrictions on Transfer .
(a) The Trust Certificate and the Transferor Certificates, including any Supplemental Certificates (or any interest therein), may not be sold, transferred, assigned, participated, pledged or otherwise disposed of to any Person.
(b)      The Class A Certificateholder may at any time sell, assign or otherwise transfer (each an “Assignment”) to any Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Class A Purchase Agreement), all or part of its interest in the Class A Certificate; provided , however , that any Assignment shall be void unless (i) such assignee shall comply with this Section 3.05 and shall have delivered to the Servicer, prior to the effectiveness of such Assignment, a copy of a letter in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (“Investment Letter”) under which such assignee Class A Certificateholder has made the representations, warranties and covenants required to be made pursuant to this Section 3.05 , (ii) following the Assignment there shall not be in the aggregate more than ten (10) beneficial owners of an interest in the Class A Certificate (for these purposes including in the number of beneficial owners the aggregate number of persons designated in clause (f)(B)(2) of the Investment Letters for each Class A Certificateholder), and (iii) such proposed assignee shall provide the forms described in subsection 3.05(c) (subject to the Servicer’s consent, as applicable and as set forth therein) in the manner described therein. The Class A Certificateholder, by its holding of an interest in the Class A Certificate, hereby severally represents, warrants and covenants, and each Class A Certificateholder that acquires an interest in the Class A Certificate by assignment shall be deemed to have severally represented, warranted and covenanted upon

10



such assignment that: (i) such Class A Certificateholder has not acquired and shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest in the Class A Certificate, nor cause any interest in the Class A Certificate to be marketed, readily available or readily tradeable, on or through either (A) an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code (including an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or otherwise) or (B) a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code (including a market wherein interests in the Class A Certificate are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Class A Certificate and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others), (ii) either (A) such Class A Certificateholder is not, and will not become, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, grantor trust or an entity disregarded as a separate entity from any such entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (B) such Class A Certificateholder is such an entity, but (x) either (1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any of the interests in the Class A Certificateholder have allowed or caused, or will allow or cause, 50% or more (or such other percentage as the Trust may establish prior to the time of such proposed transfer) of the value of such interests to be attributable to the Class A Certificateholder’s ownership of Class A Certificate and any other interests in the Trust or (2) no more than the number of persons specified in clause (f)(B)(2) of its Investment Letter will be treated as “partners” in the Trust under Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h)(3) solely by reason of the Class A Certificateholder’s ownership of the Class A Certificate and (y) it is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the Class A Certificateholder’s beneficial interest in any Class A Certificate to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) necessary for such partnership not to be classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Code, and (iii) such Class A Certificateholder is a “United States person” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the event of any breach of a foregoing representation, warranty or covenant of a Class A Certificateholder, such Class A Certificateholder shall notify the Trust promptly upon such Class A Certificateholder’s becoming aware of such breach, and thereupon the Class A Certificateholder hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement investor which is acceptable to the Trust not so affected to replace such affected Class A Certificateholder. In any such event, the Trust shall also have the right to procure a replacement investor. Each affected Class A Certificateholder agrees to take all actions necessary to permit a replacement investor to succeed to its rights and obligations hereunder. Except (i) as provided in this subsection 3.05(b) and (ii) in connection with any pledge to any Federal Reserve Bank to secure any obligation of a Class A Certificateholder, no Class A Certificateholder may sell, transfer, assign, exchange, participate or otherwise convey or pledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, or otherwise grant a security interest in a Class A Certificate and any such attempted sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, participation, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, rehypothecation or grant shall be void. Upon compliance by a Class A Certificateholder and proposed transferee with this Section 3.05 (as determined by the Transferor), the Transferor may forward the Class A Certificate to the Owner Trustee and direct the Owner Trustee to cancel such Class A Certificate and issue a new Class A Certificate in the name of such transferee.
(c)      The Owner Trustee shall require that every Certificate issued or surrendered for registration of exchange shall be accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, duly executed by the Certificateholder or such Person’s attorney duly authorized in writing and the Owner Trustee shall deliver a copy of each Form W-9 to the Servicer.
Section 3.06.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate . If (a) a mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Owner Trustee, or if the Owner Trustee shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of a Certificate and (b) in the case of a destroyed, lost or stolen

11



Certificate, there shall be delivered to the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) such security or indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 3.06 , the Owner Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge or expense that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 3.06 shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.
Section 3.07.      Class A Certificate . The Transferor shall cause the Trust to sell the Class A Certificate to the Class A Certificateholder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. On each Distribution Date occurring on or prior to the Class A Termination Date, the Class A Certificateholder shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Trust Excess Collections (the “TEC Share Amount”), if any, distributed to the Trust on such Distribution Date but only to the extent that such TEC Share Amount exceeds the aggregate amount of Target Proceeds Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) paid to the Investors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) on or prior to such Distribution Date.

ARTICLE IV
ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 4.01.      Prior Notice to Owner and Transferor with Respect to Certain Matters . With respect to the following matters, unless otherwise instructed by the Transferor, the Trust shall not take action unless the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Transferor and the Transferor shall have given its prior written consent:
(a)      the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (other than an action to collect on the Trust Assets) and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust (other than an action to collect on the Trust Assets);
(b)      the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Nevada Certificate of Trust (unless required by the Business Trust Statute);
(c)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;
(d)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required and such amendment materially adversely affects the interest of the Transferor;
(e)      the amendment, change or modification of the Administration Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner that would not materially adversely affect the interests of the Transferor;
(f)      the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor Note Registrar or Indenture Trustee, or the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar or Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture;

12



(g)      the dissolution, liquidation or termination of the Trust;
(h)      the institution of a case or other proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law involving the Trust;
(i)      the material amendment of any Transaction Document to which the Trust is a party; or
(j)      the change in the business of the Trust.
Section 4.02.      Action By Transferor with Respect to Certain Matters . The Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Transferor, to (a) remove the Administrator under the Administration Agreement pursuant to Section 8 thereof, (b) appoint a successor Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement, (c) remove the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement pursuant to Article VIII thereof or (d) except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents, sell the Trust Assets after the termination of the Indenture. The Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the Transferor.
Section 4.03.      Restrictions on Power .
(a)      The Transferor or the Administrator shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.03 nor shall the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.
(b)      The Owner Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as contemplated in this Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.
ARTICLE V
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 5.01.      General Authority . Each of the Trust and the Owner Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall have power and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is to be a party, or any amendment thereto or other agreement, in each case, in such form as the Transferor shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee’s execution thereof. In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall also have power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Transaction Documents. Subject to Section 2.03 and Section 4.03 , the Owner Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall also have power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, from time to time, to take such action as the Transferor or the Administrator directs in writing with respect to the Transaction Documents.
Section 5.02.      General Duties . It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to administer the Trust in the interest of the holders of the Certificates, subject to the Transaction Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this

13



Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Transaction Documents to the extent the Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement or another Transaction Document to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Transaction Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out its obligations under the Administration Agreement.
Section 5.03.      Action Upon Instruction .
(a)      Subject to Article IV , the Transferor may, by written instruction, direct the Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust. Such direction may be exercised at any time by written instruction of the Transferor pursuant to Article IV .
(b)      The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any Transaction Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in personal liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Transaction Document or is otherwise contrary to law.
(c)      Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Transferor requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the extent the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction of the Transferor received, the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interest of the holder of the Certificates, and shall have no personal liability to any Person for such action or inaction.
(d)      In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Transferor requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten (10) days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the holders of the Certificates, and shall have no personal liability to any Person for such action or inaction.
Section 5.04.      No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions . The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal with the Trust Assets, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any document contemplated

14



hereby to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.03 ; and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Transaction Document against the Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing statement or amendment to a financing statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it or the Trust hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to record this Agreement or any Transaction Document or make any tax or other filing. The Owner Trustee in its individual capacity nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any liens on any part of the Trust Assets that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Assets.
Section 5.05.      No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions . The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Assets except (i) in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Transaction Documents and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.03 and Section 4.02 .
Section 5.06.      Restrictions . The Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.03 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee, would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. None of the Administrator the Transferor or any Certificateholder shall direct the Owner Trustee to take any action that would violate the provisions of this Section.
ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
Section 6.01.      Acceptance of Trusts and Duties . The Owner Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the Trust Assets upon the terms of the Transaction Documents and this Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall not be personally answerable or accountable hereunder or under any Transaction Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct or negligence in the performance of its duties or the omission to perform any such duties or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.03 expressly made by the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):
(a)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of the Owner Trustee;
(b)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of the Administrator or the Transferor;
(c)      no provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Document shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the exercise or performance of any of its duties, rights or powers hereunder or under any Transaction Document, if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate

15



indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it (as such and in its individual capacity);
(d)      under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be personally liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Transaction Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes or for any representation, warranty, covenant or indebtedness of the Trust;
(e)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, the due execution hereof by the Transferor or the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Trust Assets, the Transaction Documents, the Notes or the Certificates other than the genuineness of the Owner Trustee’s signature on the certificate of authentication on the Certificates, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any personal liability, duty, or obligation to any Noteholder or to the Owner or any other Person, other than as expressly provided for herein and in the Transaction Documents;
(f)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for the default or misconduct of the Transferor, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer under any of the Transaction Documents or otherwise, and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to monitor the foregoing or perform the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, including those that are required to be performed by the Transferor under this Agreement, the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
(g)      the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any Transaction Document, at the request, order or direction of the Transferor, unless the Transferor has offered to the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Transaction Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or personally liable to any Person for any such act other than liability to the Trust and the beneficial owners of the Trust for its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act or the omission to perform any such act;
(h)      to the extent that, at law or in equity, the Owner Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Transferor, the Owner or the Trust, such duties and liabilities are replaced by the terms of this Agreement;
(i)      the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for (x) special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, however styled, including, without limitation, lost profits, (y) the acts or omissions of any nominee, correspondent, clearing agency or securities depository through which it holds the Trust’s securities or assets or (z) any losses due to forces beyond the reasonable control of the Owner Trustee, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services;
(j)      in accepting and performing the trusts hereby created, the Owner Trustee acts solely as trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity, and all persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall look only to the Trust's property for payment or satisfaction thereof; and

16



(k)      notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action in any jurisdiction other than in the State of Nevada if the taking of such action will (i) require the registration with, licensing by or the taking of any other similar action in respect of, any state or other governmental authority or agency of any jurisdiction other than the State of Nevada by or with respect to the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity); (ii) result in any fee, tax or other governmental charge under the laws of any jurisdiction or any political subdivisions thereof in existence on the date hereof other than the State of Nevada becoming payable by the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity); or (iii) subject the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) to personal jurisdiction in any jurisdiction other than the State of Nevada for causes of action arising from acts unrelated to the consummation of the transactions by the Owner Trustee contemplated hereby. The Owner Trustee shall be entitled to obtain advice of counsel (which advice shall be an expense of the Transferor) to determine whether any action required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement results in the consequences described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the preceding sentence. In the event that said counsel advises the Owner Trustee that such action will result in such consequences, the Owner Trustee may, or if instructed to do so by the Transferor, shall, appoint an additional trustee pursuant to Section 9.05 hereby to proceed with such action.
Section 6.02.      Furnishing of Documents . The Owner Trustee shall furnish to the Owner and the Indenture Trustee, promptly upon written request therefor, copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Transaction Documents.
Section 6.03.      Representations and Warranties . (a) The Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) hereby represents and warrants to the Transferor and the Owner that:
(i)      It is a national banking association duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the United States of America. It has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
(ii)      It has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.
(iii)      Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene any federal or Nevada law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) or any judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.
Section 6.04.      Reliance; Advice of Counsel .
(a)      The Owner Trustee shall incur no personal liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond, or other document or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and reasonably believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any Person as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes

17



hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the treasurer or other authorized officer of an appropriate Person, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.
(b)      In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be personally liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or written advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such Persons.
Section 6.05.      Not Acting in Individual Capacity . Except as provided in this Article VI , in accepting the trusts hereby created, Wilmington Trust, National Association acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Transaction Document shall look only to the Trust Assets for payment or satisfaction thereof.
Section 6.06.      Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates, Notes or Receivables . The statements contained herein and in the Certificates, Notes and other Transaction Documents (other than the signature and authentication (as applicable) of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates and its representations and warranties in Section 6.03 ) shall not be taken as the statements of the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, or of the Certificates (other than the signature and authentication (as applicable) of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates) or the Notes or of any other Transaction Document or of any related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or personal liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of the Receivables, or the perfection and priority of any security interest in the Receivables or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to the Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without limitation: the existence, condition and ownership of the Receivables; the existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and contents of the Receivables on any computer or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of the Receivables to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of the Receivables; the performance or enforcement of the Receivables; the compliance by the Transferor or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any Transaction Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.
Section 6.07.      Owner Trustee May Own Notes . The Owner Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may deal with the Transferor, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.
ARTICLE VII
COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

18



Section 7.01.      Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses .
(a)      The Owner Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between the Transferor and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Transferor for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights and its duties hereunder and under the Transaction Documents; provided , however , that the Owner Trustee’s right to enforce such obligation shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 10.08 and 10.09 .
(b)      The Owner Trustee agrees that any payment obligation of the Transferor under this Agreement, including but not limited to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.02 , (i) shall be fully subordinated to all rated obligations of the Transferor and (ii) does not constitute a claim against the Transferor to the extent that funds available to the Transferor are insufficient to pay such obligations.
Section 7.02.      Indemnification . The Transferor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) and its officers, directors, employees, successors, assigns, agents and servants (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes (other than any income or similar taxes payable by an Indemnified Party), claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses and any legal fees or expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit, arbitration or mediation brought by an Indemnified Party to enforce any indemnification or other obligation hereunder or in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any legal action, commenced or threatened, in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Agreement) of any kind and nature whatsoever (collectively, “ Expenses ”) which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating to the Trust or relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the Trust Assets, the administration of the Trust Assets or the action or inaction of the Owner Trustee hereunder, except that the Transferor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against Expenses arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section 6.01 ; provided , further , that the Transferor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify an Indemnified Party from and against expenses arising or resulting from (i) the Indemnified Party’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, or (ii) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 6.03 . An Indemnified Party’s right to enforce such obligation shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.09 . The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. In the event of any claim, action or proceeding for which indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee’s choice of legal counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Transferor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses to be incurred by an Indemnified Person shall, from time to time, be advanced to the Indemnified Party prior to the final disposition of any matter.
Section 7.03.      Payments to the Owner Trustee . Any amounts paid to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article VII shall not be construed to be a part of the Trust Assets.

19



ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT
Section 8.01.      Termination of Trust Agreement .
(a)      The Trust shall dissolve upon the earlier of (i) at the option of the Transferor (written notice of which shall be provided to the Owner Trustee), on any day on or after the day on which the rights of all Series of Notes to receive payments from the Trust have terminated (the “ Trust Termination Date ”) and (ii) dissolution of the Trust in accordance with applicable law. After satisfaction of liabilities of the Trust as provided by applicable law, any money or other property held as part of the Trust Assets following such distribution shall be distributed to the Transferor. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, termination, death or incapacity of the Owner shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust, (y) entitle the Owner’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Assets, or (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.
(b)      Except as provided in Section 8.01(a) , neither the Transferor nor the Owner shall be entitled to revoke, dissolve or terminate the Trust.
(c)      Upon completion of the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Nevada Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 88A.420 of the Business Trust Statute and thereupon the Trust and this Agreement (other than Article VI , Article VII and Section 10.08 ) shall terminate. Prior to filing such certificate of cancellation, the Owner Trustee may require certification from the Transferor as to compliance with this Section 8.01 and payment of fees and expenses.
ARTICLE IX
SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
Section 9.01.      Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee . The Owner Trustee shall at all times be a Person satisfying any applicable provisions of the Business Trust Statute, authorized to exercise trust powers; having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and having (or having a parent which has) a rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s and at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s or if not rated, otherwise satisfactory to such Rating Agencies. If such Person shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.02 .
Section 9.02.      Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee . The Owner Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Transferor; provided , however , that such resignation and discharge shall only be effective upon the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner

20



Trustee. If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.
If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Transferor, or if at any time the Owner Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Transferor may remove the Owner Trustee. If the Transferor shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and pay all amounts owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee in its individual capacity.
Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 9.02 shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 9.03 . The Transferor shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.
Section 9.03.      Successor Owner Trustee . Any successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 9.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Transferor and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement, and the Transferor and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties, and obligations.
No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.01 .
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Transferor shall mail notice of the appointment of such successor Owner Trustee to the Owner, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies. If the Transferor shall fail to mail such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Transferor.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.03 , such successor Owner Trustee shall file an amendment to the Nevada Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State identifying the name and principal place of business of such successor Owner Trustee.
Section 9.04.      Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee . Any Person into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder; provided such Person shall be eligible pursuant to Section

21



9.01 , without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided further that (a) the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies, the Indenture Trustee and the Transferor and (b) the Owner Trustee shall file any necessary amendments to the Nevada Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State.
Section 9.05.      Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Transferor and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by each of the Transferor and the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Assets, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust Assets, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Transferor and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Transferor shall not have joined in such appointment within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 9.03 .
Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
(i)      all rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust Assets or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Servicer (or Owner Trustee);
(ii)      no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and
(iii)      the Transferor and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Transferor.

22



Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law and subject to the Owner Trustee’s consent, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01.      Supplements and Amendments .
(a)      This Agreement may be amended from time to time, by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee, with the written consent of the Indenture Trustee, but without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the Owner or any other Person, (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provisions herein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein and (iii) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that such amendment will not (x) as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, materially and adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or any Certificateholder and (y) as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, cause the Trust to be classified as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
Additionally, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this Agreement may be amended by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee without the consent of the Indenture Trustee or any of the Noteholders to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to avoid the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes imposed on the Trust’s property or its income; provided, however , that (y) the Transferor delivers to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendments meet the requirements set forth in this subsection, and (z) such amendment does not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Owner Trustee hereunder without the consent of the Owner Trustee. The amendments which the Transferor may make without the consent of Noteholders pursuant to the preceding sentence may include, without limitation, the addition of a sale of Receivables. Notwithstanding any provisions of this subsection 10.01(a) , no amendment pursuant to this subsection 10.01(a) shall effect a significant change in Section 2.03 . Any amendment which effects a significant change in Section 2.03 shall be made in accordance with subsection 10.01(b) or (c) . Any amendment pursuant to subsection 10.01(a) shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to the effect that such amendment does not effect a significant change in Section 2.03 .
(b)      This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and the holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the consent of the Owner, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders and the Owner; provided , however , that without the consent of all Noteholders, no such amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes,

23



the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment; provided further that such amendment will not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, cause the Trust to be classified as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.
(c)      In addition to amendments which are permitted to be made under the provisions of subsection 10.01(a) or (b) , amendments may be made to Section 2.03 by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee without the consent of any Noteholder to preserve the intended treatment of the Trust for accounting purposes if (y) such amendment will not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, cause the Trust to be classified as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, and (z) the Transferor delivers to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendment will not have a material adverse effect on the interests of the Noteholders or the Owner.
(d)      Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Transferor shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Indenture Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.
(e)      It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders or the Owner pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
(f)      Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Nevada Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of State.
(g)      The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate of the Transferor to the effect that the conditions to such amendment have been satisfied. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
Section 10.02.      No Legal Title to Trust Assets in Owner . The Owner shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Assets. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title, and interest of the Owner to and in its undivided beneficial interest in the Trust Assets shall operate to terminate this Agreement, annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Assets.
Section 10.03.      Limitations on Rights of Others . The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity), the other Indemnified Parties, the Transferor, the holder of any Certificate and, to the extent expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Trust Assets or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.
Section 10.04.      Notices . Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the intended recipient or three (3) Business Days after mailing if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (except that notice to the Owner Trustee, the Transferor or Indenture Trustee shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt by the Owner Trustee, the Transferor or Indenture Trustee), if to the Owner

24



Trustee, addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if to the Indenture Trustee, addressed to U.S. Bank National Association, 60 Livingston Avenue, Mail Code EP-MN-WS3D, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107, Attention: Structured Finance/Atlanticus (facsimile no. (651) 466-7363); if to the Transferor, addressed to Perimeter Funding Corporation, 101 Convention Center Drive, Suite 850-20A, Las Vegas, NV 89109, Attention: Joshua Miller (facsimile no. (702) 866-2244) with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute delivery of notice) Colleen A. Dolan, Fennemore Craig PC, 300 E. 2 nd Street, Suite 1510, Reno, NV 89501-1591 (facsimile no. (775) 778-2219), or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.
Section 10.05.      Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 10.06.      Separate Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 10.07.      Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Transferor and the Owner Trustee and their respective successors, all as herein provided. Any request, notice, direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by the Owner shall bind the successors and assigns of the Owner.
Section 10.08.      No Petition . The Owner Trustee in its individual capacity and as Owner Trustee, by entering into this Agreement, the Owner (to the extent that the Owner is not the Transferor), by accepting the Trust Certificate, and the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Trust or the Transferor, or join in any institution against the Trust or the Transferor of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. This Section 10.08 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 10.09.      No Recourse . Each Person holding or owning a Certificate, by accepting the Certificates, acknowledges that the Certificates do not represent an interest in or obligation of the Transferor, the Owner, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Trust), and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, or against the assets pledged under the Indenture, except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents.
Section 10.10.      Headings . The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 10.11.      GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Section 10.12.      Acceptance of Terms of Agreement . THE RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE TRUST CERTIFICATE BY THE OWNER AND THE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE BY THE TRANSFEROR, WITHOUT ANY SIGNATURE OR FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT,

25



SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER AND THE TRANSFEROR, RESPECTIVELY, OF ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND SHALL CONSTITUTE THE AGREEMENT OF THE TRUST THAT THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BINDING, OPERATIVE AND EFFECTIVE AS AMONG THE TRUST AND THE TRANSFEROR.
Section 10.13.      Integration of Documents . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements relating to the subject matter hereof.


26



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION,
as Transferor
By:
/s/ Rosalind T. Drakeford     
Name: Rosalind T. Drakeford     
Title: Secretary

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Owner Trustee
By:
/s/ Shaheen Mohajer     
Name: Shaheen Mohajer
Title: Vice President









    
EXHIBIT A
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
FORM OF TRUST CERTIFICATE
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS
CERTIFICATE (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO
ANY PERSON EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRUST AGREEMENT.
No. R-__
(This Trust Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of Perimeter Funding Corporation, Atlanticus Services Corporation or any of their respective affiliates, other than the Trust.)
THIS CERTIFIES THAT PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION is the registered Owner of the Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (the “Trust”).
The Trust was created pursuant to (i) the filing of the Nevada Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and (ii) the Trust Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (the “Trust Agreement”), between Perimeter Funding Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Transferor”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”). To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement including as specified in Section 1.02(a) of the Trust Agreement.
This Trust Certificate is the duly authorized Trust Certificate evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in the Trust (herein called the “Trust Certificate”). Also issued from time to time under the Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017, among the Trust, Atlanticus Services Corporation, as servicer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee, are notes (the “Notes”). This Trust Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the Owner by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which the Owner is bound.
Notwithstanding any prior termination of the Trust Agreement, the Owner, by its acceptance of the Trust Certificate, covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time with respect to the Trust or the Transferor (if the holder of this Certificate is not the Transferor), acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust or the Transferor (if the holder of this Certificate is not the Transferor) to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust or the Transferor (if the holder of this Certificate is not the Transferor), under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or the Transferor (if the holder of this Certificate is not the Transferor) or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust or the Transferor (if the holder of this Certificate is not the Transferor).
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Trust Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

A-1



THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.


A-2



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Trust Certificate to be duly executed.
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
By:
Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By:
_________________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated:      _________ __, 20__
  



A-3



CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is the Trust Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Wilmington Trust, National Association,      or      Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity      not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee      but solely as Owner Trustee         


By ______________________________
Authenticating Agent


By __________________________          By ______________________________
Authorized Signatory              Authorized Signatory



A-4



EXHIBIT B
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
No. R-__      One Unit
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
THIS CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS AN INTEREST
IN CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

Evidencing an interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists primarily of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business in a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts transferred by Perimeter Funding Corporation (the “ Transferor ”).
(Not an interest in or obligation of the Transferor
or any affiliate thereof other than the Trust)
This certifies that PERIMETER FUNDING CORPORATION is the registered owner of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (the “ Trust ”), subject to the lien of the Notes as provided in the Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), among U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), and the Trust, established pursuant to the Trust Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Trust Agreement ”), between the Transferor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner trustee (not in its individual capacity, but solely as owner trustee the “ Owner Trustee ”). The corpus of the Trust consists of a portfolio of certain receivables (the “ Receivables ”) existing in the consumer revolving credit card accounts identified under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, as amended from time to time (the “ Transfer and Servicing Agreement ”), among the Transferor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust, as Issuer, from time to time and certain other property. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Indenture (collectively, the “ Agreements ”) is set forth below, this Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreements and reference is made to the

B-1



Agreements for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Owner Trustee. A copy of the Agreements may be requested from the Owner Trustee by writing to the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreements.
This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreements, to which Agreements, as amended and supplemented from time to time, the holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and is bound.
This Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is the Transferor Certificate, which represents the undivided beneficial interest in certain assets of the Trust, subject to the rights of the Class A Certificateholder and the lien of the Notes, including the right to receive certain amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Indenture. In addition to the Transferor Certificate, (a) Notes will be issued to investors pursuant to the Indenture, (b) a Class A Certificate will be issued to the Class A Certificateholder pursuant to the Trust Agreement, (c) a Trust Certificate will be issued to the Owner and (d) Supplemental Certificates may be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
Unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series or Class, the Transferor has entered into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and this Certificate is issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, (a) the Notes of each Series which are characterized as indebtedness at the time of their issuance will qualify as indebtedness of the Trust and (b) the Trust shall not be treated as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. Unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series or Class, the holder of this Certificate by the acceptance of this Certificate agrees to treat the Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Trust.
Subject to certain conditions and exceptions specified in the Agreements, the obligations created by the Agreements and the Trust shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) at the option of the Transferor, on or after the day on which the rights of all Series of Notes to receive payments from the Trust have terminated and (b) dissolution of the Trust in accordance with applicable law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for any purpose.
THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.



B-2



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Transferor Certificate to be duly executed.
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
By:
Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By:
_________________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated:      _________ __, 20__
  



B-3



CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is the Transferor Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Transferor Agreement.

Wilmington Trust, National Association,      or      Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity      not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee      but solely as Owner Trustee         


By ______________________________
Authenticating Agent


By __________________________          By ______________________________
Authorized Signatory              Authorized Signatory



B-4



    
EXHIBIT C
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
FORM OF CLASS A CERTIFICATE

THIS CLASS A CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS CLASS A CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS CLASS A CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
No. R-__      One Unit
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
CLASS A CERTIFICATE
THIS CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS AN INTEREST
IN CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST

Evidencing an interest in certain distributions of a trust, the corpus of which consists primarily of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business in a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts transferred by Perimeter Funding Corporation (the “ Transferor ”).
(Not an interest in or obligation of the Transferor
or any affiliate thereof other than the Trust)
This certifies that [_____________] is the registered owner of an undivided beneficial interest in certain distributions of the assets of Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (the “ Trust ”), subject to the lien of the Notes as provided in the Master Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2017 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”), among U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), Atlanticus Services Corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), and the Trust, established pursuant to the Trust Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Trust Agreement ”), between the Transferor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner trustee (not in its individual capacity, but solely as owner trustee the “ Owner Trustee ”). The corpus of the Trust consists of a portfolio of certain receivables (the “ Receivables ”) existing in the consumer revolving credit card accounts identified under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2017, as amended from time to time (the “ Transfer and Servicing Agreement ”), among the Transferor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust, as Issuer, from

C-1



time to time and certain other property. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Indenture (collectively, the “ Agreements ”) is set forth below, this Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreements and reference is made to the Agreements for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Owner Trustee. A copy of the Agreements may be requested from the Owner Trustee by writing to the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreements.
This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreements, to which Agreements, as amended and supplemented from time to time, the holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and is bound.
This Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is the Class A Certificate, which represents the rights of the Class A Certificateholder to receive, on each Distribution Date occurring prior to the Class A Termination Date, an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Trust Excess Collections for such Monthly Period (the “TEC Share Amount”), if any, distributed to the Trust on such Distribution Date but only to the extent that such TEC Share Amount exceeds the aggregate amount of Target Proceeds Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) paid to the Investors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) on or prior to such Distribution Date. In addition to this Certificate, (a) Notes will be issued to investors pursuant to the Indenture, (b) a Trust Certificate will be issued to the Owner, (c) a Transferor Certificate will be issued to the Transferor pursuant to the Trust Agreement and (d) Supplemental Certificates may be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
Unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series or Class, the Transferor has entered into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and this Certificate is issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, (a) the Notes of each Series which are characterized as indebtedness at the time of their issuance will qualify as indebtedness of the Trust and (b) the Trust shall not be treated as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. Unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series or Class, the holder of this Certificate by the acceptance of this Certificate agrees to treat the Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Trust.
Subject to certain conditions and exceptions specified in the Agreements, the obligations created by the Agreements and the Trust shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) at the option of the Transferor, on or after the day on which the rights of all Series of Notes to receive payments from the Trust have terminated and (b) dissolution of the Trust in accordance with applicable law.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for any purpose.
THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.



C-2



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, has caused this Class A Certificate to be duly executed.
PERIMETER MASTER NOTE BUSINESS TRUST
By:
Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee
By:
_________________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated:      _________ __, 20__
  

C-3



CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is the Class A Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Wilmington Trust, National Association,      or      Wilmington Trust, National Association
not in its individual capacity      not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee      but solely as Owner Trustee         


By ______________________________
Authenticating Agent


By __________________________          By ______________________________
Authorized Signatory              Authorized Signatory




C-4





EXHIBIT D
FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

INVESTMENT LETTER


[DATE]



Atlanticus Services Corporation
Five Councourse Parkway
Atlanta, Georgia 30328

Re:      Perimeter Master Note Business Trust;
Purchase of Class A Certificate
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter (the “Investment Letter”) is delivered by the undersigned (the “Purchaser”) pursuant to subsection 3.05 of the Trust Agreement of Perimeter Master Note Business Trust (the “Trust Agreement”), dated as of February 8, 2017 between Perimeter Funding Corporation and Wilmington Trust, National Association. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement. The undersigned Class A Purchaser (the “Purchaser”) represents to and agrees with the Trust as follows:
(a)      The Purchaser is authorized to own the Class A Certificate.
(b)      The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Class A Certificate and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment. The Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions as it deems necessary to make an investment decision, and has received all information it has requested in connection with making such investment decision. The Purchaser has, independently and without reliance upon any agent, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Trust Assets and the Trust and made its own decision to purchase its interest in the Certificate, and will, independently and without reliance upon any agent, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis, appraisals and decisions, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Trust Assets and the Trust.
(c)      The Purchaser is acquiring an interest in the Class A Certificate without a view to any distribution, resale or other transfer thereof except, with respect to the Class A Certificate or any interest thereon, as contemplated in the following sentence. The Purchaser will not resell or otherwise transfer the Class A Certificate except in accordance with the Trust Agreement and (i) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or (ii) to a person who the

D-1



Purchaser reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in compliance with Rule 144A. In connection therewith, the Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not resell or otherwise transfer the Class A Certificate or any interest therein unless the purchaser thereof provides to the addressee hereof a letter from such Purchaser substantially in the form hereof.
(d)      This Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity, and indemnification sought in respect of securities laws violations may be limited by public policy.
(e)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that it has not acquired, and shall not sell, trade or transfer any interest in the Class A Certificate, nor cause any interest in the Class A Certificate to be marketed, readily available or readily tradable, on or through either, (i) an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code (including an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers by electronic means or otherwise) or (ii) a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code (including a market wherein interests in the Class A Certificate are regularly quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Class A Certificate and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others).
(f)      The Purchaser represents, warrants and covenants that it either (A) is not, and will not become, a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, grantor trust or an entity disregarded as a separate entity from any such entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (B) is such an entity, but (x) either (as indicated by checking the applicable box) [ ] (1) none of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of any of the interests in the Purchaser have allowed or caused, or will allow or cause, 50% or more (or such other percentage as the Trust may establish prior to the time of such proposed transfer) of the value of such interests to be attributable to the Purchaser’s ownership of Class A Certificate and any other interests in the Trust or [ ] (2) no more than [FILL IN NUMBER] persons (or such lower number of persons as specified by Purchaser in an updated Investment Letter) will be treated as “partners” in the Trust under Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h)(3) solely by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Class A Certificate and (y) it is not and will not be a principal purpose of the arrangement involving the Purchaser’s beneficial interest in any Class A Certificate to permit any partnership to satisfy the 100 partner limitation of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) necessary for such partnership not to be classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Code.
(g)      The Purchaser agrees to treat the Class A Certificate in a manner consistent with the intended characterization referred to in Section 2.11 of the Trust Agreement.

(h)      Under applicable United States federal income tax law no taxes will be required to be withheld by the Trust or the Servicer or any person with respect to any payments to be made to such Purchaser in respect of an interest in the Class A Certificate, and the Purchaser represents and warrants that it shall pay any taxes imposed on such Purchaser attributable to its interest in the Class A Certificate.
(i)      The Purchaser agrees (for the benefit of the Trust, the Transferor and the Servicer) to provide those forms required to be provided by Section 3.05 of the Trust Agreement at the time and in the manner described therein, and to comply with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations regarding

D-2



withholding taxes. Under penalties of perjury, the Purchaser certifies that it is a “United States person” for federal income tax purposes, that its U.S. employer identification number is __________, that its [home [in the case of individuals]] [office [otherwise]] address is ___________________.
(j)      In the event of any breach of a foregoing representation, warranty or covenant of a Purchaser, such Purchaser shall notify the Trust promptly upon such Purchaser’s becoming aware of such breach, and thereupon the Purchaser hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to procure a replacement investor that is not so affected (and that is acceptable to the Trust) to replace such affected Purchaser. In any such event, the Purchaser agrees that the Trust shall also have the right to procure a replacement investor. Each affected Purchaser hereby agrees to take all actions necessary to permit a replacement investor to succeed to its rights and obligations hereunder.
(k)      The Purchaser agrees to provide such continuing assurances, comfort, evidence and information in support of and in connection with the continuing truth of the representations and compliance with the covenants and agreements set forth in this letter as the Trust may reasonably request from time to time.


D-3



Very truly yours,

[______________________]

By:     
Name:
Title:


D-4



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
 
ARTICLE I
 
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.01.
Capitalized Terms
1
Section 1.02.
Other Definitional Provisions
3
 
ARTICLE II
 
 
ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.01.
Name
4
Section 2.02.
Office
4
Section 2.03.
Purpose and Powers
4
Section 2.04.
Appointment of Owner Trustee
5
Section 2.05.
Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Assets
5
Section 2.06.
Declaration of Trust
5
Section 2.07.
Title to Trust Property
5
Section 2.08.
Situs of Trust
6
Section 2.09.
Representations and Warranties of Transferor
6
Section 2.10.
Liability of Certificateholders
7
Section 2.11
Tax Matters
7
 
ARTICLE III
 
 
CERTIFICATES
 
Section 3.01.
Initial Ownership
9
Section 3.02.
Form of Certificates
9
Section 3.03.
Authentication of Certificates
9
Section 3.04.
Issuance of New Transferor Certificates
9
Section 3.05.
Restrictions on Transfer
10
Section 3.06.
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate
11
Section 3.07.
Class A Certificate
12
 
ARTICLE IV
 
 
ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE
 
Section 4.01.
Prior Notice to Owner and Transferor with Respect to Certain Matters
12
Section 4.02.
Action By Transferor with Respect to Certain Matters
13
Section 4.03.
Restrictions on Power
13
 
ARTICLE V
 
 
AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
 
Section 5.01.
General Authority
13
Section 5.02.
General Duties
13
Section 5.03.
Action Upon Instruction
14
Section 5.04.
No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions
14
Section 5.05.
No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions
15
Section 5.06.
Restrictions
15
 
ARTICLE VI
 
 
CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
Section 6.01.
Acceptance of Trusts and Duties
15
Section 6.02.
Furnishing of Documents
17

i



 
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
 
 
 
Page
Section 6.03.
Representations and Warranties
17
Section 6.04.
Reliance; Advice of Counsel
17
Section 6.05.
Not Acting in Individual Capacity
18
Section 6.06.
Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates, Notes or Receivables
18
Section 6.07.
Owner Trustee May Own Notes
18
 
ARTICLE VII
 
 
COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE
 
Section 7.01.
Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
19
Section 7.02.
Indemnification
19
Section 7.03.
Payments to the Owner Trustee
19
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 
TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT
 
Section 8.01.
Termination of Trust Agreement
20
 
ARTICLE IX
 
 
SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
 
Section 9.01.
Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee
20
Section 9.02.
Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee
20
Section 9.03.
Successor Owner Trustee
21
Section 9.04.
Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee
21
Section 9.05.
Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee
22
 
ARTICLE X
 
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 10.01.
Supplements and Amendments
23
Section 10.02.
No Legal Title to Trust Assets in Owner
24
Section 10.03.
Limitations on Rights of Others
24
Section 10.04.
Notices
24
Section 10.05.
Severability
25
Section 10.06.
Separate Counterparts
25
Section 10.07.
Successors and Assigns
25
Section 10.08.
No Petition
25
Section 10.09.
No Recourse
25
Section 10.10.
Headings
25
Section 10.11.
GOVERNING LAW
25
Section 10.12.
Acceptance of Terms of Agreement
25
Section 10.13.
Integration of Documents
26
 
 
 
 
EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A
Form of Trust Certificate
A-1
Exhibit B
Form of Transferor Certificate
B-1
Exhibit C
Form of Class A Certificate
C-1
Exhibit D
Form of Investment Letter
D-1


ii


Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, David G. Hanna, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report; and
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the fourth fiscal period in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
Date: May 12, 2017
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID G. HANNA
 
David G. Hanna
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, William R. McCamey, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report; and
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the fourth fiscal period in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: May 12, 2017
 
 
 
 
/s/ WILLIAM R. McCAMEY
 
William R. McCamey
 
Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION
 
 
The undersigned, as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and as the Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation, certify that, to the best of their knowledge and belief, the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2017 , which accompanies this certification fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Atlanticus Holdings Corporation at the dates and for the periods indicated. The foregoing certifications are made pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and shall not be relied upon for any other purpose.
 
This 12th day of May, 2017 .
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID G. HANNA
 
David G. Hanna
 
Chief Executive Officer and
 
Chairman of the Board
 
 
 
/s/ WILLIAM R. McCAMEY
 
William R. McCamey
 
Chief Financial Officer


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and will be retained by Atlanticus Holdings Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.